diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:15:57 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:15:57 -0700 |
| commit | a847596dc66133c67f9175f11e53b73ab19c0d53 (patch) | |
| tree | 341e0384368100590c427e908458b3fe5eb27f02 /852-0.txt | |
Diffstat (limited to '852-0.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 852-0.txt | 12859 |
1 files changed, 12859 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/852-0.txt b/852-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a6027c --- /dev/null +++ b/852-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12859 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 852 *** + + + + +DEMOCRACY AND EDUCATION + +by John Dewey + + + + +Transcriber's Note: I have tried to make this the most accurate text +possible but I am sure that there are still mistakes. Please feel free +to email me any errors or mistakes that you find. Citing the Chapter +and paragraph. Haradda@aol.com and davidr@inconnect.com are my email +addresses for now. David Reed + +I would like to dedicate this etext to my mother who was a elementary +school teacher for more years than I can remember. Thanks. + + + + +Contents: + + Chapter One: Education as a Necessity of Life + Chapter Two: Education as a Social Function + Chapter Three: Education as Direction + Chapter Four: Education as Growth + Chapter Five: Preparation, Unfolding, and Formal Discipline + Chapter Six: Education as Conservative and Progressive + Chapter Seven: The Democratic Conception in Education + Chapter Eight: Aims in Education + Chapter Nine: Natural Development and Social Efficiency as Aims + Chapter Ten: Interest and Discipline + Chapter Eleven: Experience and Thinking + Chapter Twelve: Thinking in Education + Chapter Thirteen: The Nature of Method + Chapter Fourteen: The Nature of Subject Matter + Chapter Fifteen: Play and Work in the Curriculum + Chapter Sixteen: The Significance of Geography and History + Chapter Seventeen: Science in the Course of Study + Chapter Eighteen: Educational Values + Chapter Nineteen: Labor and Leisure + Chapter Twenty: Intellectual and Practical Studies + Chapter Twenty-one: Physical and Social Studies: Naturalism and + Humanism + Chapter Twenty-two: The Individual and the World + Chapter Twenty-Three: Vocational Aspects of Education + Chapter Twenty-four: Philosophy of Education + Chapter Twenty-five: Theories of Knowledge + Chapter Twenty-six: Theories of Morals + + + + +Chapter One: Education as a Necessity of Life + +1. Renewal of Life by Transmission. The most notable distinction between +living and inanimate things is that the former maintain themselves by +renewal. A stone when struck resists. If its resistance is greater than +the force of the blow struck, it remains outwardly unchanged. Otherwise, +it is shattered into smaller bits. Never does the stone attempt to react +in such a way that it may maintain itself against the blow, much less so +as to render the blow a contributing factor to its own continued action. +While the living thing may easily be crushed by superior force, it none +the less tries to turn the energies which act upon it into means of its +own further existence. If it cannot do so, it does not just split into +smaller pieces (at least in the higher forms of life), but loses its +identity as a living thing. + +As long as it endures, it struggles to use surrounding energies in its +own behalf. It uses light, air, moisture, and the material of soil. To +say that it uses them is to say that it turns them into means of its own +conservation. As long as it is growing, the energy it expends in thus +turning the environment to account is more than compensated for by +the return it gets: it grows. Understanding the word "control" in this +sense, it may be said that a living being is one that subjugates +and controls for its own continued activity the energies that would +otherwise use it up. Life is a self-renewing process through action upon +the environment. + +In all the higher forms this process cannot be kept up indefinitely. +After a while they succumb; they die. The creature is not equal to the +task of indefinite self-renewal. But continuity of the life process +is not dependent upon the prolongation of the existence of any one +individual. Reproduction of other forms of life goes on in continuous +sequence. And though, as the geological record shows, not merely +individuals but also species die out, the life process continues in +increasingly complex forms. As some species die out, forms better +adapted to utilize the obstacles against which they struggled in vain +come into being. Continuity of life means continual readaptation of the +environment to the needs of living organisms. + +We have been speaking of life in its lowest terms--as a physical thing. +But we use the word "Life" to denote the whole range of experience, +individual and racial. When we see a book called the Life of Lincoln +we do not expect to find within its covers a treatise on physiology. +We look for an account of social antecedents; a description of early +surroundings, of the conditions and occupation of the family; of the +chief episodes in the development of character; of signal struggles and +achievements; of the individual's hopes, tastes, joys and sufferings. In +precisely similar fashion we speak of the life of a savage tribe, of +the Athenian people, of the American nation. "Life" covers customs, +institutions, beliefs, victories and defeats, recreations and +occupations. + +We employ the word "experience" in the same pregnant sense. And to it, +as well as to life in the bare physiological sense, the principle +of continuity through renewal applies. With the renewal of physical +existence goes, in the case of human beings, the recreation of beliefs, +ideals, hopes, happiness, misery, and practices. The continuity of any +experience, through renewing of the social group, is a literal fact. +Education, in its broadest sense, is the means of this social continuity +of life. Every one of the constituent elements of a social group, in a +modern city as in a savage tribe, is born immature, helpless, without +language, beliefs, ideas, or social standards. Each individual, each +unit who is the carrier of the life-experience of his group, in time +passes away. Yet the life of the group goes on. + +The primary ineluctable facts of the birth and death of each one of +the constituent members in a social group determine the necessity of +education. On one hand, there is the contrast between the immaturity of +the new-born members of the group--its future sole representatives--and +the maturity of the adult members who possess the knowledge and customs +of the group. On the other hand, there is the necessity that these +immature members be not merely physically preserved in adequate numbers, +but that they be initiated into the interests, purposes, information, +skill, and practices of the mature members: otherwise the group will +cease its characteristic life. Even in a savage tribe, the achievements +of adults are far beyond what the immature members would be capable of +if left to themselves. With the growth of civilization, the gap between +the original capacities of the immature and the standards and customs of +the elders increases. Mere physical growing up, mere mastery of the bare +necessities of subsistence will not suffice to reproduce the life of +the group. Deliberate effort and the taking of thoughtful pains are +required. Beings who are born not only unaware of, but quite indifferent +to, the aims and habits of the social group have to be rendered +cognizant of them and actively interested. Education, and education +alone, spans the gap. + +Society exists through a process of transmission quite as much as +biological life. This transmission occurs by means of communication of +habits of doing, thinking, and feeling from the older to the younger. +Without this communication of ideals, hopes, expectations, standards, +opinions, from those members of society who are passing out of the group +life to those who are coming into it, social life could not survive. +If the members who compose a society lived on continuously, they +might educate the new-born members, but it would be a task directed +by personal interest rather than social need. Now it is a work of +necessity. + +If a plague carried off the members of a society all at once, it is +obvious that the group would be permanently done for. Yet the death of +each of its constituent members is as certain as if an epidemic took +them all at once. But the graded difference in age, the fact that some +are born as some die, makes possible through transmission of ideas and +practices the constant reweaving of the social fabric. Yet this renewal +is not automatic. Unless pains are taken to see that genuine and +thorough transmission takes place, the most civilized group will relapse +into barbarism and then into savagery. In fact, the human young are so +immature that if they were left to themselves without the guidance +and succor of others, they could not acquire the rudimentary abilities +necessary for physical existence. The young of human beings compare +so poorly in original efficiency with the young of many of the lower +animals, that even the powers needed for physical sustentation have to +be acquired under tuition. How much more, then, is this the case with +respect to all the technological, artistic, scientific, and moral +achievements of humanity! + +2. Education and Communication. So obvious, indeed, is the necessity of +teaching and learning for the continued existence of a society that we +may seem to be dwelling unduly on a truism. But justification is found +in the fact that such emphasis is a means of getting us away from an +unduly scholastic and formal notion of education. Schools are, indeed, +one important method of the transmission which forms the dispositions +of the immature; but it is only one means, and, compared with other +agencies, a relatively superficial means. Only as we have grasped the +necessity of more fundamental and persistent modes of tuition can we +make sure of placing the scholastic methods in their true context. + +Society not only continues to exist by transmission, by communication, +but it may fairly be said to exist in transmission, in communication. +There is more than a verbal tie between the words common, community, +and communication. Men live in a community in virtue of the things which +they have in common; and communication is the way in which they come to +possess things in common. What they must have in common in order to +form a community or society are aims, beliefs, aspirations, knowledge--a +common understanding--like-mindedness as the sociologists say. Such +things cannot be passed physically from one to another, like bricks; +they cannot be shared as persons would share a pie by dividing it into +physical pieces. The communication which insures participation in a +common understanding is one which secures similar emotional and +intellectual dispositions--like ways of responding to expectations and +requirements. + +Persons do not become a society by living in physical proximity, any +more than a man ceases to be socially influenced by being so many feet +or miles removed from others. A book or a letter may institute a more +intimate association between human beings separated thousands of miles +from each other than exists between dwellers under the same roof. +Individuals do not even compose a social group because they all work +for a common end. The parts of a machine work with a maximum of +cooperativeness for a common result, but they do not form a community. +If, however, they were all cognizant of the common end and all +interested in it so that they regulated their specific activity in +view of it, then they would form a community. But this would involve +communication. Each would have to know what the other was about and +would have to have some way of keeping the other informed as to his own +purpose and progress. Consensus demands communication. + +We are thus compelled to recognize that within even the most social +group there are many relations which are not as yet social. A large +number of human relationships in any social group are still upon the +machine-like plane. Individuals use one another so as to get desired +results, without reference to the emotional and intellectual disposition +and consent of those used. Such uses express physical superiority, or +superiority of position, skill, technical ability, and command of tools, +mechanical or fiscal. So far as the relations of parent and child, +teacher and pupil, employer and employee, governor and governed, remain +upon this level, they form no true social group, no matter how closely +their respective activities touch one another. Giving and taking of +orders modifies action and results, but does not of itself effect a +sharing of purposes, a communication of interests. + +Not only is social life identical with communication, but all +communication (and hence all genuine social life) is educative. To be +a recipient of a communication is to have an enlarged and changed +experience. One shares in what another has thought and felt and in so +far, meagerly or amply, has his own attitude modified. Nor is the one +who communicates left unaffected. Try the experiment of communicating, +with fullness and accuracy, some experience to another, especially if it +be somewhat complicated, and you will find your own attitude toward +your experience changing; otherwise you resort to expletives and +ejaculations. The experience has to be formulated in order to be +communicated. To formulate requires getting outside of it, seeing it as +another would see it, considering what points of contact it has with +the life of another so that it may be got into such form that he can +appreciate its meaning. Except in dealing with commonplaces and catch +phrases one has to assimilate, imaginatively, something of another's +experience in order to tell him intelligently of one's own experience. +All communication is like art. It may fairly be said, therefore, that +any social arrangement that remains vitally social, or vitally shared, +is educative to those who participate in it. Only when it becomes cast +in a mold and runs in a routine way does it lose its educative power. + +In final account, then, not only does social life demand teaching and +learning for its own permanence, but the very process of living together +educates. It enlarges and enlightens experience; it stimulates and +enriches imagination; it creates responsibility for accuracy and +vividness of statement and thought. A man really living alone (alone +mentally as well as physically) would have little or no occasion +to reflect upon his past experience to extract its net meaning. The +inequality of achievement between the mature and the immature not only +necessitates teaching the young, but the necessity of this teaching +gives an immense stimulus to reducing experience to that order and form +which will render it most easily communicable and hence most usable. + +3. The Place of Formal Education. There is, accordingly, a marked +difference between the education which every one gets from living +with others, as long as he really lives instead of just continuing to +subsist, and the deliberate educating of the young. In the former case +the education is incidental; it is natural and important, but it is not +the express reason of the association. While it may be said, without +exaggeration, that the measure of the worth of any social institution, +economic, domestic, political, legal, religious, is its effect in +enlarging and improving experience; yet this effect is not a part of +its original motive, which is limited and more immediately practical. +Religious associations began, for example, in the desire to secure the +favor of overruling powers and to ward off evil influences; family +life in the desire to gratify appetites and secure family perpetuity; +systematic labor, for the most part, because of enslavement to others, +etc. Only gradually was the by-product of the institution, its effect +upon the quality and extent of conscious life, noted, and only more +gradually still was this effect considered as a directive factor in the +conduct of the institution. Even today, in our industrial life, apart +from certain values of industriousness and thrift, the intellectual and +emotional reaction of the forms of human association under which the +world's work is carried on receives little attention as compared with +physical output. + +But in dealing with the young, the fact of association itself as an +immediate human fact, gains in importance. While it is easy to ignore in +our contact with them the effect of our acts upon their disposition, +or to subordinate that educative effect to some external and tangible +result, it is not so easy as in dealing with adults. The need of +training is too evident; the pressure to accomplish a change in their +attitude and habits is too urgent to leave these consequences wholly +out of account. Since our chief business with them is to enable them to +share in a common life we cannot help considering whether or no we are +forming the powers which will secure this ability. If humanity has made +some headway in realizing that the ultimate value of every institution +is its distinctively human effect--its effect upon conscious +experience--we may well believe that this lesson has been learned +largely through dealings with the young. + +We are thus led to distinguish, within the broad educational +process which we have been so far considering, a more formal kind of +education--that of direct tuition or schooling. In undeveloped social +groups, we find very little formal teaching and training. Savage groups +mainly rely for instilling needed dispositions into the young upon the +same sort of association which keeps adults loyal to their group. They +have no special devices, material, or institutions for teaching save in +connection with initiation ceremonies by which the youth are inducted +into full social membership. For the most part, they depend upon +children learning the customs of the adults, acquiring their emotional +set and stock of ideas, by sharing in what the elders are doing. In +part, this sharing is direct, taking part in the occupations of adults +and thus serving an apprenticeship; in part, it is indirect, through the +dramatic plays in which children reproduce the actions of grown-ups +and thus learn to know what they are like. To savages it would seem +preposterous to seek out a place where nothing but learning was going on +in order that one might learn. + +But as civilization advances, the gap between the capacities of the +young and the concerns of adults widens. Learning by direct sharing in +the pursuits of grown-ups becomes increasingly difficult except in the +case of the less advanced occupations. Much of what adults do is so +remote in space and in meaning that playful imitation is less and less +adequate to reproduce its spirit. Ability to share effectively in adult +activities thus depends upon a prior training given with this end in +view. Intentional agencies--schools--and explicit material--studies--are +devised. The task of teaching certain things is delegated to a special +group of persons. + +Without such formal education, it is not possible to transmit all the +resources and achievements of a complex society. It also opens a way to +a kind of experience which would not be accessible to the young, if they +were left to pick up their training in informal association with others, +since books and the symbols of knowledge are mastered. + +But there are conspicuous dangers attendant upon the transition from +indirect to formal education. Sharing in actual pursuit, whether +directly or vicariously in play, is at least personal and vital. These +qualities compensate, in some measure, for the narrowness of available +opportunities. Formal instruction, on the contrary, easily becomes +remote and dead--abstract and bookish, to use the ordinary words of +depreciation. What accumulated knowledge exists in low grade societies +is at least put into practice; it is transmuted into character; it +exists with the depth of meaning that attaches to its coming within +urgent daily interests. + +But in an advanced culture much which has to be learned is stored in +symbols. It is far from translation into familiar acts and objects. Such +material is relatively technical and superficial. Taking the ordinary +standard of reality as a measure, it is artificial. For this measure is +connection with practical concerns. Such material exists in a world by +itself, unassimilated to ordinary customs of thought and expression. +There is the standing danger that the material of formal instruction +will be merely the subject matter of the schools, isolated from the +subject matter of life-experience. The permanent social interests are +likely to be lost from view. Those which have not been carried over +into the structure of social life, but which remain largely matters +of technical information expressed in symbols, are made conspicuous +in schools. Thus we reach the ordinary notion of education: the notion +which ignores its social necessity and its identity with all human +association that affects conscious life, and which identifies it with +imparting information about remote matters and the conveying of learning +through verbal signs: the acquisition of literacy. + +Hence one of the weightiest problems with which the philosophy of +education has to cope is the method of keeping a proper balance between +the informal and the formal, the incidental and the intentional, +modes of education. When the acquiring of information and of technical +intellectual skill do not influence the formation of a social +disposition, ordinary vital experience fails to gain in meaning, while +schooling, in so far, creates only "sharps" in learning--that is, +egoistic specialists. To avoid a split between what men consciously +know because they are aware of having learned it by a specific job of +learning, and what they unconsciously know because they have absorbed it +in the formation of their characters by intercourse with others, +becomes an increasingly delicate task with every development of special +schooling. + +Summary. It is the very nature of life to strive to continue in being. +Since this continuance can be secured only by constant renewals, life +is a self-renewing process. What nutrition and reproduction are to +physiological life, education is to social life. This education consists +primarily in transmission through communication. Communication is a +process of sharing experience till it becomes a common possession. It +modifies the disposition of both the parties who partake in it. That +the ulterior significance of every mode of human association lies in +the contribution which it makes to the improvement of the quality +of experience is a fact most easily recognized in dealing with the +immature. That is to say, while every social arrangement is educative +in effect, the educative effect first becomes an important part of the +purpose of the association in connection with the association of the +older with the younger. As societies become more complex in structure +and resources, the need of formal or intentional teaching and learning +increases. As formal teaching and training grow in extent, there is the +danger of creating an undesirable split between the experience gained in +more direct associations and what is acquired in school. This danger was +never greater than at the present time, on account of the rapid growth +in the last few centuries of knowledge and technical modes of skill. + +Chapter Two: Education as a Social Function + +1. The Nature and Meaning of Environment. We have seen that a community +or social group sustains itself through continuous self-renewal, and +that this renewal takes place by means of the educational growth of the +immature members of the group. By various agencies, unintentional and +designed, a society transforms uninitiated and seemingly alien beings +into robust trustees of its own resources and ideals. Education is thus +a fostering, a nurturing, a cultivating, process. All of these words +mean that it implies attention to the conditions of growth. We also +speak of rearing, raising, bringing up--words which express the +difference of level which education aims to cover. Etymologically, the +word education means just a process of leading or bringing up. When +we have the outcome of the process in mind, we speak of education as +shaping, forming, molding activity--that is, a shaping into the standard +form of social activity. In this chapter we are concerned with the +general features of the way in which a social group brings up its +immature members into its own social form. + +Since what is required is a transformation of the quality of experience +till it partakes in the interests, purposes, and ideas current in the +social group, the problem is evidently not one of mere physical forming. +Things can be physically transported in space; they may be bodily +conveyed. Beliefs and aspirations cannot be physically extracted and +inserted. How then are they communicated? Given the impossibility of +direct contagion or literal inculcation, our problem is to discover the +method by which the young assimilate the point of view of the old, or +the older bring the young into like-mindedness with themselves. The +answer, in general formulation, is: By means of the action of the +environment in calling out certain responses. The required beliefs +cannot be hammered in; the needed attitudes cannot be plastered on. But +the particular medium in which an individual exists leads him to see and +feel one thing rather than another; it leads him to have certain plans +in order that he may act successfully with others; it strengthens some +beliefs and weakens others as a condition of winning the approval of +others. Thus it gradually produces in him a certain system of behavior, +a certain disposition of action. The words "environment," "medium" +denote something more than surroundings which encompass an individual. +They denote the specific continuity of the surroundings with his own +active tendencies. An inanimate being is, of course, continuous with +its surroundings; but the environing circumstances do not, save +metaphorically, constitute an environment. For the inorganic being is +not concerned in the influences which affect it. On the other hand, +some things which are remote in space and time from a living creature, +especially a human creature, may form his environment even more truly +than some of the things close to him. The things with which a man varies +are his genuine environment. Thus the activities of the astronomer vary +with the stars at which he gazes or about which he calculates. Of +his immediate surroundings, his telescope is most intimately his +environment. The environment of an antiquarian, as an antiquarian, +consists of the remote epoch of human life with which he is concerned, +and the relics, inscriptions, etc., by which he establishes connections +with that period. + +In brief, the environment consists of those conditions that promote or +hinder, stimulate or inhibit, the characteristic activities of a living +being. Water is the environment of a fish because it is necessary to the +fish's activities--to its life. The north pole is a significant element +in the environment of an arctic explorer, whether he succeeds in +reaching it or not, because it defines his activities, makes them what +they distinctively are. Just because life signifies not bare passive +existence (supposing there is such a thing), but a way of acting, +environment or medium signifies what enters into this activity as a +sustaining or frustrating condition. + +2. The Social Environment. A being whose activities are associated with +others has a social environment. What he does and what he can do depend +upon the expectations, demands, approvals, and condemnations of others. +A being connected with other beings cannot perform his own activities +without taking the activities of others into account. For they are the +indispensable conditions of the realization of his tendencies. When he +moves he stirs them and reciprocally. We might as well try to imagine a +business man doing business, buying and selling, all by himself, as to +conceive it possible to define the activities of an individual in terms +of his isolated actions. The manufacturer moreover is as truly socially +guided in his activities when he is laying plans in the privacy of his +own counting house as when he is buying his raw material or selling +his finished goods. Thinking and feeling that have to do with action in +association with others is as much a social mode of behavior as is the +most overt cooperative or hostile act. + +What we have more especially to indicate is how the social medium +nurtures its immature members. There is no great difficulty in seeing +how it shapes the external habits of action. Even dogs and horses have +their actions modified by association with human beings; they form +different habits because human beings are concerned with what they do. +Human beings control animals by controlling the natural stimuli which +influence them; by creating a certain environment in other words. Food, +bits and bridles, noises, vehicles, are used to direct the ways in +which the natural or instinctive responses of horses occur. By operating +steadily to call out certain acts, habits are formed which function with +the same uniformity as the original stimuli. If a rat is put in a +maze and finds food only by making a given number of turns in a given +sequence, his activity is gradually modified till he habitually takes +that course rather than another when he is hungry. + +Human actions are modified in a like fashion. A burnt child dreads the +fire; if a parent arranged conditions so that every time a child touched +a certain toy he got burned, the child would learn to avoid that toy +as automatically as he avoids touching fire. So far, however, we are +dealing with what may be called training in distinction from educative +teaching. The changes considered are in outer action rather than in +mental and emotional dispositions of behavior. The distinction is not, +however, a sharp one. The child might conceivably generate in time a +violent antipathy, not only to that particular toy, but to the class +of toys resembling it. The aversion might even persist after he had +forgotten about the original burns; later on he might even invent some +reason to account for his seemingly irrational antipathy. In some cases, +altering the external habit of action by changing the environment to +affect the stimuli to action will also alter the mental disposition +concerned in the action. Yet this does not always happen; a person +trained to dodge a threatening blow, dodges automatically with +no corresponding thought or emotion. We have to find, then, some +differentia of training from education. + +A clew may be found in the fact that the horse does not really share in +the social use to which his action is put. Some one else uses the horse +to secure a result which is advantageous by making it advantageous +to the horse to perform the act--he gets food, etc. But the horse, +presumably, does not get any new interest. He remains interested in +food, not in the service he is rendering. He is not a partner in a +shared activity. Were he to become a copartner, he would, in engaging +in the conjoint activity, have the same interest in its accomplishment +which others have. He would share their ideas and emotions. + +Now in many cases--too many cases--the activity of the immature human +being is simply played upon to secure habits which are useful. He is +trained like an animal rather than educated like a human being. His +instincts remain attached to their original objects of pain or pleasure. +But to get happiness or to avoid the pain of failure he has to act in +a way agreeable to others. In other cases, he really shares or +participates in the common activity. In this case, his original impulse +is modified. He not merely acts in a way agreeing with the actions of +others, but, in so acting, the same ideas and emotions are aroused +in him that animate the others. A tribe, let us say, is warlike. The +successes for which it strives, the achievements upon which it sets +store, are connected with fighting and victory. The presence of this +medium incites bellicose exhibitions in a boy, first in games, then +in fact when he is strong enough. As he fights he wins approval and +advancement; as he refrains, he is disliked, ridiculed, shut out +from favorable recognition. It is not surprising that his original +belligerent tendencies and emotions are strengthened at the expense of +others, and that his ideas turn to things connected with war. Only in +this way can he become fully a recognized member of his group. Thus his +mental habitudes are gradually assimilated to those of his group. + +If we formulate the principle involved in this illustration, we shall +perceive that the social medium neither implants certain desires and +ideas directly, nor yet merely establishes certain purely muscular +habits of action, like "instinctively" winking or dodging a blow. +Setting up conditions which stimulate certain visible and tangible ways +of acting is the first step. Making the individual a sharer or partner +in the associated activity so that he feels its success as his success, +its failure as his failure, is the completing step. As soon as he is +possessed by the emotional attitude of the group, he will be alert to +recognize the special ends at which it aims and the means employed to +secure success. His beliefs and ideas, in other words, will take a form +similar to those of others in the group. He will also achieve pretty +much the same stock of knowledge since that knowledge is an ingredient +of his habitual pursuits. + +The importance of language in gaining knowledge is doubtless the chief +cause of the common notion that knowledge may be passed directly from +one to another. It almost seems as if all we have to do to convey an +idea into the mind of another is to convey a sound into his ear. Thus +imparting knowledge gets assimilated to a purely physical process. But +learning from language will be found, when analyzed, to confirm the +principle just laid down. It would probably be admitted with little +hesitation that a child gets the idea of, say, a hat by using it as +other persons do; by covering the head with it, giving it to others +to wear, having it put on by others when going out, etc. But it may be +asked how this principle of shared activity applies to getting through +speech or reading the idea of, say, a Greek helmet, where no direct use +of any kind enters in. What shared activity is there in learning from +books about the discovery of America? + +Since language tends to become the chief instrument of learning about +many things, let us see how it works. The baby begins of course with +mere sounds, noises, and tones having no meaning, expressing, that is, +no idea. Sounds are just one kind of stimulus to direct response, some +having a soothing effect, others tending to make one jump, and so on. +The sound h-a-t would remain as meaningless as a sound in Choctaw, a +seemingly inarticulate grunt, if it were not uttered in connection +with an action which is participated in by a number of people. When the +mother is taking the infant out of doors, she says "hat" as she puts +something on the baby's head. Being taken out becomes an interest to the +child; mother and child not only go out with each other physically, +but both are concerned in the going out; they enjoy it in common. By +conjunction with the other factors in activity the sound "hat" soon gets +the same meaning for the child that it has for the parent; it becomes a +sign of the activity into which it enters. The bare fact that language +consists of sounds which are mutually intelligible is enough of +itself to show that its meaning depends upon connection with a shared +experience. + +In short, the sound h-a-t gains meaning in precisely the same way that +the thing "hat" gains it, by being used in a given way. And they acquire +the same meaning with the child which they have with the adult because +they are used in a common experience by both. The guarantee for the +same manner of use is found in the fact that the thing and the sound are +first employed in a joint activity, as a means of setting up an active +connection between the child and a grownup. Similar ideas or meanings +spring up because both persons are engaged as partners in an action +where what each does depends upon and influences what the other does. If +two savages were engaged in a joint hunt for game, and a certain signal +meant "move to the right" to the one who uttered it, and "move to the +left" to the one who heard it, they obviously could not successfully +carry on their hunt together. Understanding one another means that +objects, including sounds, have the same value for both with respect to +carrying on a common pursuit. + +After sounds have got meaning through connection with other things +employed in a joint undertaking, they can be used in connection with +other like sounds to develop new meanings, precisely as the things for +which they stand are combined. Thus the words in which a child +learns about, say, the Greek helmet originally got a meaning (or were +understood) by use in an action having a common interest and end. They +now arouse a new meaning by inciting the one who hears or reads to +rehearse imaginatively the activities in which the helmet has its use. +For the time being, the one who understands the words "Greek helmet" +becomes mentally a partner with those who used the helmet. He engages, +through his imagination, in a shared activity. It is not easy to get +the full meaning of words. Most persons probably stop with the idea that +"helmet" denotes a queer kind of headgear a people called the Greeks +once wore. We conclude, accordingly, that the use of language to convey +and acquire ideas is an extension and refinement of the principle +that things gain meaning by being used in a shared experience or joint +action; in no sense does it contravene that principle. When words do +not enter as factors into a shared situation, either overtly or +imaginatively, they operate as pure physical stimuli, not as having +a meaning or intellectual value. They set activity running in a given +groove, but there is no accompanying conscious purpose or meaning. +Thus, for example, the plus sign may be a stimulus to perform the act of +writing one number under another and adding the numbers, but the person +performing the act will operate much as an automaton would unless he +realizes the meaning of what he does. + +3. The Social Medium as Educative. Our net result thus far is that +social environment forms the mental and emotional disposition of +behavior in individuals by engaging them in activities that arouse +and strengthen certain impulses, that have certain purposes and entail +certain consequences. A child growing up in a family of musicians will +inevitably have whatever capacities he has in music stimulated, and, +relatively, stimulated more than other impulses which might have been +awakened in another environment. Save as he takes an interest in music +and gains a certain competency in it, he is "out of it"; he is unable +to share in the life of the group to which he belongs. Some kinds of +participation in the life of those with whom the individual is connected +are inevitable; with respect to them, the social environment exercises +an educative or formative influence unconsciously and apart from any set +purpose. + +In savage and barbarian communities, such direct participation +(constituting the indirect or incidental education of which we have +spoken) furnishes almost the sole influence for rearing the young into +the practices and beliefs of the group. Even in present-day societies, +it furnishes the basic nurture of even the most insistently schooled +youth. In accord with the interests and occupations of the group, +certain things become objects of high esteem; others of aversion. +Association does not create impulses or affection and dislike, but it +furnishes the objects to which they attach themselves. The way our group +or class does things tends to determine the proper objects of attention, +and thus to prescribe the directions and limits of observation +and memory. What is strange or foreign (that is to say outside +the activities of the groups) tends to be morally forbidden and +intellectually suspect. It seems almost incredible to us, for example, +that things which we know very well could have escaped recognition +in past ages. We incline to account for it by attributing congenital +stupidity to our forerunners and by assuming superior native +intelligence on our own part. But the explanation is that their modes +of life did not call for attention to such facts, but held their minds +riveted to other things. Just as the senses require sensible objects +to stimulate them, so our powers of observation, recollection, and +imagination do not work spontaneously, but are set in motion by the +demands set up by current social occupations. The main texture of +disposition is formed, independently of schooling, by such influences. +What conscious, deliberate teaching can do is at most to free the +capacities thus formed for fuller exercise, to purge them of some of +their grossness, and to furnish objects which make their activity more +productive of meaning. + +While this "unconscious influence of the environment" is so subtle and +pervasive that it affects every fiber of character and mind, it may +be worth while to specify a few directions in which its effect is most +marked. First, the habits of language. Fundamental modes of speech, the +bulk of the vocabulary, are formed in the ordinary intercourse of life, +carried on not as a set means of instruction but as a social necessity. +The babe acquires, as we well say, the mother tongue. While speech +habits thus contracted may be corrected or even displaced by conscious +teaching, yet, in times of excitement, intentionally acquired modes of +speech often fall away, and individuals relapse into their really native +tongue. Secondly, manners. Example is notoriously more potent than +precept. Good manners come, as we say, from good breeding or rather are +good breeding; and breeding is acquired by habitual action, in response +to habitual stimuli, not by conveying information. Despite the never +ending play of conscious correction and instruction, the surrounding +atmosphere and spirit is in the end the chief agent in forming manners. +And manners are but minor morals. Moreover, in major morals, conscious +instruction is likely to be efficacious only in the degree in which +it falls in with the general "walk and conversation" of those who +constitute the child's social environment. Thirdly, good taste and +esthetic appreciation. If the eye is constantly greeted by harmonious +objects, having elegance of form and color, a standard of taste +naturally grows up. The effect of a tawdry, unarranged, and +over-decorated environment works for the deterioration of taste, just as +meager and barren surroundings starve out the desire for beauty. Against +such odds, conscious teaching can hardly do more than convey second-hand +information as to what others think. Such taste never becomes +spontaneous and personally engrained, but remains a labored reminder of +what those think to whom one has been taught to look up. To say that the +deeper standards of judgments of value are framed by the situations +into which a person habitually enters is not so much to mention a fourth +point, as it is to point out a fusion of those already mentioned. We +rarely recognize the extent in which our conscious estimates of what is +worth while and what is not, are due to standards of which we are not +conscious at all. But in general it may be said that the things which we +take for granted without inquiry or reflection are just the things which +determine our conscious thinking and decide our conclusions. And these +habitudes which lie below the level of reflection are just those which +have been formed in the constant give and take of relationship with +others. + +4. The School as a Special Environment. The chief importance of this +foregoing statement of the educative process which goes on willy-nilly +is to lead us to note that the only way in which adults consciously +control the kind of education which the immature get is by controlling +the environment in which they act, and hence think and feel. We never +educate directly, but indirectly by means of the environment. Whether +we permit chance environments to do the work, or whether we design +environments for the purpose makes a great difference. And any +environment is a chance environment so far as its educative influence +is concerned unless it has been deliberately regulated with reference to +its educative effect. An intelligent home differs from an unintelligent +one chiefly in that the habits of life and intercourse which prevail are +chosen, or at least colored, by the thought of their bearing upon the +development of children. But schools remain, of course, the typical +instance of environments framed with express reference to influencing +the mental and moral disposition of their members. + +Roughly speaking, they come into existence when social traditions are +so complex that a considerable part of the social store is committed +to writing and transmitted through written symbols. Written symbols are +even more artificial or conventional than spoken; they cannot be picked +up in accidental intercourse with others. In addition, the written form +tends to select and record matters which are comparatively foreign +to everyday life. The achievements accumulated from generation to +generation are deposited in it even though some of them have fallen +temporarily out of use. Consequently as soon as a community depends to +any considerable extent upon what lies beyond its own territory and its +own immediate generation, it must rely upon the set agency of schools +to insure adequate transmission of all its resources. To take an obvious +illustration: The life of the ancient Greeks and Romans has profoundly +influenced our own, and yet the ways in which they affect us do not +present themselves on the surface of our ordinary experiences. In +similar fashion, peoples still existing, but remote in space, British, +Germans, Italians, directly concern our own social affairs, but +the nature of the interaction cannot be understood without explicit +statement and attention. In precisely similar fashion, our daily +associations cannot be trusted to make clear to the young the part +played in our activities by remote physical energies, and by invisible +structures. Hence a special mode of social intercourse is instituted, +the school, to care for such matters. + +This mode of association has three functions sufficiently specific, +as compared with ordinary associations of life, to be noted. First, a +complex civilization is too complex to be assimilated in toto. It has to +be broken up into portions, as it were, and assimilated piecemeal, in a +gradual and graded way. The relationships of our present social life are +so numerous and so interwoven that a child placed in the most favorable +position could not readily share in many of the most important of them. +Not sharing in them, their meaning would not be communicated to him, +would not become a part of his own mental disposition. There would be +no seeing the trees because of the forest. Business, politics, art, +science, religion, would make all at once a clamor for attention; +confusion would be the outcome. The first office of the social organ we +call the school is to provide a simplified environment. It selects the +features which are fairly fundamental and capable of being responded to +by the young. Then it establishes a progressive order, using the +factors first acquired as means of gaining insight into what is more +complicated. + +In the second place, it is the business of the school environment to +eliminate, so far as possible, the unworthy features of the existing +environment from influence upon mental habitudes. It establishes a +purified medium of action. Selection aims not only at simplifying but at +weeding out what is undesirable. Every society gets encumbered with what +is trivial, with dead wood from the past, and with what is positively +perverse. The school has the duty of omitting such things from the +environment which it supplies, and thereby doing what it can to +counteract their influence in the ordinary social environment. By +selecting the best for its exclusive use, it strives to reinforce the +power of this best. As a society becomes more enlightened, it realizes +that it is responsible not to transmit and conserve the whole of +its existing achievements, but only such as make for a better future +society. The school is its chief agency for the accomplishment of this +end. + +In the third place, it is the office of the school environment to +balance the various elements in the social environment, and to see to it +that each individual gets an opportunity to escape from the limitations +of the social group in which he was born, and to come into living +contact with a broader environment. Such words as "society" and +"community" are likely to be misleading, for they have a tendency to +make us think there is a single thing corresponding to the single word. +As a matter of fact, a modern society is many societies more or less +loosely connected. Each household with its immediate extension of +friends makes a society; the village or street group of playmates is a +community; each business group, each club, is another. Passing beyond +these more intimate groups, there is in a country like our own a variety +of races, religious affiliations, economic divisions. Inside the modern +city, in spite of its nominal political unity, there are probably more +communities, more differing customs, traditions, aspirations, and forms +of government or control, than existed in an entire continent at an +earlier epoch. + +Each such group exercises a formative influence on the active +dispositions of its members. A clique, a club, a gang, a Fagin's +household of thieves, the prisoners in a jail, provide educative +environments for those who enter into their collective or conjoint +activities, as truly as a church, a labor union, a business partnership, +or a political party. Each of them is a mode of associated or community +life, quite as much as is a family, a town, or a state. There are also +communities whose members have little or no direct contact with one +another, like the guild of artists, the republic of letters, the members +of the professional learned class scattered over the face of the +earth. For they have aims in common, and the activity of each member is +directly modified by knowledge of what others are doing. + +In the olden times, the diversity of groups was largely a geographical +matter. There were many societies, but each, within its own territory, +was comparatively homogeneous. But with the development of commerce, +transportation, intercommunication, and emigration, countries like the +United States are composed of a combination of different groups with +different traditional customs. It is this situation which has, perhaps +more than any other one cause, forced the demand for an educational +institution which shall provide something like a homogeneous and +balanced environment for the young. Only in this way can the centrifugal +forces set up by juxtaposition of different groups within one and the +same political unit be counteracted. The intermingling in the school +of youth of different races, differing religions, and unlike customs +creates for all a new and broader environment. Common subject matter +accustoms all to a unity of outlook upon a broader horizon than +is visible to the members of any group while it is isolated. The +assimilative force of the American public school is eloquent testimony +to the efficacy of the common and balanced appeal. + +The school has the function also of coordinating within the disposition +of each individual the diverse influences of the various social +environments into which he enters. One code prevails in the family; +another, on the street; a third, in the workshop or store; a fourth, +in the religious association. As a person passes from one of the +environments to another, he is subjected to antagonistic pulls, and +is in danger of being split into a being having different standards of +judgment and emotion for different occasions. This danger imposes upon +the school a steadying and integrating office. + + +Summary. The development within the young of the attitudes and +dispositions necessary to the continuous and progressive life of a +society cannot take place by direct conveyance of beliefs, emotions, and +knowledge. It takes place through the intermediary of the environment. +The environment consists of the sum total of conditions which are +concerned in the execution of the activity characteristic of a living +being. The social environment consists of all the activities of fellow +beings that are bound up in the carrying on of the activities of any +one of its members. It is truly educative in its effect in the degree in +which an individual shares or participates in some conjoint activity. By +doing his share in the associated activity, the individual appropriates +the purpose which actuates it, becomes familiar with its methods and +subject matters, acquires needed skill, and is saturated with its +emotional spirit. + +The deeper and more intimate educative formation of disposition +comes, without conscious intent, as the young gradually partake of the +activities of the various groups to which they may belong. As a society +becomes more complex, however, it is found necessary to provide a +special social environment which shall especially look after nurturing +the capacities of the immature. Three of the more important functions +of this special environment are: simplifying and ordering the factors +of the disposition it is wished to develop; purifying and idealizing +the existing social customs; creating a wider and better balanced +environment than that by which the young would be likely, if left to +themselves, to be influenced. + + + + +Chapter Three: Education as Direction + +1. The Environment as Directive. + +We now pass to one of the special forms which the general function of +education assumes: namely, that of direction, control, or guidance. +Of these three words, direction, control, and guidance, the last best +conveys the idea of assisting through cooperation the natural capacities +of the individuals guided; control conveys rather the notion of an +energy brought to bear from without and meeting some resistance from the +one controlled; direction is a more neutral term and suggests the +fact that the active tendencies of those directed are led in a certain +continuous course, instead of dispersing aimlessly. Direction expresses +the basic function, which tends at one extreme to become a guiding +assistance and at another, a regulation or ruling. But in any case, we +must carefully avoid a meaning sometimes read into the term "control." +It is sometimes assumed, explicitly or unconsciously, that an +individual's tendencies are naturally purely individualistic or +egoistic, and thus antisocial. Control then denotes the process by which +he is brought to subordinate his natural impulses to public or common +ends. Since, by conception, his own nature is quite alien to this +process and opposes it rather than helps it, control has in this view +a flavor of coercion or compulsion about it. Systems of government +and theories of the state have been built upon this notion, and it has +seriously affected educational ideas and practices. But there is no +ground for any such view. Individuals are certainly interested, at +times, in having their own way, and their own way may go contrary to +the ways of others. But they are also interested, and chiefly interested +upon the whole, in entering into the activities of others and taking +part in conjoint and cooperative doings. Otherwise, no such thing as +a community would be possible. And there would not even be any one +interested in furnishing the policeman to keep a semblance of harmony +unless he thought that thereby he could gain some personal advantage. +Control, in truth, means only an emphatic form of direction of powers, +and covers the regulation gained by an individual through his own +efforts quite as much as that brought about when others take the lead. + +In general, every stimulus directs activity. It does not simply excite +it or stir it up, but directs it toward an object. Put the other way +around, a response is not just a re-action, a protest, as it were, +against being disturbed; it is, as the word indicates, an answer. It +meets the stimulus, and corresponds with it. There is an adaptation of +the stimulus and response to each other. A light is the stimulus to the +eye to see something, and the business of the eye is to see. If the +eyes are open and there is light, seeing occurs; the stimulus is but a +condition of the fulfillment of the proper function of the organ, not an +outside interruption. To some extent, then, all direction or control is +a guiding of activity to its own end; it is an assistance in doing fully +what some organ is already tending to do. + +This general statement needs, however, to be qualified in two respects. +In the first place, except in the case of a small number of instincts, +the stimuli to which an immature human being is subject are not +sufficiently definite to call out, in the beginning, specific responses. +There is always a great deal of superfluous energy aroused. This energy +may be wasted, going aside from the point; it may also go against the +successful performance of an act. It does harm by getting in the way. +Compare the behavior of a beginner in riding a bicycle with that of the +expert. There is little axis of direction in the energies put forth; +they are largely dispersive and centrifugal. Direction involves +a focusing and fixating of action in order that it may be truly a +response, and this requires an elimination of unnecessary and confusing +movements. In the second place, although no activity can be produced in +which the person does not cooperate to some extent, yet a response may +be of a kind which does not fit into the sequence and continuity of +action. A person boxing may dodge a particular blow successfully, but in +such a way as to expose himself the next instant to a still harder +blow. Adequate control means that the successive acts are brought into +a continuous order; each act not only meets its immediate stimulus but +helps the acts which follow. + +In short, direction is both simultaneous and successive. At a given +time, it requires that, from all the tendencies that are partially +called out, those be selected which center energy upon the point of +need. Successively, it requires that each act be balanced with those +which precede and come after, so that order of activity is achieved. +Focusing and ordering are thus the two aspects of direction, one +spatial, the other temporal. The first insures hitting the mark; the +second keeps the balance required for further action. Obviously, it is +not possible to separate them in practice as we have distinguished them +in idea. Activity must be centered at a given time in such a way as to +prepare for what comes next. The problem of the immediate response is +complicated by one's having to be on the lookout for future occurrences. + +Two conclusions emerge from these general statements. On the one hand, +purely external direction is impossible. The environment can at most +only supply stimuli to call out responses. These responses proceed from +tendencies already possessed by the individual. Even when a person +is frightened by threats into doing something, the threats work only +because the person has an instinct of fear. If he has not, or if, though +having it, it is under his own control, the threat has no more influence +upon him than light has in causing a person to see who has no eyes. +While the customs and rules of adults furnish stimuli which direct +as well as evoke the activities of the young, the young, after all, +participate in the direction which their actions finally take. In the +strict sense, nothing can be forced upon them or into them. To overlook +this fact means to distort and pervert human nature. To take into +account the contribution made by the existing instincts and habits +of those directed is to direct them economically and wisely. Speaking +accurately, all direction is but re-direction; it shifts the activities +already going on into another channel. Unless one is cognizant of the +energies which are already in operation, one's attempts at direction +will almost surely go amiss. + +On the other hand, the control afforded by the customs and regulations +of others may be short-sighted. It may accomplish its immediate effect, +but at the expense of throwing the subsequent action of the person +out of balance. A threat may, for example, prevent a person from +doing something to which he is naturally inclined by arousing fear of +disagreeable consequences if he persists. But he may be left in the +position which exposes him later on to influences which will lead him +to do even worse things. His instincts of cunning and slyness may be +aroused, so that things henceforth appeal to him on the side of evasion +and trickery more than would otherwise have been the case. Those engaged +in directing the actions of others are always in danger of overlooking +the importance of the sequential development of those they direct. + +2. Modes of Social Direction. Adults are naturally most conscious of +directing the conduct of others when they are immediately aiming so +to do. As a rule, they have such an aim consciously when they find +themselves resisted; when others are doing things they do not wish them +to do. But the more permanent and influential modes of control are those +which operate from moment to moment continuously without such deliberate +intention on our part. + +1. When others are not doing what we would like them to or are +threatening disobedience, we are most conscious of the need of +controlling them and of the influences by which they are controlled. In +such cases, our control becomes most direct, and at this point we are +most likely to make the mistakes just spoken of. We are even likely to +take the influence of superior force for control, forgetting that while +we may lead a horse to water we cannot make him drink; and that while we +can shut a man up in a penitentiary we cannot make him penitent. In +all such cases of immediate action upon others, we need to discriminate +between physical results and moral results. A person may be in such a +condition that forcible feeding or enforced confinement is necessary for +his own good. A child may have to be snatched with roughness away from +a fire so that he shall not be burnt. But no improvement of disposition, +no educative effect, need follow. A harsh and commanding tone may be +effectual in keeping a child away from the fire, and the same desirable +physical effect will follow as if he had been snatched away. But there +may be no more obedience of a moral sort in one case than in the other. +A man can be prevented from breaking into other persons' houses by +shutting him up, but shutting him up may not alter his disposition to +commit burglary. When we confuse a physical with an educative result, +we always lose the chance of enlisting the person's own participating +disposition in getting the result desired, and thereby of developing +within him an intrinsic and persisting direction in the right way. + +In general, the occasion for the more conscious acts of control should +be limited to acts which are so instinctive or impulsive that the one +performing them has no means of foreseeing their outcome. If a person +cannot foresee the consequences of his act, and is not capable of +understanding what he is told about its outcome by those with more +experience, it is impossible for him to guide his act intelligently. In +such a state, every act is alike to him. Whatever moves him does move +him, and that is all there is to it. In some cases, it is well to permit +him to experiment, and to discover the consequences for himself in order +that he may act intelligently next time under similar circumstances. But +some courses of action are too discommoding and obnoxious to others to +allow of this course being pursued. Direct disapproval is now resorted +to. Shaming, ridicule, disfavor, rebuke, and punishment are used. Or +contrary tendencies in the child are appealed to to divert him from his +troublesome line of behavior. His sensitiveness to approbation, his hope +of winning favor by an agreeable act, are made use of to induce action +in another direction. + +2. These methods of control are so obvious (because so intentionally +employed) that it would hardly be worth while to mention them if it were +not that notice may now be taken, by way of contrast, of the other more +important and permanent mode of control. This other method resides in +the ways in which persons, with whom the immature being is associated, +use things; the instrumentalities with which they accomplish their own +ends. The very existence of the social medium in which an individual +lives, moves, and has his being is the standing effective agency of +directing his activity. + +This fact makes it necessary for us to examine in greater detail what +is meant by the social environment. We are given to separating from +each other the physical and social environments in which we live. The +separation is responsible on one hand for an exaggeration of the moral +importance of the more direct or personal modes of control of which +we have been speaking; and on the other hand for an exaggeration, in +current psychology and philosophy, of the intellectual possibilities of +contact with a purely physical environment. There is not, in fact, any +such thing as the direct influence of one human being on another apart +from use of the physical environment as an intermediary. A smile, a +frown, a rebuke, a word of warning or encouragement, all involve some +physical change. Otherwise, the attitude of one would not get over to +alter the attitude of another. Comparatively speaking, such modes of +influence may be regarded as personal. The physical medium is reduced to +a mere means of personal contact. In contrast with such direct modes of +mutual influence, stand associations in common pursuits involving the +use of things as means and as measures of results. Even if the mother +never told her daughter to help her, or never rebuked her for not +helping, the child would be subjected to direction in her activities +by the mere fact that she was engaged, along with the parent, in the +household life. Imitation, emulation, the need of working together, +enforce control. + +If the mother hands the child something needed, the latter must reach +the thing in order to get it. Where there is giving there must be +taking. The way the child handles the thing after it is got, the use +to which it is put, is surely influenced by the fact that the child +has watched the mother. When the child sees the parent looking for +something, it is as natural for it also to look for the object and to +give it over when it finds it, as it was, under other circumstances, to +receive it. Multiply such an instance by the thousand details of daily +intercourse, and one has a picture of the most permanent and enduring +method of giving direction to the activities of the young. + +In saying this, we are only repeating what was said previously +about participating in a joint activity as the chief way of forming +disposition. We have explicitly added, however, the recognition of the +part played in the joint activity by the use of things. The philosophy +of learning has been unduly dominated by a false psychology. It is +frequently stated that a person learns by merely having the qualities of +things impressed upon his mind through the gateway of the senses. Having +received a store of sensory impressions, association or some power of +mental synthesis is supposed to combine them into ideas--into things +with a meaning. An object, stone, orange, tree, chair, is supposed to +convey different impressions of color, shape, size, hardness, smell, +taste, etc., which aggregated together constitute the characteristic +meaning of each thing. But as matter of fact, it is the characteristic +use to which the thing is put, because of its specific qualities, which +supplies the meaning with which it is identified. A chair is a thing +which is put to one use; a table, a thing which is employed for another +purpose; an orange is a thing which costs so much, which is grown in +warm climes, which is eaten, and when eaten has an agreeable odor and +refreshing taste, etc. + +The difference between an adjustment to a physical stimulus and a mental +act is that the latter involves response to a thing in its meaning; +the former does not. A noise may make me jump without my mind being +implicated. When I hear a noise and run and get water and put out a +blaze, I respond intelligently; the sound meant fire, and fire meant +need of being extinguished. I bump into a stone, and kick it to one side +purely physically. I put it to one side for fear some one will stumble +upon it, intelligently; I respond to a meaning which the thing has. I am +startled by a thunderclap whether I recognize it or not--more likely, if +I do not recognize it. But if I say, either out loud or to myself, that +is thunder, I respond to the disturbance as a meaning. My behavior has +a mental quality. When things have a meaning for us, we mean (intend, +propose) what we do: when they do not, we act blindly, unconsciously, +unintelligently. + +In both kinds of responsive adjustment, our activities are directed or +controlled. But in the merely blind response, direction is also blind. +There may be training, but there is no education. Repeated responses to +recurrent stimuli may fix a habit of acting in a certain way. All of us +have many habits of whose import we are quite unaware, since they were +formed without our knowing what we were about. Consequently they possess +us, rather than we them. They move us; they control us. Unless we become +aware of what they accomplish, and pass judgment upon the worth of the +result, we do not control them. A child might be made to bow every time +he met a certain person by pressure on his neck muscles, and bowing +would finally become automatic. It would not, however, be an act of +recognition or deference on his part, till he did it with a certain end +in view--as having a certain meaning. And not till he knew what he was +about and performed the act for the sake of its meaning could he be said +to be "brought up" or educated to act in a certain way. To have an idea +of a thing is thus not just to get certain sensations from it. It is +to be able to respond to the thing in view of its place in an inclusive +scheme of action; it is to foresee the drift and probable consequence of +the action of the thing upon us and of our action upon it. To have the +same ideas about things which others have, to be like-minded with them, +and thus to be really members of a social group, is therefore to attach +the same meanings to things and to acts which others attach. Otherwise, +there is no common understanding, and no community life. But in a shared +activity, each person refers what he is doing to what the other is doing +and vice-versa. That is, the activity of each is placed in the same +inclusive situation. To pull at a rope at which others happen to be +pulling is not a shared or conjoint activity, unless the pulling is +done with knowledge that others are pulling and for the sake of either +helping or hindering what they are doing. A pin may pass in the course +of its manufacture through the hands of many persons. But each may do +his part without knowledge of what others do or without any reference +to what they do; each may operate simply for the sake of a separate +result--his own pay. There is, in this case, no common consequence to +which the several acts are referred, and hence no genuine intercourse +or association, in spite of juxtaposition, and in spite of the fact +that their respective doings contribute to a single outcome. But if each +views the consequences of his own acts as having a bearing upon what +others are doing and takes into account the consequences of their +behavior upon himself, then there is a common mind; a common intent +in behavior. There is an understanding set up between the different +contributors; and this common understanding controls the action of each. +Suppose that conditions were so arranged that one person automatically +caught a ball and then threw it to another person who caught and +automatically returned it; and that each so acted without knowing where +the ball came from or went to. Clearly, such action would be without +point or meaning. It might be physically controlled, but it would not be +socially directed. But suppose that each becomes aware of what the +other is doing, and becomes interested in the other's action and thereby +interested in what he is doing himself as connected with the action of +the other. The behavior of each would then be intelligent; and socially +intelligent and guided. Take one more example of a less imaginary kind. +An infant is hungry, and cries while food is prepared in his presence. +If he does not connect his own state with what others are doing, nor +what they are doing with his own satisfaction, he simply reacts with +increasing impatience to his own increasing discomfort. He is physically +controlled by his own organic state. But when he makes a back and forth +reference, his whole attitude changes. He takes an interest, as we say; +he takes note and watches what others are doing. He no longer reacts +just to his own hunger, but behaves in the light of what others are +doing for its prospective satisfaction. In that way, he also no +longer just gives way to hunger without knowing it, but he notes, or +recognizes, or identifies his own state. It becomes an object for him. +His attitude toward it becomes in some degree intelligent. And in such +noting of the meaning of the actions of others and of his own state, he +is socially directed. + +It will be recalled that our main proposition had two sides. One of them +has now been dealt with: namely, that physical things do not influence +mind (or form ideas and beliefs) except as they are implicated in action +for prospective consequences. The other point is persons modify one +another's dispositions only through the special use they make of +physical conditions. Consider first the case of so-called expressive +movements to which others are sensitive; blushing, smiling, frowning, +clinching of fists, natural gestures of all kinds. In themselves, these +are not expressive. They are organic parts of a person's attitude. One +does not blush to show modesty or embarrassment to others, but because +the capillary circulation alters in response to stimuli. But others +use the blush, or a slightly perceptible tightening of the muscles of +a person with whom they are associated, as a sign of the state in +which that person finds himself, and as an indication of what course +to pursue. The frown signifies an imminent rebuke for which one must +prepare, or an uncertainty and hesitation which one must, if possible, +remove by saying or doing something to restore confidence. A man at some +distance is waving his arms wildly. One has only to preserve an attitude +of detached indifference, and the motions of the other person will be on +the level of any remote physical change which we happen to note. If we +have no concern or interest, the waving of the arms is as meaningless +to us as the gyrations of the arms of a windmill. But if interest is +aroused, we begin to participate. We refer his action to something we +are doing ourselves or that we should do. We have to judge the meaning +of his act in order to decide what to do. Is he beckoning for help? Is +he warning us of an explosion to be set off, against which we should +guard ourselves? In one case, his action means to run toward him; in the +other case, to run away. In any case, it is the change he effects in +the physical environment which is a sign to us of how we should conduct +ourselves. Our action is socially controlled because we endeavor to +refer what we are to do to the same situation in which he is acting. + +Language is, as we have already seen (ante, p. 15) a case of this joint +reference of our own action and that of another to a common situation. +Hence its unrivaled significance as a means of social direction. But +language would not be this efficacious instrument were it not that +it takes place upon a background of coarser and more tangible use of +physical means to accomplish results. A child sees persons with whom he +lives using chairs, hats, tables, spades, saws, plows, horses, money in +certain ways. If he has any share at all in what they are doing, he is +led thereby to use things in the same way, or to use other things in a +way which will fit in. If a chair is drawn up to a table, it is a sign +that he is to sit in it; if a person extends his right hand, he is to +extend his; and so on in a never ending stream of detail. The prevailing +habits of using the products of human art and the raw materials of +nature constitute by all odds the deepest and most pervasive mode +of social control. When children go to school, they already have +"minds"--they have knowledge and dispositions of judgment which may +be appealed to through the use of language. But these "minds" are the +organized habits of intelligent response which they have previously +required by putting things to use in connection with the way +other persons use things. The control is inescapable; it saturates +disposition. The net outcome of the discussion is that the fundamental +means of control is not personal but intellectual. It is not "moral" in +the sense that a person is moved by direct personal appeal from others, +important as is this method at critical junctures. It consists in +the habits of understanding, which are set up in using objects in +correspondence with others, whether by way of cooperation and assistance +or rivalry and competition. Mind as a concrete thing is precisely +the power to understand things in terms of the use made of them; a +socialized mind is the power to understand them in terms of the use to +which they are turned in joint or shared situations. And mind in this +sense is the method of social control. + +3. Imitation and Social Psychology. We have already noted the defects of +a psychology of learning which places the individual mind naked, as +it were, in contact with physical objects, and which believes that +knowledge, ideas, and beliefs accrue from their interaction. Only +comparatively recently has the predominating influence of association +with fellow beings in the formation of mental and moral disposition been +perceived. Even now it is usually treated as a kind of adjunct to an +alleged method of learning by direct contact with things, and as merely +supplementing knowledge of the physical world with knowledge of persons. +The purport of our discussion is that such a view makes an absurd and +impossible separation between persons and things. Interaction with +things may form habits of external adjustment. But it leads to activity +having a meaning and conscious intent only when things are used to +produce a result. And the only way one person can modify the mind of +another is by using physical conditions, crude or artificial, so as +to evoke some answering activity from him. Such are our two main +conclusions. It is desirable to amplify and enforce them by placing them +in contrast with the theory which uses a psychology of supposed direct +relationships of human beings to one another as an adjunct to the +psychology of the supposed direct relation of an individual to physical +objects. In substance, this so-called social psychology has been built +upon the notion of imitation. Consequently, we shall discuss the nature +and role of imitation in the formation of mental disposition. + +According to this theory, social control of individuals rests upon the +instinctive tendency of individuals to imitate or copy the actions of +others. The latter serve as models. The imitative instinct is so strong +that the young devote themselves to conforming to the patterns set by +others and reproducing them in their own scheme of behavior. According +to our theory, what is here called imitation is a misleading name for +partaking with others in a use of things which leads to consequences of +common interest. The basic error in the current notion of imitation is +that it puts the cart before the horse. It takes an effect for the +cause of the effect. There can be no doubt that individuals in forming a +social group are like-minded; they understand one another. They tend +to act with the same controlling ideas, beliefs, and intentions, given +similar circumstances. Looked at from without, they might be said to +be engaged in "imitating" one another. In the sense that they are doing +much the same sort of thing in much the same sort of way, this would be +true enough. But "imitation" throws no light upon why they so act; it +repeats the fact as an explanation of itself. It is an explanation of +the same order as the famous saying that opium puts men to sleep because +of its dormitive power. + +Objective likeness of acts and the mental satisfaction found in being in +conformity with others are baptized by the name imitation. This social +fact is then taken for a psychological force, which produced the +likeness. A considerable portion of what is called imitation is simply +the fact that persons being alike in structure respond in the same way +to like stimuli. Quite independently of imitation, men on being insulted +get angry and attack the insulter. This statement may be met by citing +the undoubted fact that response to an insult takes place in different +ways in groups having different customs. In one group, it may be met by +recourse to fisticuffs, in another by a challenge to a duel, in a third +by an exhibition of contemptuous disregard. This happens, so it is said, +because the model set for imitation is different. But there is no need +to appeal to imitation. The mere fact that customs are different means +that the actual stimuli to behavior are different. Conscious instruction +plays a part; prior approvals and disapprovals have a large influence. +Still more effective is the fact that unless an individual acts in the +way current in his group, he is literally out of it. He can associate +with others on intimate and equal terms only by behaving in the way in +which they behave. The pressure that comes from the fact that one is +let into the group action by acting in one way and shut out by acting +in another way is unremitting. What is called the effect of imitation +is mainly the product of conscious instruction and of the selective +influence exercised by the unconscious confirmations and ratifications +of those with whom one associates. + +Suppose that some one rolls a ball to a child; he catches it and rolls +it back, and the game goes on. Here the stimulus is not just the +sight of the ball, or the sight of the other rolling it. It is the +situation--the game which is playing. The response is not merely rolling +the ball back; it is rolling it back so that the other one may catch and +return it,--that the game may continue. The "pattern" or model is not +the action of the other person. The whole situation requires that each +should adapt his action in view of what the other person has done and is +to do. Imitation may come in but its role is subordinate. The child has +an interest on his own account; he wants to keep it going. He may then +note how the other person catches and holds the ball in order to improve +his own acts. He imitates the means of doing, not the end or thing to be +done. And he imitates the means because he wishes, on his own behalf, as +part of his own initiative, to take an effective part in the game. One +has only to consider how completely the child is dependent from his +earliest days for successful execution of his purposes upon fitting his +acts into those of others to see what a premium is put upon behaving as +others behave, and of developing an understanding of them in order that +he may so behave. The pressure for likemindedness in action from this +source is so great that it is quite superfluous to appeal to imitation. +As matter of fact, imitation of ends, as distinct from imitation of +means which help to reach ends, is a superficial and transitory affair +which leaves little effect upon disposition. Idiots are especially apt +at this kind of imitation; it affects outward acts but not the meaning +of their performance. When we find children engaging in this sort of +mimicry, instead of encouraging them (as we would do if it were an +important means of social control) we are more likely to rebuke them +as apes, monkeys, parrots, or copy cats. Imitation of means of +accomplishment is, on the other hand, an intelligent act. It involves +close observation, and judicious selection of what will enable one to do +better something which he already is trying to do. Used for a purpose, +the imitative instinct may, like any other instinct, become a factor in +the development of effective action. + +This excursus should, accordingly, have the effect of reinforcing the +conclusion that genuine social control means the formation of a certain +mental disposition; a way of understanding objects, events, and acts +which enables one to participate effectively in associated activities. +Only the friction engendered by meeting resistance from others leads +to the view that it takes place by forcing a line of action contrary to +natural inclinations. Only failure to take account of the situations +in which persons are mutually concerned (or interested in acting +responsively to one another) leads to treating imitation as the chief +agent in promoting social control. + +4. Some Applications to Education. Why does a savage group perpetuate +savagery, and a civilized group civilization? Doubtless the first answer +to occur to mind is because savages are savages; being of low-grade +intelligence and perhaps defective moral sense. But careful study +has made it doubtful whether their native capacities are appreciably +inferior to those of civilized man. It has made it certain that native +differences are not sufficient to account for the difference in culture. +In a sense the mind of savage peoples is an effect, rather than a cause, +of their backward institutions. Their social activities are such as to +restrict their objects of attention and interest, and hence to limit +the stimuli to mental development. Even as regards the objects that come +within the scope of attention, primitive social customs tend to arrest +observation and imagination upon qualities which do not fructify in the +mind. Lack of control of natural forces means that a scant number of +natural objects enter into associated behavior. Only a small number of +natural resources are utilized and they are not worked for what they are +worth. The advance of civilization means that a larger number of natural +forces and objects have been transformed into instrumentalities of +action, into means for securing ends. We start not so much with superior +capacities as with superior stimuli for evocation and direction of +our capacities. The savage deals largely with crude stimuli; we have +weighted stimuli. Prior human efforts have made over natural conditions. +As they originally existed they were indifferent to human endeavors. +Every domesticated plant and animal, every tool, every utensil, every +appliance, every manufactured article, every esthetic decoration, +every work of art means a transformation of conditions once hostile +or indifferent to characteristic human activities into friendly and +favoring conditions. Because the activities of children today are +controlled by these selected and charged stimuli, children are able to +traverse in a short lifetime what the race has needed slow, tortured +ages to attain. The dice have been loaded by all the successes which +have preceded. + +Stimuli conducive to economical and effective response, such as our +system of roads and means of transportation, our ready command of heat, +light, and electricity, our ready-made machines and apparatus for every +purpose, do not, by themselves or in their aggregate, constitute a +civilization. But the uses to which they are put are civilization, +and without the things the uses would be impossible. Time otherwise +necessarily devoted to wresting a livelihood from a grudging environment +and securing a precarious protection against its inclemencies is +freed. A body of knowledge is transmitted, the legitimacy of which +is guaranteed by the fact that the physical equipment in which it is +incarnated leads to results that square with the other facts of nature. +Thus these appliances of art supply a protection, perhaps our chief +protection, against a recrudescence of these superstitious beliefs, +those fanciful myths and infertile imaginings about nature in which so +much of the best intellectual power of the past has been spent. If we +add one other factor, namely, that such appliances be not only used, +but used in the interests of a truly shared or associated life, then +the appliances become the positive resources of civilization. If Greece, +with a scant tithe of our material resources, achieved a worthy and +noble intellectual and artistic career, it is because Greece operated +for social ends such resources as it had. But whatever the situation, +whether one of barbarism or civilization, whether one of stinted control +of physical forces, or of partial enslavement to a mechanism not yet +made tributary to a shared experience, things as they enter into action +furnish the educative conditions of daily life and direct the formation +of mental and moral disposition. + +Intentional education signifies, as we have already seen, a specially +selected environment, the selection being made on the basis of materials +and method specifically promoting growth in the desired direction. Since +language represents the physical conditions that have been subjected +to the maximum transformation in the interests of social life--physical +things which have lost their original quality in becoming social +tools--it is appropriate that language should play a large part compared +with other appliances. By it we are led to share vicariously in past +human experience, thus widening and enriching the experience of the +present. We are enabled, symbolically and imaginatively, to anticipate +situations. In countless ways, language condenses meanings that record +social outcomes and presage social outlooks. So significant is it of +a liberal share in what is worth while in life that unlettered and +uneducated have become almost synonymous. + +The emphasis in school upon this particular tool has, however, its +dangers--dangers which are not theoretical but exhibited in practice. +Why is it, in spite of the fact that teaching by pouring in, learning by +a passive absorption, are universally condemned, that they are still so +entrenched in practice? That education is not an affair of "telling" +and being told, but an active and constructive process, is a principle +almost as generally violated in practice as conceded in theory. Is not +this deplorable situation due to the fact that the doctrine is itself +merely told? It is preached; it is lectured; it is written about. But +its enactment into practice requires that the school environment be +equipped with agencies for doing, with tools and physical materials, to +an extent rarely attained. It requires that methods of instruction and +administration be modified to allow and to secure direct and continuous +occupations with things. Not that the use of language as an educational +resource should lessen; but that its use should be more vital and +fruitful by having its normal connection with shared activities. "These +things ought ye to have done, and not to have left the others +undone." And for the school "these things" mean equipment with the +instrumentalities of cooperative or joint activity. + +For when the schools depart from the educational conditions effective in +the out-of-school environment, they necessarily substitute a bookish, a +pseudo-intellectual spirit for a social spirit. Children doubtless go to +school to learn, but it has yet to be proved that learning occurs most +adequately when it is made a separate conscious business. When treating +it as a business of this sort tends to preclude the social sense which +comes from sharing in an activity of common concern and value, the +effort at isolated intellectual learning contradicts its own aim. We may +secure motor activity and sensory excitation by keeping an individual by +himself, but we cannot thereby get him to understand the meaning which +things have in the life of which he is a part. We may secure technical +specialized ability in algebra, Latin, or botany, but not the kind of +intelligence which directs ability to useful ends. Only by engaging in +a joint activity, where one person's use of material and tools is +consciously referred to the use other persons are making of their +capacities and appliances, is a social direction of disposition +attained. + +Summary. The natural or native impulses of the young do not agree with +the life-customs of the group into which they are born. Consequently +they have to be directed or guided. This control is not the same thing +as physical compulsion; it consists in centering the impulses acting +at any one time upon some specific end and in introducing an order of +continuity into the sequence of acts. The action of others is always +influenced by deciding what stimuli shall call out their actions. But +in some cases as in commands, prohibitions, approvals, and disapprovals, +the stimuli proceed from persons with a direct view to influencing +action. Since in such cases we are most conscious of controlling the +action of others, we are likely to exaggerate the importance of this +sort of control at the expense of a more permanent and effective method. +The basic control resides in the nature of the situations in which the +young take part. In social situations the young have to refer their +way of acting to what others are doing and make it fit in. This directs +their action to a common result, and gives an understanding common to +the participants. For all mean the same thing, even when performing +different acts. This common understanding of the means and ends of +action is the essence of social control. It is indirect, or emotional +and intellectual, not direct or personal. Moreover it is intrinsic to +the disposition of the person, not external and coercive. To achieve +this internal control through identity of interest and understanding +is the business of education. While books and conversation can do much, +these agencies are usually relied upon too exclusively. Schools require +for their full efficiency more opportunity for conjoint activities in +which those instructed take part, so that they may acquire a social +sense of their own powers and of the materials and appliances used. + + + + +Chapter Four: Education as Growth + +1. The Conditions of Growth. + +In directing the activities of the young, society determines its own +future in determining that of the young. Since the young at a given time +will at some later date compose the society of that period, the latter's +nature will largely turn upon the direction children's activities were +given at an earlier period. This cumulative movement of action toward a +later result is what is meant by growth. + +The primary condition of growth is immaturity. This may seem to be a +mere truism--saying that a being can develop only in some point in which +he is undeveloped. But the prefix "im" of the word immaturity means +something positive, not a mere void or lack. It is noteworthy that the +terms "capacity" and "potentiality" have a double meaning, one +sense being negative, the other positive. Capacity may denote mere +receptivity, like the capacity of a quart measure. We may mean by +potentiality a merely dormant or quiescent state--a capacity to become +something different under external influences. But we also mean by +capacity an ability, a power; and by potentiality potency, force. Now +when we say that immaturity means the possibility of growth, we are +not referring to absence of powers which may exist at a later time; we +express a force positively present--the ability to develop. + +Our tendency to take immaturity as mere lack, and growth as something +which fills up the gap between the immature and the mature is due to +regarding childhood comparatively, instead of intrinsically. We treat +it simply as a privation because we are measuring it by adulthood as a +fixed standard. This fixes attention upon what the child has not, and +will not have till he becomes a man. This comparative standpoint is +legitimate enough for some purposes, but if we make it final, the +question arises whether we are not guilty of an overweening presumption. +Children, if they could express themselves articulately and sincerely, +would tell a different tale; and there is excellent adult authority for +the conviction that for certain moral and intellectual purposes adults +must become as little children. The seriousness of the assumption of the +negative quality of the possibilities of immaturity is apparent when +we reflect that it sets up as an ideal and standard a static end. The +fulfillment of growing is taken to mean an accomplished growth: that is +to say, an Ungrowth, something which is no longer growing. The futility +of the assumption is seen in the fact that every adult resents the +imputation of having no further possibilities of growth; and so far +as he finds that they are closed to him mourns the fact as evidence of +loss, instead of falling back on the achieved as adequate manifestation +of power. Why an unequal measure for child and man? + +Taken absolutely, instead of comparatively, immaturity designates a +positive force or ability,--the power to grow. We do not have to draw +out or educe positive activities from a child, as some educational +doctrines would have it. Where there is life, there are already eager +and impassioned activities. Growth is not something done to them; it is +something they do. The positive and constructive aspect of possibility +gives the key to understanding the two chief traits of immaturity, +dependence and plasticity. + +(1) It sounds absurd to hear dependence spoken of as something positive, +still more absurd as a power. Yet if helplessness were all there were +in dependence, no development could ever take place. A merely impotent +being has to be carried, forever, by others. The fact that dependence is +accompanied by growth in ability, not by an ever increasing lapse into +parasitism, suggests that it is already something constructive. Being +merely sheltered by others would not promote growth. For + +(2) it would only build a wall around impotence. With reference to the +physical world, the child is helpless. He lacks at birth and for a +long time thereafter power to make his way physically, to make his own +living. If he had to do that by himself, he would hardly survive an +hour. On this side his helplessness is almost complete. The young of +the brutes are immeasurably his superiors. He is physically weak and not +able to turn the strength which he possesses to coping with the physical +environment. + +1. The thoroughgoing character of this helplessness suggests, however, +some compensating power. The relative ability of the young of brute +animals to adapt themselves fairly well to physical conditions from an +early period suggests the fact that their life is not intimately bound +up with the life of those about them. They are compelled, so to speak, +to have physical gifts because they are lacking in social gifts. Human +infants, on the other hand, can get along with physical incapacity just +because of their social capacity. We sometimes talk and think as if they +simply happened to be physically in a social environment; as if social +forces exclusively existed in the adults who take care of them, they +being passive recipients. If it were said that children are themselves +marvelously endowed with power to enlist the cooperative attention of +others, this would be thought to be a backhanded way of saying +that others are marvelously attentive to the needs of children. But +observation shows that children are gifted with an equipment of the +first order for social intercourse. Few grown-up persons retain all +of the flexible and sensitive ability of children to vibrate +sympathetically with the attitudes and doings of those about them. +Inattention to physical things (going with incapacity to control them) +is accompanied by a corresponding intensification of interest and +attention as to the doings of people. The native mechanism of the child +and his impulses all tend to facile social responsiveness. The statement +that children, before adolescence, are egotistically self-centered, even +if it were true, would not contradict the truth of this statement. It +would simply indicate that their social responsiveness is employed on +their own behalf, not that it does not exist. But the statement is not +true as matter of fact. The facts which are cited in support of the +alleged pure egoism of children really show the intensity and directness +with which they go to their mark. If the ends which form the mark seem +narrow and selfish to adults, it is only because adults (by means of a +similar engrossment in their day) have mastered these ends, which +have consequently ceased to interest them. Most of the remainder of +children's alleged native egoism is simply an egoism which runs counter +to an adult's egoism. To a grown-up person who is too absorbed in +his own affairs to take an interest in children's affairs, children +doubtless seem unreasonably engrossed in their own affairs. + +From a social standpoint, dependence denotes a power rather than a +weakness; it involves interdependence. There is always a danger that +increased personal independence will decrease the social capacity of +an individual. In making him more self-reliant, it may make him more +self-sufficient; it may lead to aloofness and indifference. It often +makes an individual so insensitive in his relations to others as to +develop an illusion of being really able to stand and act alone--an +unnamed form of insanity which is responsible for a large part of the +remediable suffering of the world. + +2. The specific adaptability of an immature creature for growth +constitutes his plasticity. This is something quite different from the +plasticity of putty or wax. It is not a capacity to take on change +of form in accord with external pressure. It lies near the pliable +elasticity by which some persons take on the color of their surroundings +while retaining their own bent. But it is something deeper than this. It +is essentially the ability to learn from experience; the power to retain +from one experience something which is of avail in coping with the +difficulties of a later situation. This means power to modify actions +on the basis of the results of prior experiences, the power to develop +dispositions. Without it, the acquisition of habits is impossible. + +It is a familiar fact that the young of the higher animals, and +especially the human young, have to learn to utilize their instinctive +reactions. The human being is born with a greater number of instinctive +tendencies than other animals. But the instincts of the lower animals +perfect themselves for appropriate action at an early period after +birth, while most of those of the human infant are of little account +just as they stand. An original specialized power of adjustment secures +immediate efficiency, but, like a railway ticket, it is good for one +route only. A being who, in order to use his eyes, ears, hands, +and legs, has to experiment in making varied combinations of their +reactions, achieves a control that is flexible and varied. A chick, +for example, pecks accurately at a bit of food in a few hours after +hatching. This means that definite coordinations of activities of the +eyes in seeing and of the body and head in striking are perfected in a +few trials. An infant requires about six months to be able to gauge with +approximate accuracy the action in reaching which will coordinate with +his visual activities; to be able, that is, to tell whether he can reach +a seen object and just how to execute the reaching. As a result, the +chick is limited by the relative perfection of its original endowment. +The infant has the advantage of the multitude of instinctive tentative +reactions and of the experiences that accompany them, even though he is +at a temporary disadvantage because they cross one another. In learning +an action, instead of having it given ready-made, one of necessity +learns to vary its factors, to make varied combinations of them, +according to change of circumstances. A possibility of continuing +progress is opened up by the fact that in learning one act, methods are +developed good for use in other situations. Still more important is the +fact that the human being acquires a habit of learning. He learns to +learn. + +The importance for human life of the two facts of dependence and +variable control has been summed up in the doctrine of the significance +of prolonged infancy. 1 This prolongation is significant from the +standpoint of the adult members of the group as well as from that of the +young. The presence of dependent and learning beings is a stimulus to +nurture and affection. The need for constant continued care was probably +a chief means in transforming temporary cohabitations into permanent +unions. It certainly was a chief influence in forming habits of +affectionate and sympathetic watchfulness; that constructive interest +in the well-being of others which is essential to associated life. +Intellectually, this moral development meant the introduction of many +new objects of attention; it stimulated foresight and planning for the +future. Thus there is a reciprocal influence. Increasing complexity of +social life requires a longer period of infancy in which to acquire the +needed powers; this prolongation of dependence means prolongation of +plasticity, or power of acquiring variable and novel modes of control. +Hence it provides a further push to social progress. + +2. Habits as Expressions of Growth. We have already noted that +plasticity is the capacity to retain and carry over from prior +experience factors which modify subsequent activities. This signifies +the capacity to acquire habits, or develop definite dispositions. We +have now to consider the salient features of habits. In the first place, +a habit is a form of executive skill, of efficiency in doing. A habit +means an ability to use natural conditions as means to ends. It is +an active control of the environment through control of the organs of +action. We are perhaps apt to emphasize the control of the body at the +expense of control of the environment. We think of walking, talking, +playing the piano, the specialized skills characteristic of the etcher, +the surgeon, the bridge-builder, as if they were simply ease, deftness, +and accuracy on the part of the organism. They are that, of course; but +the measure of the value of these qualities lies in the economical and +effective control of the environment which they secure. To be able to +walk is to have certain properties of nature at our disposal--and so +with all other habits. + +Education is not infrequently defined as consisting in the acquisition +of those habits that effect an adjustment of an individual and his +environment. The definition expresses an essential phase of growth. But +it is essential that adjustment be understood in its active sense of +control of means for achieving ends. If we think of a habit simply as +a change wrought in the organism, ignoring the fact that this change +consists in ability to effect subsequent changes in the environment, we +shall be led to think of "adjustment" as a conformity to environment as +wax conforms to the seal which impresses it. The environment is thought +of as something fixed, providing in its fixity the end and standard +of changes taking place in the organism; adjustment is just fitting +ourselves to this fixity of external conditions. 2 Habit as +habituation is indeed something relatively passive; we get used to our +surroundings--to our clothing, our shoes, and gloves; to the atmosphere +as long as it is fairly equable; to our daily associates, etc. +Conformity to the environment, a change wrought in the organism without +reference to ability to modify surroundings, is a marked trait of such +habituations. Aside from the fact that we are not entitled to carry +over the traits of such adjustments (which might well be called +accommodations, to mark them off from active adjustments) into habits of +active use of our surroundings, two features of habituations are worth +notice. In the first place, we get used to things by first using them. + +Consider getting used to a strange city. At first, there is excessive +stimulation and excessive and ill-adapted response. Gradually certain +stimuli are selected because of their relevancy, and others are +degraded. We can say either that we do not respond to them any longer, +or more truly that we have effected a persistent response to them--an +equilibrium of adjustment. This means, in the second place, that this +enduring adjustment supplies the background upon which are made specific +adjustments, as occasion arises. We are never interested in changing +the whole environment; there is much that we take for granted and accept +just as it already is. Upon this background our activities focus at +certain points in an endeavor to introduce needed changes. Habituation +is thus our adjustment to an environment which at the time we are not +concerned with modifying, and which supplies a leverage to our active +habits. Adaptation, in fine, is quite as much adaptation of the +environment to our own activities as of our activities to the +environment. A savage tribe manages to live on a desert plain. It adapts +itself. But its adaptation involves a maximum of accepting, tolerating, +putting up with things as they are, a maximum of passive acquiescence, +and a minimum of active control, of subjection to use. A civilized +people enters upon the scene. It also adapts itself. It introduces +irrigation; it searches the world for plants and animals that will +flourish under such conditions; it improves, by careful selection, those +which are growing there. As a consequence, the wilderness blossoms as +a rose. The savage is merely habituated; the civilized man has habits +which transform the environment. + +The significance of habit is not exhausted, however, in its executive +and motor phase. It means formation of intellectual and emotional +disposition as well as an increase in ease, economy, and efficiency of +action. Any habit marks an inclination--an active preference and choice +for the conditions involved in its exercise. A habit does not wait, +Micawber-like, for a stimulus to turn up so that it may get busy; +it actively seeks for occasions to pass into full operation. If its +expression is unduly blocked, inclination shows itself in uneasiness and +intense craving. A habit also marks an intellectual disposition. Where +there is a habit, there is acquaintance with the materials and equipment +to which action is applied. There is a definite way of understanding the +situations in which the habit operates. Modes of thought, of observation +and reflection, enter as forms of skill and of desire into the habits +that make a man an engineer, an architect, a physician, or a merchant. +In unskilled forms of labor, the intellectual factors are at minimum +precisely because the habits involved are not of a high grade. But there +are habits of judging and reasoning as truly as of handling a tool, +painting a picture, or conducting an experiment. Such statements are, +however, understatements. The habits of mind involved in habits of the +eye and hand supply the latter with their significance. Above all, +the intellectual element in a habit fixes the relation of the habit to +varied and elastic use, and hence to continued growth. We speak of fixed +habits. Well, the phrase may mean powers so well established that their +possessor always has them as resources when needed. But the phrase +is also used to mean ruts, routine ways, with loss of freshness, +open-mindedness, and originality. Fixity of habit may mean that +something has a fixed hold upon us, instead of our having a free hold +upon things. This fact explains two points in a common notion about +habits: their identification with mechanical and external modes of +action to the neglect of mental and moral attitudes, and the tendency +to give them a bad meaning, an identification with "bad habits." Many +a person would feel surprised to have his aptitude in his chosen +profession called a habit, and would naturally think of his use of +tobacco, liquor, or profane language as typical of the meaning of habit. +A habit is to him something which has a hold on him, something not +easily thrown off even though judgment condemn it. + +Habits reduce themselves to routine ways of acting, or degenerate into +ways of action to which we are enslaved just in the degree in which +intelligence is disconnected from them. Routine habits are unthinking +habits: "bad" habits are habits so severed from reason that they are +opposed to the conclusions of conscious deliberation and decision. As we +have seen, the acquiring of habits is due to an original plasticity +of our natures: to our ability to vary responses till we find an +appropriate and efficient way of acting. Routine habits, and habits that +possess us instead of our possessing them, are habits which put an end +to plasticity. They mark the close of power to vary. There can be no +doubt of the tendency of organic plasticity, of the physiological basis, +to lessen with growing years. The instinctively mobile and eagerly +varying action of childhood, the love of new stimuli and new +developments, too easily passes into a "settling down," which means +aversion to change and a resting on past achievements. Only an +environment which secures the full use of intelligence in the process +of forming habits can counteract this tendency. Of course, the same +hardening of the organic conditions affects the physiological structures +which are involved in thinking. But this fact only indicates the need +of persistent care to see to it that the function of intelligence is +invoked to its maximum possibility. The short-sighted method which falls +back on mechanical routine and repetition to secure external efficiency +of habit, motor skill without accompanying thought, marks a deliberate +closing in of surroundings upon growth. + +3. The Educational Bearings of the Conception of Development. We have +had so far but little to say in this chapter about education. We have +been occupied with the conditions and implications of growth. If our +conclusions are justified, they carry with them, however, definite +educational consequences. When it is said that education is development, +everything depends upon how development is conceived. Our net conclusion +is that life is development, and that developing, growing, is life. +Translated into its educational equivalents, that means (i) that the +educational process has no end beyond itself; it is its own end; and +that (ii) the educational process is one of continual reorganizing, +reconstructing, transforming. + +1. Development when it is interpreted in comparative terms, that is, +with respect to the special traits of child and adult life, means +the direction of power into special channels: the formation of habits +involving executive skill, definiteness of interest, and specific +objects of observation and thought. But the comparative view is not +final. The child has specific powers; to ignore that fact is to stunt +or distort the organs upon which his growth depends. The adult uses his +powers to transform his environment, thereby occasioning new stimuli +which redirect his powers and keep them developing. Ignoring this fact +means arrested development, a passive accommodation. Normal child +and normal adult alike, in other words, are engaged in growing. The +difference between them is not the difference between growth and +no growth, but between the modes of growth appropriate to different +conditions. With respect to the development of powers devoted to coping +with specific scientific and economic problems we may say the child +should be growing in manhood. With respect to sympathetic curiosity, +unbiased responsiveness, and openness of mind, we may say that the adult +should be growing in childlikeness. One statement is as true as the +other. + +Three ideas which have been criticized, namely, the merely privative +nature of immaturity, static adjustment to a fixed environment, and +rigidity of habit, are all connected with a false idea of growth or +development,--that it is a movement toward a fixed goal. Growth is +regarded as having an end, instead of being an end. The educational +counterparts of the three fallacious ideas are first, failure to take +account of the instinctive or native powers of the young; secondly, +failure to develop initiative in coping with novel situations; thirdly, +an undue emphasis upon drill and other devices which secure automatic +skill at the expense of personal perception. In all cases, the adult +environment is accepted as a standard for the child. He is to be brought +up to it. + +Natural instincts are either disregarded or treated as nuisances--as +obnoxious traits to be suppressed, or at all events to be brought into +conformity with external standards. Since conformity is the aim, what is +distinctively individual in a young person is brushed aside, or regarded +as a source of mischief or anarchy. Conformity is made equivalent to +uniformity. Consequently, there are induced lack of interest in the +novel, aversion to progress, and dread of the uncertain and the unknown. +Since the end of growth is outside of and beyond the process of growing, +external agents have to be resorted to to induce movement toward it. +Whenever a method of education is stigmatized as mechanical, we may be +sure that external pressure is brought to bear to reach an external end. + +2. Since in reality there is nothing to which growth is relative save +more growth, there is nothing to which education is subordinate save +more education. It is a commonplace to say that education should not +cease when one leaves school. The point of this commonplace is that the +purpose of school education is to insure the continuance of education by +organizing the powers that insure growth. The inclination to learn from +life itself and to make the conditions of life such that all will learn +in the process of living is the finest product of schooling. + +When we abandon the attempt to define immaturity by means of fixed +comparison with adult accomplishments, we are compelled to give up +thinking of it as denoting lack of desired traits. Abandoning this +notion, we are also forced to surrender our habit of thinking of +instruction as a method of supplying this lack by pouring knowledge into +a mental and moral hole which awaits filling. Since life means growth, +a living creature lives as truly and positively at one stage as at +another, with the same intrinsic fullness and the same absolute claims. +Hence education means the enterprise of supplying the conditions which +insure growth, or adequacy of life, irrespective of age. We first look +with impatience upon immaturity, regarding it as something to be got +over as rapidly as possible. Then the adult formed by such educative +methods looks back with impatient regret upon childhood and youth as a +scene of lost opportunities and wasted powers. This ironical situation +will endure till it is recognized that living has its own intrinsic +quality and that the business of education is with that quality. +Realization that life is growth protects us from that so-called +idealizing of childhood which in effect is nothing but lazy indulgence. +Life is not to be identified with every superficial act and interest. +Even though it is not always easy to tell whether what appears to be +mere surface fooling is a sign of some nascent as yet untrained power, +we must remember that manifestations are not to be accepted as ends in +themselves. They are signs of possible growth. They are to be turned +into means of development, of carrying power forward, not indulged or +cultivated for their own sake. Excessive attention to surface phenomena +(even in the way of rebuke as well as of encouragement) may lead to +their fixation and thus to arrested development. What impulses are +moving toward, not what they have been, is the important thing for +parent and teacher. The true principle of respect for immaturity cannot +be better put than in the words of Emerson: "Respect the child. Be not +too much his parent. Trespass not on his solitude. But I hear the outcry +which replies to this suggestion: Would you verily throw up the reins +of public and private discipline; would you leave the young child to +the mad career of his own passions and whimsies, and call this anarchy +a respect for the child's nature? I answer,--Respect the child, respect +him to the end, but also respect yourself.... The two points in a boy's +training are, to keep his naturel and train off all but that; to keep +his naturel, but stop off his uproar, fooling, and horseplay; keep +his nature and arm it with knowledge in the very direction in which it +points." And as Emerson goes on to show this reverence for childhood +and youth instead of opening up an easy and easy-going path to the +instructors, "involves at once, immense claims on the time, the thought, +on the life of the teacher. It requires time, use, insight, event, all +the great lessons and assistances of God; and only to think of using it +implies character and profoundness." + +Summary. Power to grow depends upon need for others and plasticity. +Both of these conditions are at their height in childhood and youth. +Plasticity or the power to learn from experience means the formation of +habits. Habits give control over the environment, power to utilize +it for human purposes. Habits take the form both of habituation, or +a general and persistent balance of organic activities with the +surroundings, and of active capacities to readjust activity to meet new +conditions. The former furnishes the background of growth; the latter +constitute growing. Active habits involve thought, invention, and +initiative in applying capacities to new aims. They are opposed +to routine which marks an arrest of growth. Since growth is the +characteristic of life, education is all one with growing; it has no +end beyond itself. The criterion of the value of school education is the +extent in which it creates a desire for continued growth and supplies +means for making the desire effective in fact. + +1 Intimations of its significance are found in a number of writers, but +John Fiske, in his Excursions of an Evolutionist, is accredited with its +first systematic exposition. + +2 This conception is, of course, a logical correlate of the conceptions +of the external relation of stimulus and response, considered in +the last chapter, and of the negative conceptions of immaturity and +plasticity noted in this chapter. + + + + +Chapter Five: Preparation, Unfolding, and Formal Discipline + +1. Education as Preparation. We have laid it down that the educative +process is a continuous process of growth, having as its aim at every +stage an added capacity of growth. This conception contrasts sharply +with other ideas which have influenced practice. By making the contrast +explicit, the meaning of the conception will be brought more clearly to +light. The first contrast is with the idea that education is a process +of preparation or getting ready. What is to be prepared for is, of +course, the responsibilities and privileges of adult life. Children are +not regarded as social members in full and regular standing. They are +looked upon as candidates; they are placed on the waiting list. The +conception is only carried a little farther when the life of adults +is considered as not having meaning on its own account, but as a +preparatory probation for "another life." The idea is but another form +of the notion of the negative and privative character of growth already +criticized; hence we shall not repeat the criticisms, but pass on to the +evil consequences which flow from putting education on this basis. +In the first place, it involves loss of impetus. Motive power is not +utilized. Children proverbially live in the present; that is not only +a fact not to be evaded, but it is an excellence. The future just as +future lacks urgency and body. To get ready for something, one knows not +what nor why, is to throw away the leverage that exists, and to seek for +motive power in a vague chance. Under such circumstances, there is, in +the second place, a premium put on shilly-shallying and procrastination. +The future prepared for is a long way off; plenty of time will intervene +before it becomes a present. Why be in a hurry about getting ready for +it? The temptation to postpone is much increased because the present +offers so many wonderful opportunities and proffers such invitations to +adventure. Naturally attention and energy go to them; education accrues +naturally as an outcome, but a lesser education than if the full stress +of effort had been put upon making conditions as educative as possible. +A third undesirable result is the substitution of a conventional average +standard of expectation and requirement for a standard which concerns +the specific powers of the individual under instruction. For a severe +and definite judgment based upon the strong and weak points of the +individual is substituted a vague and wavering opinion concerning what +youth may be expected, upon the average, to become in some more or less +remote future; say, at the end of the year, when promotions are to take +place, or by the time they are ready to go to college or to enter +upon what, in contrast with the probationary stage, is regarded as the +serious business of life. It is impossible to overestimate the loss +which results from the deflection of attention from the strategic point +to a comparatively unproductive point. It fails most just where it +thinks it is succeeding--in getting a preparation for the future. + +Finally, the principle of preparation makes necessary recourse on a +large scale to the use of adventitious motives of pleasure and pain. The +future having no stimulating and directing power when severed from the +possibilities of the present, something must be hitched on to it to make +it work. Promises of reward and threats of pain are employed. Healthy +work, done for present reasons and as a factor in living, is largely +unconscious. The stimulus resides in the situation with which one is +actually confronted. But when this situation is ignored, pupils have to +be told that if they do not follow the prescribed course penalties will +accrue; while if they do, they may expect, some time in the future, +rewards for their present sacrifices. Everybody knows how largely +systems of punishment have had to be resorted to by educational systems +which neglect present possibilities in behalf of preparation for a +future. Then, in disgust with the harshness and impotency of this +method, the pendulum swings to the opposite extreme, and the dose of +information required against some later day is sugar-coated, so that +pupils may be fooled into taking something which they do not care for. + +It is not of course a question whether education should prepare for the +future. If education is growth, it must progressively realize present +possibilities, and thus make individuals better fitted to cope with +later requirements. Growing is not something which is completed in odd +moments; it is a continuous leading into the future. If the environment, +in school and out, supplies conditions which utilize adequately the +present capacities of the immature, the future which grows out of +the present is surely taken care of. The mistake is not in attaching +importance to preparation for future need, but in making it the +mainspring of present effort. Because the need of preparation for a +continually developing life is great, it is imperative that every energy +should be bent to making the present experience as rich and significant +as possible. Then as the present merges insensibly into the future, the +future is taken care of. + +2. Education as Unfolding. There is a conception of education which +professes to be based upon the idea of development. But it takes back +with one hand what it proffers with the other. Development is conceived +not as continuous growing, but as the unfolding of latent powers toward +a definite goal. The goal is conceived of as completion,--perfection. +Life at any stage short of attainment of this goal is merely an +unfolding toward it. Logically the doctrine is only a variant of the +preparation theory. Practically the two differ in that the adherents of +the latter make much of the practical and professional duties for which +one is preparing, while the developmental doctrine speaks of the ideal +and spiritual qualities of the principle which is unfolding. + +The conception that growth and progress are just approximations to +a final unchanging goal is the last infirmity of the mind in its +transition from a static to a dynamic understanding of life. It +simulates the style of the latter. It pays the tribute of speaking +much of development, process, progress. But all of these operations +are conceived to be merely transitional; they lack meaning on their own +account. They possess significance only as movements toward something +away from what is now going on. Since growth is just a movement toward a +completed being, the final ideal is immobile. An abstract and indefinite +future is in control with all which that connotes in depreciation of +present power and opportunity. + +Since the goal of perfection, the standard of development, is very far +away, it is so beyond us that, strictly speaking, it is unattainable. +Consequently, in order to be available for present guidance it must be +translated into something which stands for it. Otherwise we should +be compelled to regard any and every manifestation of the child as an +unfolding from within, and hence sacred. Unless we set up some definite +criterion representing the ideal end by which to judge whether a given +attitude or act is approximating or moving away, our sole alternative is +to withdraw all influences of the environment lest they interfere with +proper development. Since that is not practicable, a working substitute +is set up. Usually, of course, this is some idea which an adult would +like to have a child acquire. Consequently, by "suggestive questioning" +or some other pedagogical device, the teacher proceeds to "draw out" +from the pupil what is desired. If what is desired is obtained, that +is evidence that the child is unfolding properly. But as the pupil +generally has no initiative of his own in this direction, the result is +a random groping after what is wanted, and the formation of habits of +dependence upon the cues furnished by others. Just because such methods +simulate a true principle and claim to have its sanction they may do +more harm than would outright "telling," where, at least, it remains +with the child how much will stick. + +Within the sphere of philosophic thought there have been two typical +attempts to provide a working representative of the absolute goal. Both +start from the conception of a whole--an absolute--which is "immanent" +in human life. The perfect or complete ideal is not a mere ideal; it +is operative here and now. But it is present only implicitly, +"potentially," or in an enfolded condition. What is termed development +is the gradual making explicit and outward of what is thus wrapped up. +Froebel and Hegel, the authors of the two philosophic schemes +referred to, have different ideas of the path by which the progressive +realization of manifestation of the complete principle is effected. +According to Hegel, it is worked out through a series of historical +institutions which embody the different factors in the Absolute. +According to Froebel, the actuating force is the presentation of +symbols, largely mathematical, corresponding to the essential traits +of the Absolute. When these are presented to the child, the Whole, +or perfection, sleeping within him, is awakened. A single example +may indicate the method. Every one familiar with the kindergarten is +acquainted with the circle in which the children gather. It is not +enough that the circle is a convenient way of grouping the children. It +must be used "because it is a symbol of the collective life of mankind +in general." Froebel's recognition of the significance of the native +capacities of children, his loving attention to them, and his influence +in inducing others to study them, represent perhaps the most effective +single force in modern educational theory in effecting widespread +acknowledgment of the idea of growth. But his formulation of the notion +of development and his organization of devices for promoting it were +badly hampered by the fact that he conceived development to be the +unfolding of a ready-made latent principle. He failed to see that +growing is growth, developing is development, and consequently placed +the emphasis upon the completed product. Thus he set up a goal which +meant the arrest of growth, and a criterion which is not applicable to +immediate guidance of powers, save through translation into abstract and +symbolic formulae. + +A remote goal of complete unfoldedness is, in technical philosophic +language, transcendental. That is, it is something apart from direct +experience and perception. So far as experience is concerned, it is +empty; it represents a vague sentimental aspiration rather than anything +which can be intelligently grasped and stated. This vagueness must be +compensated for by some a priori formula. Froebel made the connection +between the concrete facts of experience and the transcendental ideal of +development by regarding the former as symbols of the latter. To +regard known things as symbols, according to some arbitrary a priori +formula--and every a priori conception must be arbitrary--is an +invitation to romantic fancy to seize upon any analogies which appeal +to it and treat them as laws. After the scheme of symbolism has been +settled upon, some definite technique must be invented by which the +inner meaning of the sensible symbols used may be brought home to +children. Adults being the formulators of the symbolism are naturally +the authors and controllers of the technique. The result was that +Froebel's love of abstract symbolism often got the better of his +sympathetic insight; and there was substituted for development as +arbitrary and externally imposed a scheme of dictation as the history of +instruction has ever seen. + +With Hegel the necessity of finding some working concrete counterpart of +the inaccessible Absolute took an institutional, rather than symbolic, +form. His philosophy, like Froebel's, marks in one direction an +indispensable contribution to a valid conception of the process of life. +The weaknesses of an abstract individualistic philosophy were evident +to him; he saw the impossibility of making a clean sweep of historical +institutions, of treating them as despotisms begot in artifice and +nurtured in fraud. In his philosophy of history and society culminated +the efforts of a whole series of German writers--Lessing, Herder, Kant, +Schiller, Goethe--to appreciate the nurturing influence of the great +collective institutional products of humanity. For those who learned +the lesson of this movement, it was henceforth impossible to conceive +of institutions or of culture as artificial. It destroyed completely--in +idea, not in fact--the psychology that regarded "mind" as a ready-made +possession of a naked individual by showing the significance of +"objective mind"--language, government, art, religion--in the formation +of individual minds. But since Hegel was haunted by the conception of an +absolute goal, he was obliged to arrange institutions as they concretely +exist, on a stepladder of ascending approximations. Each in its time +and place is absolutely necessary, because a stage in the self-realizing +process of the absolute mind. Taken as such a step or stage, its +existence is proof of its complete rationality, for it is an integral +element in the total, which is Reason. Against institutions as they are, +individuals have no spiritual rights; personal development, and nurture, +consist in obedient assimilation of the spirit of existing institutions. +Conformity, not transformation, is the essence of education. +Institutions change as history shows; but their change, the rise and +fall of states, is the work of the "world-spirit." Individuals, save the +great "heroes" who are the chosen organs of the world-spirit, have +no share or lot in it. In the later nineteenth century, this type of +idealism was amalgamated with the doctrine of biological evolution. + +"Evolution" was a force working itself out to its own end. As against +it, or as compared with it, the conscious ideas and preference of +individuals are impotent. Or, rather, they are but the means by which +it works itself out. Social progress is an "organic growth," not an +experimental selection. Reason is all powerful, but only Absolute Reason +has any power. + +The recognition (or rediscovery, for the idea was familiar to the +Greeks) that great historic institutions are active factors in the +intellectual nurture of mind was a great contribution to educational +philosophy. It indicated a genuine advance beyond Rousseau, who had +marred his assertion that education must be a natural development and +not something forced or grafted upon individuals from without, by the +notion that social conditions are not natural. But in its notion of +a complete and all-inclusive end of development, the Hegelian theory +swallowed up concrete individualities, though magnifying The Individual +in the abstract. Some of Hegel's followers sought to reconcile the +claims of the Whole and of individuality by the conception of society as +an organic whole, or organism. That social organization is presupposed +in the adequate exercise of individual capacity is not to be doubted. +But the social organism, interpreted after the relation of the organs of +the body to each other and to the whole body, means that each individual +has a certain limited place and function, requiring to be supplemented +by the place and functions of the other organs. As one portion of the +bodily tissue is differentiated so that it can be the hand and the +hand only, another, the eye, and so on, all taken together making the +organism, so one individual is supposed to be differentiated for the +exercise of the mechanical operations of society, another for those of +a statesman, another for those of a scholar, and so on. The notion +of "organism" is thus used to give a philosophic sanction to class +distinctions in social organization--a notion which in its educational +application again means external dictation instead of growth. + +3. Education as Training of Faculties. A theory which has had great +vogue and which came into existence before the notion of growth had much +influence is known as the theory of "formal discipline." It has in view +a correct ideal; one outcome of education should be the creation of +specific powers of accomplishment. A trained person is one who can do +the chief things which it is important for him to do better than he +could without training: "better" signifying greater ease, efficiency, +economy, promptness, etc. That this is an outcome of education was +indicated in what was said about habits as the product of educative +development. But the theory in question takes, as it were, a short +cut; it regards some powers (to be presently named) as the direct and +conscious aims of instruction, and not simply as the results of growth. +There is a definite number of powers to be trained, as one might +enumerate the kinds of strokes which a golfer has to master. +Consequently education should get directly at the business of training +them. But this implies that they are already there in some untrained +form; otherwise their creation would have to be an indirect product of +other activities and agencies. Being there already in some crude form, +all that remains is to exercise them in constant and graded repetitions, +and they will inevitably be refined and perfected. In the phrase "formal +discipline" as applied to this conception, "discipline" refers both +to the outcome of trained power and to the method of training through +repeated exercise. + +The forms of powers in question are such things as the faculties of +perceiving, retaining, recalling, associating, attending, willing, +feeling, imagining, thinking, etc., which are then shaped by exercise +upon material presented. In its classic form, this theory was expressed +by Locke. On the one hand, the outer world presents the material or +content of knowledge through passively received sensations. On the +other hand, the mind has certain ready powers, attention, observation, +retention, comparison, abstraction, compounding, etc. Knowledge results +if the mind discriminates and combines things as they are united and +divided in nature itself. But the important thing for education is +the exercise or practice of the faculties of the mind till they become +thoroughly established habitudes. The analogy constantly employed is +that of a billiard player or gymnast, who by repeated use of certain +muscles in a uniform way at last secures automatic skill. Even the +faculty of thinking was to be formed into a trained habit by repeated +exercises in making and combining simple distinctions, for which, Locke +thought, mathematics affords unrivaled opportunity. + +Locke's statements fitted well into the dualism of his day. It seemed to +do justice to both mind and matter, the individual and the world. One of +the two supplied the matter of knowledge and the object upon which mind +should work. The other supplied definite mental powers, which were few +in number and which might be trained by specific exercises. The scheme +appeared to give due weight to the subject matter of knowledge, and +yet it insisted that the end of education is not the bare reception +and storage of information, but the formation of personal powers of +attention, memory, observation, abstraction, and generalization. It +was realistic in its emphatic assertion that all material whatever is +received from without; it was idealistic in that final stress fell upon +the formation of intellectual powers. It was objective and impersonal +in its assertion that the individual cannot possess or generate any true +ideas on his own account; it was individualistic in placing the end of +education in the perfecting of certain faculties possessed at the outset +by the individual. This kind of distribution of values expressed with +nicety the state of opinion in the generations following upon Locke. +It became, without explicit reference to Locke, a common-place of +educational theory and of psychology. Practically, it seemed to provide +the educator with definite, instead of vague, tasks. It made the +elaboration of a technique of instruction relatively easy. All that was +necessary was to provide for sufficient practice of each of the powers. +This practice consists in repeated acts of attending, observing, +memorizing, etc. By grading the difficulty of the acts, making each set +of repetitions somewhat more difficult than the set which preceded it, +a complete scheme of instruction is evolved. There are various ways, +equally conclusive, of criticizing this conception, in both its alleged +foundations and in its educational application. (1) Perhaps the most +direct mode of attack consists in pointing out that the supposed +original faculties of observation, recollection, willing, thinking, +etc., are purely mythological. There are no such ready-made powers +waiting to be exercised and thereby trained. There are, indeed, a great +number of original native tendencies, instinctive modes of action, based +on the original connections of neurones in the central nervous system. +There are impulsive tendencies of the eyes to follow and fixate light; +of the neck muscles to turn toward light and sound; of the hands to +reach and grasp; and turn and twist and thump; of the vocal apparatus to +make sounds; of the mouth to spew out unpleasant substances; to gag +and to curl the lip, and so on in almost indefinite number. But these +tendencies (a) instead of being a small number sharply marked off from +one another, are of an indefinite variety, interweaving with one another +in all kinds of subtle ways. (b) Instead of being latent intellectual +powers, requiring only exercise for their perfecting, they are +tendencies to respond in certain ways to changes in the environment +so as to bring about other changes. Something in the throat makes one +cough; the tendency is to eject the obnoxious particle and thus +modify the subsequent stimulus. The hand touches a hot thing; it is +impulsively, wholly unintellectually, snatched away. But the withdrawal +alters the stimuli operating, and tends to make them more consonant with +the needs of the organism. It is by such specific changes of organic +activities in response to specific changes in the medium that that +control of the environment of which we have spoken (see ante, p. 24) is +effected. Now all of our first seeings and hearings and touchings and +smellings and tastings are of this kind. In any legitimate sense of the +words mental or intellectual or cognitive, they are lacking in these +qualities, and no amount of repetitious exercise could bestow any +intellectual properties of observation, judgment, or intentional action +(volition) upon them. + +(2) Consequently the training of our original impulsive activities is +not a refinement and perfecting achieved by "exercise" as one might +strengthen a muscle by practice. It consists rather (a) in selecting +from the diffused responses which are evoked at a given time those which +are especially adapted to the utilization of the stimulus. That is to +say, among the reactions of the body in general occur upon stimulation +of the eye by light, all except those which are specifically adapted to +reaching, grasping, and manipulating the object effectively are +gradually eliminated--or else no training occurs. As we have already +noted, the primary reactions, with a very few exceptions are too +diffused and general to be practically of much use in the case of the +human infant. Hence the identity of training with selective response. +(Compare p. 25.) (b) Equally important is the specific coordination of +different factors of response which takes place. There is not merely a +selection of the hand reactions which effect grasping, but of the +particular visual stimuli which call out just these reactions and no +others, and an establishment of connection between the two. But the +coordinating does not stop here. Characteristic temperature reactions +may take place when the object is grasped. These will also be brought +in; later, the temperature reaction may be connected directly with the +optical stimulus, the hand reaction being suppressed--as a bright flame, +independent of close contact, may steer one away. Or the child in +handling the object pounds with it, or crumples it, and a sound issues. +The ear response is then brought into the system of response. If a +certain sound (the conventional name) is made by others and accompanies +the activity, response of both ear and the vocal apparatus connected +with auditory stimulation will also become an associated factor in the +complex response. + +(3) The more specialized the adjustment of response and stimulus to each +other (for, taking the sequence of activities into account, the stimuli +are adapted to reactions as well as reactions to stimuli) the more rigid +and the less generally available is the training secured. In equivalent +language, less intellectual or educative quality attaches to the +training. The usual way of stating this fact is that the more +specialized the reaction, the less is the skill acquired in practicing +and perfecting it transferable to other modes of behavior. According +to the orthodox theory of formal discipline, a pupil in studying his +spelling lesson acquires, besides ability to spell those particular +words, an increase of power of observation, attention, and recollection +which may be employed whenever these powers are needed. As matter of +fact, the more he confines himself to noticing and fixating the forms of +words, irrespective of connection with other things (such as the +meaning of the words, the context in which they are habitually used, the +derivation and classification of the verbal form, etc.) the less likely +is he to acquire an ability which can be used for anything except the +mere noting of verbal visual forms. He may not even be increasing his +ability to make accurate distinctions among geometrical forms, to say +nothing of ability to observe in general. He is merely selecting the +stimuli supplied by the forms of the letters and the motor reactions +of oral or written reproduction. The scope of coordination (to use +our prior terminology) is extremely limited. The connections which are +employed in other observations and recollections (or reproductions) are +deliberately eliminated when the pupil is exercised merely upon forms +of letters and words. Having been excluded, they cannot be restored when +needed. The ability secured to observe and to recall verbal forms is +not available for perceiving and recalling other things. In the ordinary +phraseology, it is not transferable. But the wider the context--that is +to say, the more varied the stimuli and responses coordinated--the more +the ability acquired is available for the effective performance of +other acts; not, strictly speaking, because there is any "transfer," +but because the wide range of factors employed in the specific act is +equivalent to a broad range of activity, to a flexible, instead of to a +narrow and rigid, coordination. (4) Going to the root of the matter, the +fundamental fallacy of the theory is its dualism; that is to say, its +separation of activities and capacities from subject matter. There is no +such thing as an ability to see or hear or remember in general; there +is only the ability to see or hear or remember something. To talk about +training a power, mental or physical, in general, apart from the subject +matter involved in its exercise, is nonsense. Exercise may react +upon circulation, breathing, and nutrition so as to develop vigor or +strength, but this reservoir is available for specific ends only by use +in connection with the material means which accomplish them. Vigor will +enable a man to play tennis or golf or to sail a boat better than he +would if he were weak. But only by employing ball and racket, ball and +club, sail and tiller, in definite ways does he become expert in any one +of them; and expertness in one secures expertness in another only so far +as it is either a sign of aptitude for fine muscular coordinations or as +the same kind of coordination is involved in all of them. Moreover, the +difference between the training of ability to spell which comes from +taking visual forms in a narrow context and one which takes them in +connection with the activities required to grasp meaning, such +as context, affiliations of descent, etc., may be compared to the +difference between exercises in the gymnasium with pulley weights to +"develop" certain muscles, and a game or sport. The former is uniform +and mechanical; it is rigidly specialized. The latter is varied from +moment to moment; no two acts are quite alike; novel emergencies have to +be met; the coordinations forming have to be kept flexible and elastic. +Consequently, the training is much more "general"; that is to say, it +covers a wider territory and includes more factors. Exactly the same +thing holds of special and general education of the mind. + +A monotonously uniform exercise may by practice give great skill in one +special act; but the skill is limited to that act, be it bookkeeping or +calculations in logarithms or experiments in hydrocarbons. One may be +an authority in a particular field and yet of more than usually poor +judgment in matters not closely allied, unless the training in the +special field has been of a kind to ramify into the subject matter +of the other fields. (5) Consequently, such powers as observation, +recollection, judgment, esthetic taste, represent organized results of +the occupation of native active tendencies with certain subject matters. +A man does not observe closely and fully by pressing a button for +the observing faculty to get to work (in other words by "willing" +to observe); but if he has something to do which can be accomplished +successfully only through intensive and extensive use of eye and hand, +he naturally observes. Observation is an outcome, a consequence, of +the interaction of sense organ and subject matter. It will vary, +accordingly, with the subject matter employed. + +It is consequently futile to set up even the ulterior development of +faculties of observation, memory, etc., unless we have first determined +what sort of subject matter we wish the pupil to become expert in +observing and recalling and for what purpose. And it is only repeating +in another form what has already been said, to declare that the +criterion here must be social. We want the person to note and recall and +judge those things which make him an effective competent member of the +group in which he is associated with others. Otherwise we might as well +set the pupil to observing carefully cracks on the wall and set him to +memorizing meaningless lists of words in an unknown tongue--which is +about what we do in fact when we give way to the doctrine of formal +discipline. If the observing habits of a botanist or chemist or engineer +are better habits than those which are thus formed, it is because +they deal with subject matter which is more significant in life. In +concluding this portion of the discussion, we note that the distinction +between special and general education has nothing to do with the +transferability of function or power. In the literal sense, any transfer +is miraculous and impossible. But some activities are broad; they +involve a coordination of many factors. Their development demands +continuous alternation and readjustment. As conditions change, certain +factors are subordinated, and others which had been of minor importance +come to the front. There is constant redistribution of the focus of the +action, as is seen in the illustration of a game as over against pulling +a fixed weight by a series of uniform motions. Thus there is practice in +prompt making of new combinations with the focus of activity shifted to +meet change in subject matter. Wherever an activity is broad in +scope (that is, involves the coordinating of a large variety of +sub-activities), and is constantly and unexpectedly obliged to change +direction in its progressive development, general education is bound +to result. For this is what "general" means; broad and flexible. In +practice, education meets these conditions, and hence is general, in the +degree in which it takes account of social relationships. A person may +become expert in technical philosophy, or philology, or mathematics or +engineering or financiering, and be inept and ill-advised in his action +and judgment outside of his specialty. If however his concern with +these technical subject matters has been connected with human activities +having social breadth, the range of active responses called into play +and flexibly integrated is much wider. Isolation of subject matter +from a social context is the chief obstruction in current practice to +securing a general training of mind. Literature, art, religion, when +thus dissociated, are just as narrowing as the technical things which +the professional upholders of general education strenuously oppose. + +Summary. The conception that the result of the educative process is +capacity for further education stands in contrast with some other +ideas which have profoundly influenced practice. The first contrasting +conception considered is that of preparing or getting ready for some +future duty or privilege. Specific evil effects were pointed out which +result from the fact that this aim diverts attention of both teacher +and taught from the only point to which it may be fruitfully +directed--namely, taking advantage of the needs and possibilities of the +immediate present. Consequently it defeats its own professed purpose. +The notion that education is an unfolding from within appears to have +more likeness to the conception of growth which has been set forth. But +as worked out in the theories of Froebel and Hegel, it involves +ignoring the interaction of present organic tendencies with the present +environment, just as much as the notion of preparation. Some implicit +whole is regarded as given ready-made and the significance of growth +is merely transitory; it is not an end in itself, but simply a means +of making explicit what is already implicit. Since that which is not +explicit cannot be made definite use of, something has to be found to +represent it. According to Froebel, the mystic symbolic value of certain +objects and acts (largely mathematical) stand for the Absolute +Whole which is in process of unfolding. According to Hegel, existing +institutions are its effective actual representatives. Emphasis upon +symbols and institutions tends to divert perception from the direct +growth of experience in richness of meaning. Another influential but +defective theory is that which conceives that mind has, at birth, +certain mental faculties or powers, such as perceiving, remembering, +willing, judging, generalizing, attending, etc., and that education is +the training of these faculties through repeated exercise. This theory +treats subject matter as comparatively external and indifferent, its +value residing simply in the fact that it may occasion exercise of +the general powers. Criticism was directed upon this separation of the +alleged powers from one another and from the material upon which they +act. The outcome of the theory in practice was shown to be an undue +emphasis upon the training of narrow specialized modes of skill at the +expense of initiative, inventiveness, and readaptability--qualities +which depend upon the broad and consecutive interaction of specific +activities with one another. 1 As matter of fact, the interconnection is +so great, there are so many paths of construction, that every stimulus +brings about some change in all of the organs of response. We are +accustomed however to ignore most of these modifications of the total +organic activity, concentrating upon that one which is most specifically +adapted to the most urgent stimulus of the moment. 2 This statement +should be compared with what was said earlier about the sequential +ordering of responses (p. 25). It is merely a more explicit statement of +the way in which that consecutive arrangement occurs. + + + + +Chapter Six: Education as Conservative and Progressive + +1. Education as Formation. We now come to a type of theory which denies +the existence of faculties and emphasizes the unique role of subject +matter in the development of mental and moral disposition. According to +it, education is neither a process of unfolding from within nor is it +a training of faculties resident in mind itself. It is rather the +formation of mind by setting up certain associations or connections of +content by means of a subject matter presented from without. Education +proceeds by instruction taken in a strictly literal sense, a building +into the mind from without. That education is formative of mind is not +questioned; it is the conception already propounded. But formation here +has a technical meaning dependent upon the idea of something operating +from without. Herbart is the best historical representative of this type +of theory. He denies absolutely the existence of innate faculties. The +mind is simply endowed with the power of producing various qualities in +reaction to the various realities which act upon it. These qualitatively +different reactions are called presentations (Vorstellungen). Every +presentation once called into being persists; it may be driven below the +"threshold" of consciousness by new and stronger presentations, produced +by the reaction of the soul to new material, but its activity continues +by its own inherent momentum, below the surface of consciousness. What +are termed faculties--attention, memory, thinking, perception, even the +sentiments, are arrangements, associations, and complications, formed +by the interaction of these submerged presentations with one another and +with new presentations. Perception, for example, is the complication of +presentations which result from the rise of old presentations to greet +and combine with new ones; memory is the evoking of an old presentation +above the threshold of consciousness by getting entangled with another +presentation, etc. Pleasure is the result of reinforcement among the +independent activities of presentations; pain of their pulling different +ways, etc. + +The concrete character of mind consists, then, wholly of the various +arrangements formed by the various presentations in their different +qualities. The "furniture" of the mind is the mind. Mind is wholly a +matter of "contents." The educational implications of this doctrine are +threefold. + +(1) This or that kind of mind is formed by the use of objects which +evoke this or that kind of reaction and which produce this or that +arrangement among the reactions called out. The formation of mind is +wholly a matter of the presentation of the proper educational materials. + +(2) Since the earlier presentations constitute the "apperceiving organs" +which control the assimilation of new presentations, their character is +all important. The effect of new presentations is to reinforce groupings +previously formed. The business of the educator is, first, to select the +proper material in order to fix the nature of the original reactions, +and, secondly, to arrange the sequence of subsequent presentations +on the basis of the store of ideas secured by prior transactions. The +control is from behind, from the past, instead of, as in the unfolding +conception, in the ultimate goal. + +(3) Certain formal steps of all method in teaching may be laid down. +Presentation of new subject matter is obviously the central thing, +but since knowing consists in the way in which this interacts with the +contents already submerged below consciousness, the first thing is +the step of "preparation,"--that is, calling into special activity and +getting above the floor of consciousness those older presentations which +are to assimilate the new one. Then after the presentation, follow the +processes of interaction of new and old; then comes the application of +the newly formed content to the performance of some task. Everything +must go through this course; consequently there is a perfectly uniform +method in instruction in all subjects for all pupils of all ages. + +Herbart's great service lay in taking the work of teaching out of +the region of routine and accident. He brought it into the sphere of +conscious method; it became a conscious business with a definite aim +and procedure, instead of being a compound of casual inspiration +and subservience to tradition. Moreover, everything in teaching and +discipline could be specified, instead of our having to be content with +vague and more or less mystic generalities about ultimate ideals and +speculative spiritual symbols. He abolished the notion of ready-made +faculties, which might be trained by exercise upon any sort of +material, and made attention to concrete subject matter, to the content, +all-important. Herbart undoubtedly has had a greater influence in +bringing to the front questions connected with the material of study +than any other educational philosopher. He stated problems of method +from the standpoint of their connection with subject matter: method +having to do with the manner and sequence of presenting new subject +matter to insure its proper interaction with old. + +The fundamental theoretical defect of this view lies in ignoring the +existence in a living being of active and specific functions which are +developed in the redirection and combination which occur as they are +occupied with their environment. The theory represents the Schoolmaster +come to his own. This fact expresses at once its strength and its +weakness. The conception that the mind consists of what has been +taught, and that the importance of what has been taught consists in +its availability for further teaching, reflects the pedagogue's view +of life. The philosophy is eloquent about the duty of the teacher in +instructing pupils; it is almost silent regarding his privilege of +learning. It emphasizes the influence of intellectual environment +upon the mind; it slurs over the fact that the environment involves a +personal sharing in common experiences. It exaggerates beyond reason +the possibilities of consciously formulated and used methods, and +underestimates the role of vital, unconscious, attitudes. It insists +upon the old, the past, and passes lightly over the operation of the +genuinely novel and unforeseeable. It takes, in brief, everything +educational into account save its essence,--vital energy seeking +opportunity for effective exercise. All education forms character, +mental and moral, but formation consists in the selection and +coordination of native activities so that they may utilize the subject +matter of the social environment. Moreover, the formation is not only a +formation of native activities, but it takes place through them. It is a +process of reconstruction, reorganization. + +2. Education as Recapitulation and Retrospection. A peculiar combination +of the ideas of development and formation from without has given rise +to the recapitulation theory of education, biological and cultural. The +individual develops, but his proper development consists in repeating in +orderly stages the past evolution of animal life and human history. The +former recapitulation occurs physiologically; the latter should be made +to occur by means of education. The alleged biological truth that the +individual in his growth from the simple embryo to maturity repeats the +history of the evolution of animal life in the progress of forms +from the simplest to the most complex (or expressed technically, that +ontogenesis parallels phylogenesis) does not concern us, save as it is +supposed to afford scientific foundation for cultural recapitulation +of the past. Cultural recapitulation says, first, that children at a +certain age are in the mental and moral condition of savagery; their +instincts are vagrant and predatory because their ancestors at one time +lived such a life. Consequently (so it is concluded) the proper subject +matter of their education at this time is the material--especially the +literary material of myths, folk-tale, and song--produced by humanity +in the analogous stage. Then the child passes on to something +corresponding, say, to the pastoral stage, and so on till at the time +when he is ready to take part in contemporary life, he arrives at the +present epoch of culture. + +In this detailed and consistent form, the theory, outside of a small +school in Germany (followers of Herbart for the most part), has had +little currency. But the idea which underlies it is that education +is essentially retrospective; that it looks primarily to the past +and especially to the literary products of the past, and that mind +is adequately formed in the degree in which it is patterned upon the +spiritual heritage of the past. This idea has had such immense influence +upon higher instruction especially, that it is worth examination in its +extreme formulation. + +In the first place, its biological basis is fallacious. Embyronic growth +of the human infant preserves, without doubt, some of the traits of +lower forms of life. But in no respect is it a strict traversing of +past stages. If there were any strict "law" of repetition, evolutionary +development would clearly not have taken place. Each new generation +would simply have repeated its predecessors' existence. Development, in +short, has taken place by the entrance of shortcuts and alterations in +the prior scheme of growth. And this suggests that the aim of education +is to facilitate such short-circuited growth. The great advantage of +immaturity, educationally speaking, is that it enables us to emancipate +the young from the need of dwelling in an outgrown past. The business of +education is rather to liberate the young from reviving and retraversing +the past than to lead them to a recapitulation of it. The social +environment of the young is constituted by the presence and action +of the habits of thinking and feeling of civilized men. To ignore the +directive influence of this present environment upon the young is simply +to abdicate the educational function. A biologist has said: "The history +of development in different animals. . . offers to us. . . a series of +ingenious, determined, varied but more or less unsuccessful efforts to +escape from the necessity of recapitulating, and to substitute for the +ancestral method a more direct method." Surely it would be foolish if +education did not deliberately attempt to facilitate similar efforts in +conscious experience so that they become increasingly successful. + +The two factors of truth in the conception may easily be disentangled +from association with the false context which perverts them. On the +biological side we have simply the fact that any infant starts with +precisely the assortment of impulsive activities with which he does +start, they being blind, and many of them conflicting with one another, +casual, sporadic, and unadapted to their immediate environment. The +other point is that it is a part of wisdom to utilize the products +of past history so far as they are of help for the future. Since they +represent the results of prior experience, their value for future +experience may, of course, be indefinitely great. Literatures produced +in the past are, so far as men are now in possession and use of them, a +part of the present environment of individuals; but there is an enormous +difference between availing ourselves of them as present resources and +taking them as standards and patterns in their retrospective character. + +(1) The distortion of the first point usually comes about through misuse +of the idea of heredity. It is assumed that heredity means that past +life has somehow predetermined the main traits of an individual, and +that they are so fixed that little serious change can be introduced into +them. Thus taken, the influence of heredity is opposed to that of +the environment, and the efficacy of the latter belittled. But for +educational purposes heredity means neither more nor less than the +original endowment of an individual. Education must take the being as he +is; that a particular individual has just such and such an equipment of +native activities is a basic fact. That they were produced in such +and such a way, or that they are derived from one's ancestry, is not +especially important for the educator, however it may be with the +biologist, as compared with the fact that they now exist. Suppose one +had to advise or direct a person regarding his inheritance of +property. The fallacy of assuming that the fact it is an inheritance, +predetermines its future use, is obvious. The advisor is concerned with +making the best use of what is there--putting it at work under the most +favorable conditions. Obviously he cannot utilize what is not there; +neither can the educator. In this sense, heredity is a limit of +education. Recognition of this fact prevents the waste of energy and the +irritation that ensue from the too prevalent habit of trying to make +by instruction something out of an individual which he is not naturally +fitted to become. But the doctrine does not determine what use shall +be made of the capacities which exist. And, except in the case of the +imbecile, these original capacities are much more varied and potential, +even in the case of the more stupid, than we as yet know properly how to +utilize. Consequently, while a careful study of the native aptitudes +and deficiencies of an individual is always a preliminary necessity, the +subsequent and important step is to furnish an environment which will +adequately function whatever activities are present. The relation of +heredity and environment is well expressed in the case of language. If a +being had no vocal organs from which issue articulate sounds, if he had +no auditory or other sense-receptors and no connections between the two +sets of apparatus, it would be a sheer waste of time to try to teach him +to converse. He is born short in that respect, and education must accept +the limitation. But if he has this native equipment, its possession in +no way guarantees that he will ever talk any language or what language +he will talk. The environment in which his activities occur and by which +they are carried into execution settles these things. If he lived in a +dumb unsocial environment where men refused to talk to one another and +used only that minimum of gestures without which they could not get +along, vocal language would be as unachieved by him as if he had no +vocal organs. If the sounds which he makes occur in a medium of persons +speaking the Chinese language, the activities which make like sounds +will be selected and coordinated. This illustration may be applied to +the entire range of the educability of any individual. It places the +heritage from the past in its right connection with the demands and +opportunities of the present. + +(2) The theory that the proper subject matter of instruction is found +in the culture-products of past ages (either in general, or more +specifically in the particular literatures which were produced in +the culture epoch which is supposed to correspond with the stage of +development of those taught) affords another instance of that divorce +between the process and product of growth which has been criticized. To +keep the process alive, to keep it alive in ways which make it easier +to keep it alive in the future, is the function of educational subject +matter. But an individual can live only in the present. The present +is not just something which comes after the past; much less something +produced by it. It is what life is in leaving the past behind it. The +study of past products will not help us understand the present, because +the present is not due to the products, but to the life of which they +were the products. A knowledge of the past and its heritage is of great +significance when it enters into the present, but not otherwise. And the +mistake of making the records and remains of the past the main material +of education is that it cuts the vital connection of present and past, +and tends to make the past a rival of the present and the present a more +or less futile imitation of the past. Under such circumstances, culture +becomes an ornament and solace; a refuge and an asylum. Men escape +from the crudities of the present to live in its imagined refinements, +instead of using what the past offers as an agency for ripening these +crudities. The present, in short, generates the problems which lead us +to search the past for suggestion, and which supplies meaning to what we +find when we search. The past is the past precisely because it does +not include what is characteristic in the present. The moving present +includes the past on condition that it uses the past to direct its own +movement. The past is a great resource for the imagination; it adds a +new dimension to life, but OD condition that it be seen as the past of +the present, and not as another and disconnected world. The principle +which makes little of the present act of living and operation of +growing, the only thing always present, naturally looks to the past +because the future goal which it sets up is remote and empty. But having +turned its back upon the present, it has no way of returning to it laden +with the spoils of the past. A mind that is adequately sensitive to the +needs and occasions of the present actuality will have the liveliest of +motives for interest in the background of the present, and will never +have to hunt for a way back because it will never have lost connection. + +3. Education as Reconstruction. In its contrast with the ideas both +of unfolding of latent powers from within, and of the formation from +without, whether by physical nature or by the cultural products of the +past, the ideal of growth results in the conception that education is +a constant reorganizing or reconstructing of experience. It has all the +time an immediate end, and so far as activity is educative, it reaches +that end--the direct transformation of the quality of experience. +Infancy, youth, adult life,--all stand on the same educative level +in the sense that what is really learned at any and every stage of +experience constitutes the value of that experience, and in the sense +that it is the chief business of life at every point to make living thus +contribute to an enrichment of its own perceptible meaning. + +We thus reach a technical definition of education: It is that +reconstruction or reorganization of experience which adds to the meaning +of experience, and which increases ability to direct the course of +subsequent experience. (1) The increment of meaning corresponds to +the increased perception of the connections and continuities of the +activities in which we are engaged. The activity begins in an impulsive +form; that is, it is blind. It does not know what it is about; that is +to say, what are its interactions with other activities. An activity +which brings education or instruction with it makes one aware of some +of the connections which had been imperceptible. To recur to our simple +example, a child who reaches for a bright light gets burned. Henceforth +he knows that a certain act of touching in connection with a certain +act of vision (and vice-versa) means heat and pain; or, a certain +light means a source of heat. The acts by which a scientific man in his +laboratory learns more about flame differ no whit in principle. By doing +certain things, he makes perceptible certain connections of heat with +other things, which had been previously ignored. Thus his acts in +relation to these things get more meaning; he knows better what he +is doing or "is about" when he has to do with them; he can intend +consequences instead of just letting them happen--all synonymous ways +of saying the same thing. At the same stroke, the flame has gained in +meaning; all that is known about combustion, oxidation, about light and +temperature, may become an intrinsic part of its intellectual content. + +(2) The other side of an educative experience is an added power of +subsequent direction or control. To say that one knows what he is about, +or can intend certain consequences, is to say, of course, that he can +better anticipate what is going to happen; that he can, therefore, get +ready or prepare in advance so as to secure beneficial consequences and +avert undesirable ones. A genuinely educative experience, then, one +in which instruction is conveyed and ability increased, is +contradistinguished from a routine activity on one hand, and a +capricious activity on the other. (a) In the latter one "does not +care what happens"; one just lets himself go and avoids connecting the +consequences of one's act (the evidences of its connections with other +things) with the act. It is customary to frown upon such aimless +random activity, treating it as willful mischief or carelessness or +lawlessness. But there is a tendency to seek the cause of such aimless +activities in the youth's own disposition, isolated from everything +else. But in fact such activity is explosive, and due to maladjustment +with surroundings. Individuals act capriciously whenever they act under +external dictation, or from being told, without having a purpose of +their own or perceiving the bearing of the deed upon other acts. One may +learn by doing something which he does not understand; even in the most +intelligent action, we do much which we do not mean, because the largest +portion of the connections of the act we consciously intend are not +perceived or anticipated. But we learn only because after the act is +performed we note results which we had not noted before. But much work +in school consists in setting up rules by which pupils are to act of +such a sort that even after pupils have acted, they are not led to +see the connection between the result--say the answer--and the method +pursued. So far as they are concerned, the whole thing is a trick and +a kind of miracle. Such action is essentially capricious, and leads to +capricious habits. (b) Routine action, action which is automatic, may +increase skill to do a particular thing. In so far, it might be said +to have an educative effect. But it does not lead to new perceptions +of bearings and connections; it limits rather than widens the +meaning-horizon. And since the environment changes and our way of acting +has to be modified in order successfully to keep a balanced connection +with things, an isolated uniform way of acting becomes disastrous at +some critical moment. The vaunted "skill" turns out gross ineptitude. + +The essential contrast of the idea of education as continuous +reconstruction with the other one-sided conceptions which have been +criticized in this and the previous chapter is that it identifies the +end (the result) and the process. This is verbally self-contradictory, +but only verbally. It means that experience as an active process +occupies time and that its later period completes its earlier portion; +it brings to light connections involved, but hitherto unperceived. +The later outcome thus reveals the meaning of the earlier, while the +experience as a whole establishes a bent or disposition toward the +things possessing this meaning. Every such continuous experience +or activity is educative, and all education resides in having such +experiences. + +It remains only to point out (what will receive more ample attention +later) that the reconstruction of experience may be social as well as +personal. For purposes of simplification we have spoken in the earlier +chapters somewhat as if the education of the immature which fills them +with the spirit of the social group to which they belong, were a sort of +catching up of the child with the aptitudes and resources of the adult +group. In static societies, societies which make the maintenance of +established custom their measure of value, this conception applies in +the main. But not in progressive communities. They endeavor to shape the +experiences of the young so that instead of reproducing current habits, +better habits shall be formed, and thus the future adult society be +an improvement on their own. Men have long had some intimation of the +extent to which education may be consciously used to eliminate obvious +social evils through starting the young on paths which shall not produce +these ills, and some idea of the extent in which education may be made +an instrument of realizing the better hopes of men. But we are doubtless +far from realizing the potential efficacy of education as a constructive +agency of improving society, from realizing that it represents not only +a development of children and youth but also of the future society of +which they will be the constituents. + +Summary. Education may be conceived either retrospectively or +prospectively. That is to say, it may be treated as process of +accommodating the future to the past, or as an utilization of the past +for a resource in a developing future. The former finds its standards +and patterns in what has gone before. The mind may be regarded as a +group of contents resulting from having certain things presented. In +this case, the earlier presentations constitute the material to which +the later are to be assimilated. Emphasis upon the value of the early +experiences of immature beings is most important, especially because of +the tendency to regard them as of little account. But these experiences +do not consist of externally presented material, but of interaction of +native activities with the environment which progressively modifies both +the activities and the environment. The defect of the Herbartian theory +of formation through presentations consists in slighting this constant +interaction and change. The same principle of criticism applies to +theories which find the primary subject matter of study in the cultural +products--especially the literary products--of man's history. Isolated +from their connection with the present environment in which individuals +have to act, they become a kind of rival and distracting environment. +Their value lies in their use to increase the meaning of the things with +which we have actively to do at the present time. The idea of education +advanced in these chapters is formally summed up in the idea of +continuous reconstruction of experience, an idea which is marked off +from education as preparation for a remote future, as unfolding, as +external formation, and as recapitulation of the past. + + + + +Chapter Seven: The Democratic Conception in Education + +For the most part, save incidentally, we have hitherto been concerned +with education as it may exist in any social group. We have now to +make explicit the differences in the spirit, material, and method of +education as it operates in different types of community life. To say +that education is a social function, securing direction and development +in the immature through their participation in the life of the group to +which they belong, is to say in effect that education will vary with the +quality of life which prevails in a group. Particularly is it true that +a society which not only changes but-which has the ideal of such +change as will improve it, will have different standards and methods +of education from one which aims simply at the perpetuation of its +own customs. To make the general ideas set forth applicable to our own +educational practice, it is, therefore, necessary to come to closer +quarters with the nature of present social life. + +1. The Implications of Human Association. Society is one word, but many +things. Men associate together in all kinds of ways and for all kinds +of purposes. One man is concerned in a multitude of diverse groups, in +which his associates may be quite different. It often seems as if they +had nothing in common except that they are modes of associated life. +Within every larger social organization there are numerous minor groups: +not only political subdivisions, but industrial, scientific, religious, +associations. There are political parties with differing aims, social +sets, cliques, gangs, corporations, partnerships, groups bound closely +together by ties of blood, and so on in endless variety. In many modern +states and in some ancient, there is great diversity of populations, +of varying languages, religions, moral codes, and traditions. From this +standpoint, many a minor political unit, one of our large cities, for +example, is a congeries of loosely associated societies, rather than an +inclusive and permeating community of action and thought. (See ante, p. +20.) + +The terms society, community, are thus ambiguous. They have both a +eulogistic or normative sense, and a descriptive sense; a meaning +de jure and a meaning de facto. In social philosophy, the former +connotation is almost always uppermost. Society is conceived as one by +its very nature. The qualities which accompany this unity, praiseworthy +community of purpose and welfare, loyalty to public ends, mutuality of +sympathy, are emphasized. But when we look at the facts which the term +denotes instead of confining our attention to its intrinsic connotation, +we find not unity, but a plurality of societies, good and bad. Men +banded together in a criminal conspiracy, business aggregations that +prey upon the public while serving it, political machines held together +by the interest of plunder, are included. If it is said that such +organizations are not societies because they do not meet the ideal +requirements of the notion of society, the answer, in part, is that the +conception of society is then made so "ideal" as to be of no use, having +no reference to facts; and in part, that each of these organizations, +no matter how opposed to the interests of other groups, has something of +the praiseworthy qualities of "Society" which hold it together. There +is honor among thieves, and a band of robbers has a common interest as +respects its members. Gangs are marked by fraternal feeling, and narrow +cliques by intense loyalty to their own codes. Family life may be marked +by exclusiveness, suspicion, and jealousy as to those without, and yet +be a model of amity and mutual aid within. Any education given by a +group tends to socialize its members, but the quality and value of the +socialization depends upon the habits and aims of the group. Hence, once +more, the need of a measure for the worth of any given mode of social +life. In seeking this measure, we have to avoid two extremes. We cannot +set up, out of our heads, something we regard as an ideal society. We +must base our conception upon societies which actually exist, in order +to have any assurance that our ideal is a practicable one. But, as we +have just seen, the ideal cannot simply repeat the traits which are +actually found. The problem is to extract the desirable traits of forms +of community life which actually exist, and employ them to criticize +undesirable features and suggest improvement. Now in any social group +whatever, even in a gang of thieves, we find some interest held in +common, and we find a certain amount of interaction and cooperative +intercourse with other groups. From these two traits we derive +our standard. How numerous and varied are the interests which are +consciously shared? How full and free is the interplay with other forms +of association? If we apply these considerations to, say, a criminal +band, we find that the ties which consciously hold the members together +are few in number, reducible almost to a common interest in plunder; and +that they are of such a nature as to isolate the group from other +groups with respect to give and take of the values of life. Hence, the +education such a society gives is partial and distorted. If we take, on +the other hand, the kind of family life which illustrates the standard, +we find that there are material, intellectual, aesthetic interests in +which all participate and that the progress of one member has worth for +the experience of other members--it is readily communicable--and +that the family is not an isolated whole, but enters intimately into +relationships with business groups, with schools, with all the agencies +of culture, as well as with other similar groups, and that it plays a +due part in the political organization and in return receives support +from it. In short, there are many interests consciously communicated and +shared; and there are varied and free points of contact with other modes +of association. + +I. Let us apply the first element in this criterion to a despotically +governed state. It is not true there is no common interest in such an +organization between governed and governors. The authorities in command +must make some appeal to the native activities of the subjects, must +call some of their powers into play. Talleyrand said that a government +could do everything with bayonets except sit on them. This cynical +declaration is at least a recognition that the bond of union is +not merely one of coercive force. It may be said, however, that the +activities appealed to are themselves unworthy and degrading--that such +a government calls into functioning activity simply capacity for fear. +In a way, this statement is true. But it overlooks the fact that +fear need not be an undesirable factor in experience. Caution, +circumspection, prudence, desire to foresee future events so as to avert +what is harmful, these desirable traits are as much a product of calling +the impulse of fear into play as is cowardice and abject submission. The +real difficulty is that the appeal to fear is isolated. In evoking dread +and hope of specific tangible reward--say comfort and ease--many other +capacities are left untouched. Or rather, they are affected, but in such +a way as to pervert them. Instead of operating on their own account they +are reduced to mere servants of attaining pleasure and avoiding pain. + +This is equivalent to saying that there is no extensive number of common +interests; there is no free play back and forth among the members of +the social group. Stimulation and response are exceedingly one-sided. In +order to have a large number of values in common, all the members of +the group must have an equable opportunity to receive and to take +from others. There must be a large variety of shared undertakings and +experiences. Otherwise, the influences which educate some into masters, +educate others into slaves. And the experience of each party loses in +meaning, when the free interchange of varying modes of life-experience +is arrested. A separation into a privileged and a subject-class prevents +social endosmosis. The evils thereby affecting the superior class are +less material and less perceptible, but equally real. Their culture +tends to be sterile, to be turned back to feed on itself; their art +becomes a showy display and artificial; their wealth luxurious; their +knowledge overspecialized; their manners fastidious rather than humane. + +Lack of the free and equitable intercourse which springs from a variety +of shared interests makes intellectual stimulation unbalanced. Diversity +of stimulation means novelty, and novelty means challenge to thought. +The more activity is restricted to a few definite lines--as it is +when there are rigid class lines preventing adequate interplay of +experiences--the more action tends to become routine on the part of the +class at a disadvantage, and capricious, aimless, and explosive on +the part of the class having the materially fortunate position. Plato +defined a slave as one who accepts from another the purposes which +control his conduct. This condition obtains even where there is no +slavery in the legal sense. It is found wherever men are engaged in +activity which is socially serviceable, but whose service they do +not understand and have no personal interest in. Much is said about +scientific management of work. It is a narrow view which restricts +the science which secures efficiency of operation to movements of the +muscles. The chief opportunity for science is the discovery of the +relations of a man to his work--including his relations to others who +take part--which will enlist his intelligent interest in what he is +doing. Efficiency in production often demands division of labor. But +it is reduced to a mechanical routine unless workers see the technical, +intellectual, and social relationships involved in what they do, +and engage in their work because of the motivation furnished by such +perceptions. The tendency to reduce such things as efficiency of +activity and scientific management to purely technical externals is +evidence of the one-sided stimulation of thought given to those in +control of industry--those who supply its aims. Because of their lack +of all-round and well-balanced social interest, there is not sufficient +stimulus for attention to the human factors and relationships in +industry. Intelligence is narrowed to the factors concerned with +technical production and marketing of goods. No doubt, a very acute and +intense intelligence in these narrow lines can be developed, but the +failure to take into account the significant social factors means none +the less an absence of mind, and a corresponding distortion of emotional +life. II. This illustration (whose point is to be extended to all +associations lacking reciprocity of interest) brings us to our second +point. The isolation and exclusiveness of a gang or clique brings its +antisocial spirit into relief. But this same spirit is found wherever +one group has interests "of its own" which shut it out from full +interaction with other groups, so that its prevailing purpose is the +protection of what it has got, instead of reorganization and progress +through wider relationships. It marks nations in their isolation from +one another; families which seclude their domestic concerns as if they +had no connection with a larger life; schools when separated from the +interest of home and community; the divisions of rich and poor; learned +and unlearned. The essential point is that isolation makes for rigidity +and formal institutionalizing of life, for static and selfish ideals +within the group. That savage tribes regard aliens and enemies as +synonymous is not accidental. It springs from the fact that they have +identified their experience with rigid adherence to their past customs. +On such a basis it is wholly logical to fear intercourse with others, +for such contact might dissolve custom. It would certainly occasion +reconstruction. It is a commonplace that an alert and expanding mental +life depends upon an enlarging range of contact with the physical +environment. But the principle applies even more significantly to the +field where we are apt to ignore it--the sphere of social contacts. +Every expansive era in the history of mankind has coincided with the +operation of factors which have tended to eliminate distance between +peoples and classes previously hemmed off from one another. Even the +alleged benefits of war, so far as more than alleged, spring from the +fact that conflict of peoples at least enforces intercourse between +them and thus accidentally enables them to learn from one another, +and thereby to expand their horizons. Travel, economic and commercial +tendencies, have at present gone far to break down external barriers; +to bring peoples and classes into closer and more perceptible +connection with one another. It remains for the most part to secure the +intellectual and emotional significance of this physical annihilation of +space. + +2. The Democratic Ideal. The two elements in our criterion both point +to democracy. The first signifies not only more numerous and more +varied points of shared common interest, but greater reliance upon +the recognition of mutual interests as a factor in social control. The +second means not only freer interaction between social groups (once +isolated so far as intention could keep up a separation) but change +in social habit--its continuous readjustment through meeting the new +situations produced by varied intercourse. And these two traits are +precisely what characterize the democratically constituted society. + +Upon the educational side, we note first that the realization of a form +of social life in which interests are mutually interpenetrating, and +where progress, or readjustment, is an important consideration, makes a +democratic community more interested than other communities have cause +to be in deliberate and systematic education. The devotion of democracy +to education is a familiar fact. The superficial explanation is that +a government resting upon popular suffrage cannot be successful unless +those who elect and who obey their governors are educated. Since a +democratic society repudiates the principle of external authority, it +must find a substitute in voluntary disposition and interest; these +can be created only by education. But there is a deeper explanation. A +democracy is more than a form of government; it is primarily a mode of +associated living, of conjoint communicated experience. The extension +in space of the number of individuals who participate in an interest so +that each has to refer his own action to that of others, and to +consider the action of others to give point and direction to his own, +is equivalent to the breaking down of those barriers of class, race, +and national territory which kept men from perceiving the full import +of their activity. These more numerous and more varied points of contact +denote a greater diversity of stimuli to which an individual has to +respond; they consequently put a premium on variation in his action. +They secure a liberation of powers which remain suppressed as long as +the incitations to action are partial, as they must be in a group which +in its exclusiveness shuts out many interests. + +The widening of the area of shared concerns, and the liberation of a +greater diversity of personal capacities which characterize a democracy, +are not of course the product of deliberation and conscious effort. +On the contrary, they were caused by the development of modes of +manufacture and commerce, travel, migration, and intercommunication +which flowed from the command of science over natural energy. But +after greater individualization on one hand, and a broader community +of interest on the other have come into existence, it is a matter of +deliberate effort to sustain and extend them. Obviously a society to +which stratification into separate classes would be fatal, must see to +it that intellectual opportunities are accessible to all on equable +and easy terms. A society marked off into classes need he specially +attentive only to the education of its ruling elements. A society which +is mobile, which is full of channels for the distribution of a change +occurring anywhere, must see to it that its members are educated +to personal initiative and adaptability. Otherwise, they will +be overwhelmed by the changes in which they are caught and whose +significance or connections they do not perceive. The result will be a +confusion in which a few will appropriate to themselves the results of +the blind and externally directed activities of others. + +3. The Platonic Educational Philosophy. Subsequent chapters will be +devoted to making explicit the implications of the democratic ideas in +education. In the remaining portions of this chapter, we shall consider +the educational theories which have been evolved in three epochs when +the social import of education was especially conspicuous. The first one +to be considered is that of Plato. No one could better express than did +he the fact that a society is stably organized when each individual is +doing that for which he has aptitude by nature in such a way as to be +useful to others (or to contribute to the whole to which he belongs); +and that it is the business of education to discover these aptitudes and +progressively to train them for social use. Much which has been said so +far is borrowed from what Plato first consciously taught the world. But +conditions which he could not intellectually control led him to restrict +these ideas in their application. He never got any conception of the +indefinite plurality of activities which may characterize an individual +and a social group, and consequently limited his view to a limited +number of classes of capacities and of social arrangements. Plato's +starting point is that the organization of society depends ultimately +upon knowledge of the end of existence. If we do not know its end, we +shall be at the mercy of accident and caprice. Unless we know the end, +the good, we shall have no criterion for rationally deciding what the +possibilities are which should be promoted, nor how social arrangements +are to be ordered. We shall have no conception of the proper limits and +distribution of activities--what he called justice--as a trait of both +individual and social organization. But how is the knowledge of the +final and permanent good to be achieved? In dealing with this question +we come upon the seemingly insuperable obstacle that such knowledge is +not possible save in a just and harmonious social order. Everywhere +else the mind is distracted and misled by false valuations and false +perspectives. A disorganized and factional society sets up a number of +different models and standards. Under such conditions it is impossible +for the individual to attain consistency of mind. Only a complete whole +is fully self-consistent. A society which rests upon the supremacy of +some factor over another irrespective of its rational or proportionate +claims, inevitably leads thought astray. It puts a premium on certain +things and slurs over others, and creates a mind whose seeming unity is +forced and distorted. Education proceeds ultimately from the patterns +furnished by institutions, customs, and laws. Only in a just state will +these be such as to give the right education; and only those who have +rightly trained minds will be able to recognize the end, and ordering +principle of things. We seem to be caught in a hopeless circle. +However, Plato suggested a way out. A few men, philosophers or lovers +of wisdom--or truth--may by study learn at least in outline the proper +patterns of true existence. If a powerful ruler should form a state +after these patterns, then its regulations could be preserved. An +education could be given which would sift individuals, discovering what +they were good for, and supplying a method of assigning each to the +work in life for which his nature fits him. Each doing his own part, +and never transgressing, the order and unity of the whole would be +maintained. + +It would be impossible to find in any scheme of philosophic thought a +more adequate recognition on one hand of the educational significance +of social arrangements and, on the other, of the dependence of those +arrangements upon the means used to educate the young. It would be +impossible to find a deeper sense of the function of education in +discovering and developing personal capacities, and training them so +that they would connect with the activities of others. Yet the society +in which the theory was propounded was so undemocratic that Plato could +not work out a solution for the problem whose terms he clearly saw. + +While he affirmed with emphasis that the place of the individual in +society should not be determined by birth or wealth or any conventional +status, but by his own nature as discovered in the process of education, +he had no perception of the uniqueness of individuals. For him they fall +by nature into classes, and into a very small number of classes at that. +Consequently the testing and sifting function of education only shows +to which one of three classes an individual belongs. There being no +recognition that each individual constitutes his own class, there could +be no recognition of the infinite diversity of active tendencies and +combinations of tendencies of which an individual is capable. There +were only three types of faculties or powers in the individual's +constitution. Hence education would soon reach a static limit in each +class, for only diversity makes change and progress. + +In some individuals, appetites naturally dominate; they are assigned +to the laboring and trading class, which expresses and supplies human +wants. Others reveal, upon education, that over and above appetites, +they have a generous, outgoing, assertively courageous disposition. +They become the citizen-subjects of the state; its defenders in war; its +internal guardians in peace. But their limit is fixed by their lack of +reason, which is a capacity to grasp the universal. Those who possess +this are capable of the highest kind of education, and become in time +the legislators of the state--for laws are the universals which control +the particulars of experience. Thus it is not true that in intent, Plato +subordinated the individual to the social whole. But it is true that +lacking the perception of the uniqueness of every individual, his +incommensurability with others, and consequently not recognizing that a +society might change and yet be stable, his doctrine of limited powers +and classes came in net effect to the idea of the subordination of +individuality. We cannot better Plato's conviction that an individual is +happy and society well organized when each individual engages in those +activities for which he has a natural equipment, nor his conviction that +it is the primary office of education to discover this equipment to its +possessor and train him for its effective use. But progress in +knowledge has made us aware of the superficiality of Plato's lumping +of individuals and their original powers into a few sharply marked-off +classes; it has taught us that original capacities are indefinitely +numerous and variable. It is but the other side of this fact to say +that in the degree in which society has become democratic, social +organization means utilization of the specific and variable qualities +of individuals, not stratification by classes. Although his educational +philosophy was revolutionary, it was none the less in bondage to static +ideals. He thought that change or alteration was evidence of lawless +flux; that true reality was unchangeable. Hence while he would radically +change the existing state of society, his aim was to construct a state +in which change would subsequently have no place. The final end of life +is fixed; given a state framed with this end in view, not even +minor details are to be altered. Though they might not be inherently +important, yet if permitted they would inure the minds of men to the +idea of change, and hence be dissolving and anarchic. The breakdown of +his philosophy is made apparent in the fact that he could not trust to +gradual improvements in education to bring about a better society which +should then improve education, and so on indefinitely. Correct education +could not come into existence until an ideal state existed, and after +that education would be devoted simply to its conservation. For the +existence of this state he was obliged to trust to some happy accident +by which philosophic wisdom should happen to coincide with possession of +ruling power in the state. + +4. The "Individualistic" Ideal of the Eighteenth Century. In the +eighteenth-century philosophy we find ourselves in a very different +circle of ideas. "Nature" still means something antithetical to existing +social organization; Plato exercised a great influence upon Rousseau. +But the voice of nature now speaks for the diversity of individual +talent and for the need of free development of individuality in all +its variety. Education in accord with nature furnishes the goal and the +method of instruction and discipline. Moreover, the native or original +endowment was conceived, in extreme cases, as nonsocial or even as +antisocial. Social arrangements were thought of as mere external +expedients by which these nonsocial individuals might secure a greater +amount of private happiness for themselves. Nevertheless, these +statements convey only an inadequate idea of the true significance +of the movement. In reality its chief interest was in progress and +in social progress. The seeming antisocial philosophy was a somewhat +transparent mask for an impetus toward a wider and freer society--toward +cosmopolitanism. The positive ideal was humanity. In membership in +humanity, as distinct from a state, man's capacities would be liberated; +while in existing political organizations his powers were hampered and +distorted to meet the requirements and selfish interests of the +rulers of the state. The doctrine of extreme individualism was but the +counterpart, the obverse, of ideals of the indefinite perfectibility of +man and of a social organization having a scope as wide as humanity. +The emancipated individual was to become the organ and agent of a +comprehensive and progressive society. + +The heralds of this gospel were acutely conscious of the evils of the +social estate in which they found themselves. They attributed these +evils to the limitations imposed upon the free powers of man. Such +limitation was both distorting and corrupting. Their impassioned +devotion to emancipation of life from external restrictions which +operated to the exclusive advantage of the class to whom a past feudal +system consigned power, found intellectual formulation in a worship +of nature. To give "nature" full swing was to replace an artificial, +corrupt, and inequitable social order by a new and better kingdom of +humanity. Unrestrained faith in Nature as both a model and a working +power was strengthened by the advances of natural science. Inquiry +freed from prejudice and artificial restraints of church and state had +revealed that the world is a scene of law. The Newtonian solar system, +which expressed the reign of natural law, was a scene of wonderful +harmony, where every force balanced with every other. Natural law would +accomplish the same result in human relations, if men would only get rid +of the artificial man-imposed coercive restrictions. + +Education in accord with nature was thought to be the first step in +insuring this more social society. It was plainly seen that economic +and political limitations were ultimately dependent upon limitations of +thought and feeling. The first step in freeing men from external chains +was to emancipate them from the internal chains of false beliefs and +ideals. What was called social life, existing institutions, were too +false and corrupt to be intrusted with this work. How could it +be expected to undertake it when the undertaking meant its own +destruction? "Nature" must then be the power to which the enterprise was +to be left. Even the extreme sensationalistic theory of knowledge which +was current derived itself from this conception. To insist that mind is +originally passive and empty was one way of glorifying the possibilities +of education. If the mind was a wax tablet to be written upon by +objects, there were no limits to the possibility of education by means +of the natural environment. And since the natural world of objects is +a scene of harmonious "truth," this education would infallibly produce +minds filled with the truth. + +5. Education as National and as Social. As soon as the first enthusiasm +for freedom waned, the weakness of the theory upon the constructive side +became obvious. Merely to leave everything to nature was, after all, but +to negate the very idea of education; it was to trust to the accidents +of circumstance. Not only was some method required but also some +positive organ, some administrative agency for carrying on the process +of instruction. The "complete and harmonious development of all +powers," having as its social counterpart an enlightened and progressive +humanity, required definite organization for its realization. Private +individuals here and there could proclaim the gospel; they could +not execute the work. A Pestalozzi could try experiments and exhort +philanthropically inclined persons having wealth and power to follow his +example. But even Pestalozzi saw that any effective pursuit of the new +educational ideal required the support of the state. The realization +of the new education destined to produce a new society was, after all, +dependent upon the activities of existing states. The movement for the +democratic idea inevitably became a movement for publicly conducted and +administered schools. + +So far as Europe was concerned, the historic situation identified the +movement for a state-supported education with the nationalistic movement +in political life--a fact of incalculable significance for subsequent +movements. Under the influence of German thought in particular, +education became a civic function and the civic function was identified +with the realization of the ideal of the national state. The "state" was +substituted for humanity; cosmopolitanism gave way to nationalism. To +form the citizen, not the "man," became the aim of education. 1 The +historic situation to which reference is made is the after-effects of +the Napoleonic conquests, especially in Germany. The German states felt +(and subsequent events demonstrate the correctness of the belief) that +systematic attention to education was the best means of recovering and +maintaining their political integrity and power. Externally they were +weak and divided. Under the leadership of Prussian statesmen they +made this condition a stimulus to the development of an extensive and +thoroughly grounded system of public education. + +This change in practice necessarily brought about a change in theory. +The individualistic theory receded into the background. The state +furnished not only the instrumentalities of public education but also +its goal. When the actual practice was such that the school system, from +the elementary grades through the university faculties, supplied +the patriotic citizen and soldier and the future state official and +administrator and furnished the means for military, industrial, and +political defense and expansion, it was impossible for theory not to +emphasize the aim of social efficiency. And with the immense importance +attached to the nationalistic state, surrounded by other competing and +more or less hostile states, it was equally impossible to interpret +social efficiency in terms of a vague cosmopolitan humanitarianism. +Since the maintenance of a particular national sovereignty required +subordination of individuals to the superior interests of the state +both in military defense and in struggles for international supremacy +in commerce, social efficiency was understood to imply a like +subordination. The educational process was taken to be one of +disciplinary training rather than of personal development. Since, +however, the ideal of culture as complete development of personality +persisted, educational philosophy attempted a reconciliation of the +two ideas. The reconciliation took the form of the conception of the +"organic" character of the state. The individual in his isolation is +nothing; only in and through an absorption of the aims and meaning of +organized institutions does he attain true personality. What appears to +be his subordination to political authority and the demand for sacrifice +of himself to the commands of his superiors is in reality but making his +own the objective reason manifested in the state--the only way in which +he can become truly rational. The notion of development which we have +seen to be characteristic of institutional idealism (as in the Hegelian +philosophy) was just such a deliberate effort to combine the two ideas +of complete realization of personality and thoroughgoing "disciplinary" +subordination to existing institutions. The extent of the transformation +of educational philosophy which occurred in Germany in the generation +occupied by the struggle against Napoleon for national independence, +may be gathered from Kant, who well expresses the earlier +individual-cosmopolitan ideal. In his treatise on Pedagogics, consisting +of lectures given in the later years of the eighteenth century, he +defines education as the process by which man becomes man. Mankind +begins its history submerged in nature--not as Man who is a creature of +reason, while nature furnishes only instinct and appetite. Nature +offers simply the germs which education is to develop and perfect. The +peculiarity of truly human life is that man has to create himself by his +own voluntary efforts; he has to make himself a truly moral, rational, +and free being. This creative effort is carried on by the educational +activities of slow generations. Its acceleration depends upon men +consciously striving to educate their successors not for the existing +state of affairs but so as to make possible a future better humanity. +But there is the great difficulty. Each generation is inclined to +educate its young so as to get along in the present world instead of +with a view to the proper end of education: the promotion of the best +possible realization of humanity as humanity. Parents educate their +children so that they may get on; princes educate their subjects as +instruments of their own purposes. + +Who, then, shall conduct education so that humanity may improve? We must +depend upon the efforts of enlightened men in their private capacity. +"All culture begins with private men and spreads outward from them. +Simply through the efforts of persons of enlarged inclinations, who +are capable of grasping the ideal of a future better condition, is the +gradual approximation of human nature to its end possible. Rulers are +simply interested in such training as will make their subjects better +tools for their own intentions." Even the subsidy by rulers of privately +conducted schools must be carefully safeguarded. For the rulers' +interest in the welfare of their own nation instead of in what is best +for humanity, will make them, if they give money for the schools, wish +to draw their plans. We have in this view an express statement of +the points characteristic of the eighteenth century individualistic +cosmopolitanism. The full development of private personality is +identified with the aims of humanity as a whole and with the idea +of progress. In addition we have an explicit fear of the hampering +influence of a state-conducted and state-regulated education upon the +attainment of these ideas. But in less than two decades after this time, +Kant's philosophic successors, Fichte and Hegel, elaborated the idea +that the chief function of the state is educational; that in particular +the regeneration of Germany is to be accomplished by an education +carried on in the interests of the state, and that the private +individual is of necessity an egoistic, irrational being, enslaved to +his appetites and to circumstances unless he submits voluntarily to the +educative discipline of state institutions and laws. In this spirit, +Germany was the first country to undertake a public, universal, and +compulsory system of education extending from the primary school +through the university, and to submit to jealous state regulation and +supervision all private educational enterprises. Two results should +stand out from this brief historical survey. The first is that such +terms as the individual and the social conceptions of education are +quite meaningless taken at large, or apart from their context. Plato had +the ideal of an education which should equate individual realization and +social coherency and stability. His situation forced his ideal into +the notion of a society organized in stratified classes, losing the +individual in the class. The eighteenth century educational philosophy +was highly individualistic in form, but this form was inspired by a +noble and generous social ideal: that of a society organized to include +humanity, and providing for the indefinite perfectibility of mankind. +The idealistic philosophy of Germany in the early nineteenth century +endeavored again to equate the ideals of a free and complete +development of cultured personality with social discipline and political +subordination. It made the national state an intermediary between the +realization of private personality on one side and of humanity on the +other. Consequently, it is equally possible to state its animating +principle with equal truth either in the classic terms of "harmonious +development of all the powers of personality" or in the more recent +terminology of "social efficiency." All this reinforces the statement +which opens this chapter: The conception of education as a social +process and function has no definite meaning until we define the kind +of society we have in mind. These considerations pave the way for our +second conclusion. One of the fundamental problems of education in and +for a democratic society is set by the conflict of a nationalistic and a +wider social aim. The earlier cosmopolitan and "humanitarian" conception +suffered both from vagueness and from lack of definite organs of +execution and agencies of administration. In Europe, in the Continental +states particularly, the new idea of the importance of education for +human welfare and progress was captured by national interests and +harnessed to do a work whose social aim was definitely narrow and +exclusive. The social aim of education and its national aim were +identified, and the result was a marked obscuring of the meaning of a +social aim. + +This confusion corresponds to the existing situation of human +intercourse. On the one hand, science, commerce, and art transcend +national boundaries. They are largely international in quality and +method. They involve interdependencies and cooperation among the peoples +inhabiting different countries. At the same time, the idea of national +sovereignty has never been as accentuated in politics as it is at the +present time. Each nation lives in a state of suppressed hostility and +incipient war with its neighbors. Each is supposed to be the supreme +judge of its own interests, and it is assumed as matter of course that +each has interests which are exclusively its own. To question this is +to question the very idea of national sovereignty which is assumed to +be basic to political practice and political science. This contradiction +(for it is nothing less) between the wider sphere of associated and +mutually helpful social life and the narrower sphere of exclusive and +hence potentially hostile pursuits and purposes, exacts of educational +theory a clearer conception of the meaning of "social" as a function +and test of education than has yet been attained. Is it possible for an +educational system to be conducted by a national state and yet the full +social ends of the educative process not be restricted, constrained, and +corrupted? Internally, the question has to face the tendencies, due to +present economic conditions, which split society into classes some +of which are made merely tools for the higher culture of others. +Externally, the question is concerned with the reconciliation of +national loyalty, of patriotism, with superior devotion to the things +which unite men in common ends, irrespective of national political +boundaries. Neither phase of the problem can be worked out by merely +negative means. It is not enough to see to it that education is not +actively used as an instrument to make easier the exploitation of one +class by another. School facilities must be secured of such amplitude +and efficiency as will in fact and not simply in name discount the +effects of economic inequalities, and secure to all the wards of the +nation equality of equipment for their future careers. Accomplishment +of this end demands not only adequate administrative provision of school +facilities, and such supplementation of family resources as will +enable youth to take advantage of them, but also such modification +of traditional ideals of culture, traditional subjects of study and +traditional methods of teaching and discipline as will retain all the +youth under educational influences until they are equipped to be masters +of their own economic and social careers. The ideal may seem remote +of execution, but the democratic ideal of education is a farcical yet +tragic delusion except as the ideal more and more dominates our public +system of education. The same principle has application on the side of +the considerations which concern the relations of one nation to another. +It is not enough to teach the horrors of war and to avoid everything +which would stimulate international jealousy and animosity. The emphasis +must be put upon whatever binds people together in cooperative human +pursuits and results, apart from geographical limitations. The secondary +and provisional character of national sovereignty in respect to the +fuller, freer, and more fruitful association and intercourse of all +human beings with one another must be instilled as a working disposition +of mind. If these applications seem to be remote from a consideration +of the philosophy of education, the impression shows that the meaning +of the idea of education previously developed has not been adequately +grasped. This conclusion is bound up with the very idea of education +as a freeing of individual capacity in a progressive growth directed to +social aims. Otherwise a democratic criterion of education can only be +inconsistently applied. + +Summary. Since education is a social process, and there are many kinds +of societies, a criterion for educational criticism and construction +implies a particular social ideal. The two points selected by which to +measure the worth of a form of social life are the extent in which the +interests of a group are shared by all its members, and the fullness +and freedom with which it interacts with other groups. An undesirable +society, in other words, is one which internally and externally sets up +barriers to free intercourse and communication of experience. A society +which makes provision for participation in its good of all its +members on equal terms and which secures flexible readjustment of its +institutions through interaction of the different forms of associated +life is in so far democratic. Such a society must have a type of +education which gives individuals a personal interest in social +relationships and control, and the habits of mind which secure +social changes without introducing disorder. Three typical historic +philosophies of education were considered from this point of view. +The Platonic was found to have an ideal formally quite similar to that +stated, but which was compromised in its working out by making a class +rather than an individual the social unit. The so-called individualism +of the eighteenth-century enlightenment was found to involve the notion +of a society as broad as humanity, of whose progress the individual was +to be the organ. But it lacked any agency for securing the development +of its ideal as was evidenced in its falling back upon Nature. The +institutional idealistic philosophies of the nineteenth century supplied +this lack by making the national state the agency, but in so doing +narrowed the conception of the social aim to those who were members of +the same political unit, and reintroduced the idea of the subordination +of the individual to the institution. 1 There is a much neglected strain +in Rousseau tending intellectually in this direction. He opposed the +existing state of affairs on the ground that it formed neither the +citizen nor the man. Under existing conditions, he preferred to try for +the latter rather than for the former. But there are many sayings of his +which point to the formation of the citizen as ideally the higher, and +which indicate that his own endeavor, as embodied in the Emile, was +simply the best makeshift the corruption of the times permitted him to +sketch. + + + + +Chapter Eight: Aims in Education + +1. The Nature of an Aim. + +The account of education given in our earlier chapters virtually +anticipated the results reached in a discussion of the purport of +education in a democratic community. For it assumed that the aim of +education is to enable individuals to continue their education--or that +the object and reward of learning is continued capacity for growth. Now +this idea cannot be applied to all the members of a society except +where intercourse of man with man is mutual, and except where there +is adequate provision for the reconstruction of social habits and +institutions by means of wide stimulation arising from equitably +distributed interests. And this means a democratic society. In our +search for aims in education, we are not concerned, therefore, with +finding an end outside of the educative process to which education is +subordinate. Our whole conception forbids. We are rather concerned with +the contrast which exists when aims belong within the process in which +they operate and when they are set up from without. And the latter +state of affairs must obtain when social relationships are not equitably +balanced. For in that case, some portions of the whole social group will +find their aims determined by an external dictation; their aims will not +arise from the free growth of their own experience, and their nominal +aims will be means to more ulterior ends of others rather than truly +their own. + +Our first question is to define the nature of an aim so far as it falls +within an activity, instead of being furnished from without. We approach +the definition by a contrast of mere results with ends. Any exhibition +of energy has results. The wind blows about the sands of the desert; the +position of the grains is changed. Here is a result, an effect, but not +an end. For there is nothing in the outcome which completes or fulfills +what went before it. There is mere spatial redistribution. One state +of affairs is just as good as any other. Consequently there is no basis +upon which to select an earlier state of affairs as a beginning, a +later as an end, and to consider what intervenes as a process of +transformation and realization. + +Consider for example the activities of bees in contrast with the changes +in the sands when the wind blows them about. The results of the bees' +actions may be called ends not because they are designed or consciously +intended, but because they are true terminations or completions of what +has preceded. When the bees gather pollen and make wax and build cells, +each step prepares the way for the next. When cells are built, the queen +lays eggs in them; when eggs are laid, they are sealed and bees brood +them and keep them at a temperature required to hatch them. When they +are hatched, bees feed the young till they can take care of themselves. +Now we are so familiar with such facts, that we are apt to dismiss them +on the ground that life and instinct are a kind of miraculous thing +anyway. Thus we fail to note what the essential characteristic of the +event is; namely, the significance of the temporal place and order of +each element; the way each prior event leads into its successor while +the successor takes up what is furnished and utilizes it for some other +stage, until we arrive at the end, which, as it were, summarizes and +finishes off the process. Since aims relate always to results, the first +thing to look to when it is a question of aims, is whether the work +assigned possesses intrinsic continuity. Or is it a mere serial +aggregate of acts, first doing one thing and then another? To talk about +an educational aim when approximately each act of a pupil is dictated +by the teacher, when the only order in the sequence of his acts is that +which comes from the assignment of lessons and the giving of directions +by another, is to talk nonsense. It is equally fatal to an aim to +permit capricious or discontinuous action in the name of spontaneous +self-expression. An aim implies an orderly and ordered activity, one +in which the order consists in the progressive completing of a process. +Given an activity having a time span and cumulative growth within +the time succession, an aim means foresight in advance of the end or +possible termination. If bees anticipated the consequences of their +activity, if they perceived their end in imaginative foresight, they +would have the primary element in an aim. Hence it is nonsense to talk +about the aim of education--or any other undertaking--where conditions +do not permit of foresight of results, and do not stimulate a person to +look ahead to see what the outcome of a given activity is to be. In the +next place the aim as a foreseen end gives direction to the activity; it +is not an idle view of a mere spectator, but influences the steps taken +to reach the end. The foresight functions in three ways. In the first +place, it involves careful observation of the given conditions to see +what are the means available for reaching the end, and to discover the +hindrances in the way. In the second place, it suggests the proper order +or sequence in the use of means. It facilitates an economical selection +and arrangement. In the third place, it makes choice of alternatives +possible. If we can predict the outcome of acting this way or that, we +can then compare the value of the two courses of action; we can pass +judgment upon their relative desirability. If we know that stagnant +water breeds mosquitoes and that they are likely to carry disease, we +can, disliking that anticipated result, take steps to avert it. Since we +do not anticipate results as mere intellectual onlookers, but as persons +concerned in the outcome, we are partakers in the process which produces +the result. We intervene to bring about this result or that. + +Of course these three points are closely connected with one another. +We can definitely foresee results only as we make careful scrutiny +of present conditions, and the importance of the outcome supplies the +motive for observations. The more adequate our observations, the more +varied is the scene of conditions and obstructions that presents itself, +and the more numerous are the alternatives between which choice may be +made. In turn, the more numerous the recognized possibilities of the +situation, or alternatives of action, the more meaning does the chosen +activity possess, and the more flexibly controllable is it. Where only +a single outcome has been thought of, the mind has nothing else to think +of; the meaning attaching to the act is limited. One only steams ahead +toward the mark. Sometimes such a narrow course may be effective. But if +unexpected difficulties offer themselves, one has not as many resources +at command as if he had chosen the same line of action after a broader +survey of the possibilities of the field. He cannot make needed +readjustments readily. + +The net conclusion is that acting with an aim is all one with acting +intelligently. To foresee a terminus of an act is to have a basis +upon which to observe, to select, and to order objects and our own +capacities. To do these things means to have a mind--for mind is +precisely intentional purposeful activity controlled by perception of +facts and their relationships to one another. To have a mind to do a +thing is to foresee a future possibility; it is to have a plan for its +accomplishment; it is to note the means which make the plan capable of +execution and the obstructions in the way,--or, if it is really a mind +to do the thing and not a vague aspiration--it is to have a plan which +takes account of resources and difficulties. Mind is capacity to refer +present conditions to future results, and future consequences to present +conditions. And these traits are just what is meant by having an aim +or a purpose. A man is stupid or blind or unintelligent--lacking in +mind--just in the degree in which in any activity he does not know what +he is about, namely, the probable consequences of his acts. A man is +imperfectly intelligent when he contents himself with looser guesses +about the outcome than is needful, just taking a chance with his luck, +or when he forms plans apart from study of the actual conditions, +including his own capacities. Such relative absence of mind means to +make our feelings the measure of what is to happen. To be intelligent we +must "stop, look, listen" in making the plan of an activity. + +To identify acting with an aim and intelligent activity is enough to +show its value--its function in experience. We are only too given to +making an entity out of the abstract noun "consciousness." We forget +that it comes from the adjective "conscious." To be conscious is to +be aware of what we are about; conscious signifies the deliberate, +observant, planning traits of activity. Consciousness is nothing +which we have which gazes idly on the scene around one or which has +impressions made upon it by physical things; it is a name for the +purposeful quality of an activity, for the fact that it is directed by +an aim. Put the other way about, to have an aim is to act with meaning, +not like an automatic machine; it is to mean to do something and to +perceive the meaning of things in the light of that intent. + +2. The Criteria of Good Aims. We may apply the results of our discussion +to a consideration of the criteria involved in a correct establishing of +aims. (1) The aim set up must be an outgrowth of existing conditions. It +must be based upon a consideration of what is already going on; upon the +resources and difficulties of the situation. Theories about the proper +end of our activities--educational and moral theories--often violate +this principle. They assume ends lying outside our activities; ends +foreign to the concrete makeup of the situation; ends which issue from +some outside source. Then the problem is to bring our activities to +bear upon the realization of these externally supplied ends. They are +something for which we ought to act. In any case such "aims" limit +intelligence; they are not the expression of mind in foresight, +observation, and choice of the better among alternative possibilities. +They limit intelligence because, given ready-made, they must be imposed +by some authority external to intelligence, leaving to the latter +nothing but a mechanical choice of means. + +(2) We have spoken as if aims could be completely formed prior to the +attempt to realize them. This impression must now be qualified. The aim +as it first emerges is a mere tentative sketch. The act of striving +to realize it tests its worth. If it suffices to direct activity +successfully, nothing more is required, since its whole function is +to set a mark in advance; and at times a mere hint may suffice. But +usually--at least in complicated situations--acting upon it brings to +light conditions which had been overlooked. This calls for revision +of the original aim; it has to be added to and subtracted from. An +aim must, then, be flexible; it must be capable of alteration to meet +circumstances. An end established externally to the process of action is +always rigid. Being inserted or imposed from without, it is not supposed +to have a working relationship to the concrete conditions of the +situation. What happens in the course of action neither confirms, +refutes, nor alters it. Such an end can only be insisted upon. The +failure that results from its lack of adaptation is attributed simply +to the perverseness of conditions, not to the fact that the end is not +reasonable under the circumstances. The value of a legitimate aim, on +the contrary, lies in the fact that we can use it to change conditions. +It is a method for dealing with conditions so as to effect desirable +alterations in them. A farmer who should passively accept things just as +he finds them would make as great a mistake as he who framed his plans +in complete disregard of what soil, climate, etc., permit. One of the +evils of an abstract or remote external aim in education is that its +very inapplicability in practice is likely to react into a haphazard +snatching at immediate conditions. A good aim surveys the present state +of experience of pupils, and forming a tentative plan of treatment, +keeps the plan constantly in view and yet modifies it as conditions +develop. The aim, in short, is experimental, and hence constantly +growing as it is tested in action. + +(3) The aim must always represent a freeing of activities. The term end +in view is suggestive, for it puts before the mind the termination +or conclusion of some process. The only way in which we can define +an activity is by putting before ourselves the objects in which it +terminates--as one's aim in shooting is the target. But we must remember +that the object is only a mark or sign by which the mind specifies the +activity one desires to carry out. Strictly speaking, not the target +but hitting the target is the end in view; one takes aim by means of the +target, but also by the sight on the gun. The different objects which +are thought of are means of directing the activity. Thus one aims at, +say, a rabbit; what he wants is to shoot straight: a certain kind of +activity. Or, if it is the rabbit he wants, it is not rabbit apart from +his activity, but as a factor in activity; he wants to eat the rabbit, +or to show it as evidence of his marksmanship--he wants to do something +with it. The doing with the thing, not the thing in isolation, is +his end. The object is but a phase of the active end,--continuing the +activity successfully. This is what is meant by the phrase, used above, +"freeing activity." + +In contrast with fulfilling some process in order that activity may go +on, stands the static character of an end which is imposed from without +the activity. It is always conceived of as fixed; it is something to be +attained and possessed. When one has such a notion, activity is a mere +unavoidable means to something else; it is not significant or important +on its own account. As compared with the end it is but a necessary evil; +something which must be gone through before one can reach the object +which is alone worth while. In other words, the external idea of the +aim leads to a separation of means from end, while an end which grows +up within an activity as plan for its direction is always both ends and +means, the distinction being only one of convenience. Every means is a +temporary end until we have attained it. Every end becomes a means of +carrying activity further as soon as it is achieved. We call it end +when it marks off the future direction of the activity in which we are +engaged; means when it marks off the present direction. Every divorce of +end from means diminishes by that much the significance of the activity +and tends to reduce it to a drudgery from which one would escape if he +could. A farmer has to use plants and animals to carry on his farming +activities. It certainly makes a great difference to his life whether he +is fond of them, or whether he regards them merely as means which he has +to employ to get something else in which alone he is interested. In the +former case, his entire course of activity is significant; each phase +of it has its own value. He has the experience of realizing his end at +every stage; the postponed aim, or end in view, being merely a sight +ahead by which to keep his activity going fully and freely. For if he +does not look ahead, he is more likely to find himself blocked. The +aim is as definitely a means of action as is any other portion of an +activity. + +3. Applications in Education. There is nothing peculiar about +educational aims. They are just like aims in any directed occupation. +The educator, like the farmer, has certain things to do, certain +resources with which to do, and certain obstacles with which to contend. +The conditions with which the farmer deals, whether as obstacles or +resources, have their own structure and operation independently of +any purpose of his. Seeds sprout, rain falls, the sun shines, insects +devour, blight comes, the seasons change. His aim is simply to utilize +these various conditions; to make his activities and their energies +work together, instead of against one another. It would be absurd if +the farmer set up a purpose of farming, without any reference to these +conditions of soil, climate, characteristic of plant growth, etc. +His purpose is simply a foresight of the consequences of his energies +connected with those of the things about him, a foresight used to direct +his movements from day to day. Foresight of possible consequences leads +to more careful and extensive observation of the nature and performances +of the things he had to do with, and to laying out a plan--that is, of a +certain order in the acts to be performed. + +It is the same with the educator, whether parent or teacher. It is as +absurd for the latter to set up his "own" aims as the proper objects of +the growth of the children as it would be for the farmer to set up an +ideal of farming irrespective of conditions. Aims mean acceptance of +responsibility for the observations, anticipations, and arrangements +required in carrying on a function--whether farming or educating. Any +aim is of value so far as it assists observation, choice, and planning +in carrying on activity from moment to moment and hour to hour; if it +gets in the way of the individual's own common sense (as it will surely +do if imposed from without or accepted on authority) it does harm. + +And it is well to remind ourselves that education as such has no aims. +Only persons, parents, and teachers, etc., have aims, not an abstract +idea like education. And consequently their purposes are indefinitely +varied, differing with different children, changing as children grow and +with the growth of experience on the part of the one who teaches. Even +the most valid aims which can be put in words will, as words, do more +harm than good unless one recognizes that they are not aims, but rather +suggestions to educators as to how to observe, how to look ahead, and +how to choose in liberating and directing the energies of the concrete +situations in which they find themselves. As a recent writer has +said: "To lead this boy to read Scott's novels instead of old Sleuth's +stories; to teach this girl to sew; to root out the habit of bullying +from John's make-up; to prepare this class to study medicine,--these +are samples of the millions of aims we have actually before us in the +concrete work of education." Bearing these qualifications in mind, we +shall proceed to state some of the characteristics found in all good +educational aims. (1) An educational aim must be founded upon the +intrinsic activities and needs (including original instincts and +acquired habits) of the given individual to be educated. The tendency of +such an aim as preparation is, as we have seen, to omit existing powers, +and find the aim in some remote accomplishment or responsibility. In +general, there is a disposition to take considerations which are dear +to the hearts of adults and set them up as ends irrespective of the +capacities of those educated. There is also an inclination to propound +aims which are so uniform as to neglect the specific powers and +requirements of an individual, forgetting that all learning is something +which happens to an individual at a given time and place. The larger +range of perception of the adult is of great value in observing the +abilities and weaknesses of the young, in deciding what they may amount +to. Thus the artistic capacities of the adult exhibit what certain +tendencies of the child are capable of; if we did not have the adult +achievements we should be without assurance as to the significance of +the drawing, reproducing, modeling, coloring activities of childhood. +So if it were not for adult language, we should not be able to see the +import of the babbling impulses of infancy. But it is one thing to use +adult accomplishments as a context in which to place and survey the +doings of childhood and youth; it is quite another to set them up as a +fixed aim without regard to the concrete activities of those educated. + +(2) An aim must be capable of translation into a method of cooperating +with the activities of those undergoing instruction. It must suggest the +kind of environment needed to liberate and to organize their capacities. +Unless it lends itself to the construction of specific procedures, and +unless these procedures test, correct, and amplify the aim, the latter +is worthless. Instead of helping the specific task of teaching, it +prevents the use of ordinary judgment in observing and sizing up the +situation. It operates to exclude recognition of everything except what +squares up with the fixed end in view. Every rigid aim just because +it is rigidly given seems to render it unnecessary to give careful +attention to concrete conditions. Since it must apply anyhow, what is +the use of noting details which do not count? + +The vice of externally imposed ends has deep roots. Teachers receive +them from superior authorities; these authorities accept them from what +is current in the community. The teachers impose them upon children. As +a first consequence, the intelligence of the teacher is not free; it is +confined to receiving the aims laid down from above. Too rarely is +the individual teacher so free from the dictation of authoritative +supervisor, textbook on methods, prescribed course of study, etc., that +he can let his mind come to close quarters with the pupil's mind and +the subject matter. This distrust of the teacher's experience is then +reflected in lack of confidence in the responses of pupils. The latter +receive their aims through a double or treble external imposition, +and are constantly confused by the conflict between the aims which are +natural to their own experience at the time and those in which they are +taught to acquiesce. Until the democratic criterion of the intrinsic +significance of every growing experience is recognized, we shall be +intellectually confused by the demand for adaptation to external aims. + +(3) Educators have to be on their guard against ends that are alleged +to be general and ultimate. Every activity, however specific, is, +of course, general in its ramified connections, for it leads out +indefinitely into other things. So far as a general idea makes us more +alive to these connections, it cannot be too general. But "general" +also means "abstract," or detached from all specific context. And such +abstractness means remoteness, and throws us back, once more, upon +teaching and learning as mere means of getting ready for an end +disconnected from the means. That education is literally and all +the time its own reward means that no alleged study or discipline is +educative unless it is worth while in its own immediate having. A +truly general aim broadens the outlook; it stimulates one to take more +consequences (connections) into account. This means a wider and more +flexible observation of means. The more interacting forces, for example, +the farmer takes into account, the more varied will be his immediate +resources. He will see a greater number of possible starting places, and +a greater number of ways of getting at what he wants to do. The fuller +one's conception of possible future achievements, the less his present +activity is tied down to a small number of alternatives. If one knew +enough, one could start almost anywhere and sustain his activities +continuously and fruitfully. + +Understanding then the term general or comprehensive aim simply in the +sense of a broad survey of the field of present activities, we shall +take up some of the larger ends which have currency in the educational +theories of the day, and consider what light they throw upon the +immediate concrete and diversified aims which are always the educator's +real concern. We premise (as indeed immediately follows from what +has been said) that there is no need of making a choice among them or +regarding them as competitors. When we come to act in a tangible way we +have to select or choose a particular act at a particular time, but any +number of comprehensive ends may exist without competition, since they +mean simply different ways of looking at the same scene. One cannot +climb a number of different mountains simultaneously, but the views had +when different mountains are ascended supplement one another: they do +not set up incompatible, competing worlds. Or, putting the matter in +a slightly different way, one statement of an end may suggest certain +questions and observations, and another statement another set of +questions, calling for other observations. Then the more general ends we +have, the better. One statement will emphasize what another slurs over. +What a plurality of hypotheses does for the scientific investigator, a +plurality of stated aims may do for the instructor. + +Summary. An aim denotes the result of any natural process brought to +consciousness and made a factor in determining present observation +and choice of ways of acting. It signifies that an activity has +become intelligent. Specifically it means foresight of the alternative +consequences attendant upon acting in a given situation in different +ways, and the use of what is anticipated to direct observation and +experiment. A true aim is thus opposed at every point to an aim which is +imposed upon a process of action from without. The latter is fixed and +rigid; it is not a stimulus to intelligence in the given situation, but +is an externally dictated order to do such and such things. Instead of +connecting directly with present activities, it is remote, divorced from +the means by which it is to be reached. Instead of suggesting a +freer and better balanced activity, it is a limit set to activity. In +education, the currency of these externally imposed aims is responsible +for the emphasis put upon the notion of preparation for a remote future +and for rendering the work of both teacher and pupil mechanical and +slavish. + + + + +Chapter Nine: Natural Development and Social Efficiency as Aims + +1. Nature as Supplying the Aim. We have just pointed out the futility +of trying to establish the aim of education--some one final aim which +subordinates all others to itself. We have indicated that since general +aims are but prospective points of view from which to survey the +existing conditions and estimate their possibilities, we might have any +number of them, all consistent with one another. As matter of fact, a +large number have been stated at different times, all having great local +value. For the statement of aim is a matter of emphasis at a given time. +And we do not emphasize things which do not require emphasis--that is, +such things as are taking care of themselves fairly well. We tend rather +to frame our statement on the basis of the defects and needs of the +contemporary situation; we take for granted, without explicit statement +which would be of no use, whatever is right or approximately so. We +frame our explicit aims in terms of some alteration to be brought about. +It is, then, DO paradox requiring explanation that a given epoch or +generation tends to emphasize in its conscious projections just the +things which it has least of in actual fact. A time of domination by +authority will call out as response the desirability of great individual +freedom; one of disorganized individual activities the need of social +control as an educational aim. + +The actual and implicit practice and the conscious or stated aim thus +balance each other. At different times such aims as complete living, +better methods of language study, substitution of things for words, +social efficiency, personal culture, social service, complete +development of personality, encyclopedic knowledge, discipline, a +esthetic contemplation, utility, etc., have served. The following +discussion takes up three statements of recent influence; certain others +have been incidentally discussed in the previous chapters, and others +will be considered later in a discussion of knowledge and of the values +of studies. We begin with a consideration that education is a process +of development in accordance with nature, taking Rousseau's statement, +which opposed natural to social (See ante, p. 91); and then pass over +to the antithetical conception of social efficiency, which often opposes +social to natural. + +(1) Educational reformers disgusted with the conventionality and +artificiality of the scholastic methods they find about them are prone +to resort to nature as a standard. Nature is supposed to furnish the +law and the end of development; ours it is to follow and conform to her +ways. The positive value of this conception lies in the forcible way +in which it calls attention to the wrongness of aims which do not have +regard to the natural endowment of those educated. Its weakness is the +ease with which natural in the sense of normal is confused with the +physical. The constructive use of intelligence in foresight, and +contriving, is then discounted; we are just to get out of the way and +allow nature to do the work. Since no one has stated in the doctrine +both its truth and falsity better than Rousseau, we shall turn to him. + +"Education," he says, "we receive from three sources--Nature, men, +and things. The spontaneous development of our organs and capacities +constitutes the education of Nature. The use to which we are taught to +put this development constitutes that education given us by Men. The +acquirement of personal experience from surrounding objects constitutes +that of things. Only when these three kinds of education are consonant +and make for the same end, does a man tend towards his true goal. If we +are asked what is this end, the answer is that of Nature. For since +the concurrence of the three kinds of education is necessary to their +completeness, the kind which is entirely independent of our control must +necessarily regulate us in determining the other two." Then he defines +Nature to mean the capacities and dispositions which are inborn, "as +they exist prior to the modification due to constraining habits and the +influence of the opinion of others." + +The wording of Rousseau will repay careful study. It contains as +fundamental truths as have been uttered about education in conjunction +with a curious twist. It would be impossible to say better what is said +in the first sentences. The three factors of educative development +are (a) the native structure of our bodily organs and their functional +activities; (b) the uses to which the activities of these organs are put +under the influence of other persons; (c) their direct interaction with +the environment. This statement certainly covers the ground. His other +two propositions are equally sound; namely, (a) that only when the +three factors of education are consonant and cooperative does adequate +development of the individual occur, and (b) that the native activities +of the organs, being original, are basic in conceiving consonance. But +it requires but little reading between the lines, supplemented by other +statements of Rousseau, to perceive that instead of regarding these +three things as factors which must work together to some extent in +order that any one of them may proceed educatively, he regards them as +separate and independent operations. Especially does he believe that +there is an independent and, as he says, "spontaneous" development of +the native organs and faculties. He thinks that this development can +go on irrespective of the use to which they are put. And it is to this +separate development that education coming from social contact is to be +subordinated. Now there is an immense difference between a use of native +activities in accord with those activities themselves--as distinct from +forcing them and perverting them--and supposing that they have a normal +development apart from any use, which development furnishes the standard +and norm of all learning by use. To recur to our previous illustration, +the process of acquiring language is a practically perfect model of +proper educative growth. The start is from native activities of the +vocal apparatus, organs of hearing, etc. But it is absurd to suppose +that these have an independent growth of their own, which left to itself +would evolve a perfect speech. Taken literally, Rousseau's principle +would mean that adults should accept and repeat the babblings and +noises of children not merely as the beginnings of the development +of articulate speech--which they are--but as furnishing language +itself--the standard for all teaching of language. + +The point may be summarized by saying that Rousseau was right, +introducing a much-needed reform into education, in holding that the +structure and activities of the organs furnish the conditions of all +teaching of the use of the organs; but profoundly wrong in intimating +that they supply not only the conditions but also the ends of their +development. As matter of fact, the native activities develop, in +contrast with random and capricious exercise, through the uses to which +they are put. And the office of the social medium is, as we have seen, +to direct growth through putting powers to the best possible use. The +instinctive activities may be called, metaphorically, spontaneous, +in the sense that the organs give a strong bias for a certain sort of +operation,--a bias so strong that we cannot go contrary to it, though by +trying to go contrary we may pervert, stunt, and corrupt them. But the +notion of a spontaneous normal development of these activities is pure +mythology. The natural, or native, powers furnish the initiating and +limiting forces in all education; they do not furnish its ends or aims. +There is no learning except from a beginning in unlearned powers, but +learning is not a matter of the spontaneous overflow of the unlearned +powers. Rousseau's contrary opinion is doubtless due to the fact that he +identified God with Nature; to him the original powers are wholly good, +coming directly from a wise and good creator. To paraphrase the old +saying about the country and the town, God made the original human +organs and faculties, man makes the uses to which they are put. +Consequently the development of the former furnishes the standard to +which the latter must be subordinated. When men attempt to determine the +uses to which the original activities shall be put, they interfere with +a divine plan. The interference by social arrangements with Nature, +God's work, is the primary source of corruption in individuals. + +Rousseau's passionate assertion of the intrinsic goodness of all natural +tendencies was a reaction against the prevalent notion of the total +depravity of innate human nature, and has had a powerful influence in +modifying the attitude towards children's interests. But it is hardly +necessary to say that primitive impulses are of themselves neither good +nor evil, but become one or the other according to the objects for which +they are employed. That neglect, suppression, and premature forcing +of some instincts at the expense of others, are responsible for many +avoidable ills, there can be no doubt. But the moral is not to leave +them alone to follow their own "spontaneous development," but to provide +an environment which shall organize them. + +Returning to the elements of truth contained in Rousseau's statements, +we find that natural development, as an aim, enables him to point the +means of correcting many evils in current practices, and to indicate +a number of desirable specific aims. (1) Natural development as an aim +fixes attention upon the bodily organs and the need of health and vigor. +The aim of natural development says to parents and teachers: Make health +an aim; normal development cannot be had without regard to the vigor of +the body--an obvious enough fact and yet one whose due recognition +in practice would almost automatically revolutionize many of our +educational practices. "Nature" is indeed a vague and metaphorical +term, but one thing that "Nature" may be said to utter is that there are +conditions of educational efficiency, and that till we have learned what +these conditions are and have learned to make our practices accord with +them, the noblest and most ideal of our aims are doomed to suffer--are +verbal and sentimental rather than efficacious. + +(2) The aim of natural development translates into the aim of respect +for physical mobility. In Rousseau's words: "Children are always in +motion; a sedentary life is injurious." When he says that "Nature's +intention is to strengthen the body before exercising the mind" +he hardly states the fact fairly. But if he had said that nature's +"intention" (to adopt his poetical form of speech) is to develop the +mind especially by exercise of the muscles of the body he would have +stated a positive fact. In other words, the aim of following nature +means, in the concrete, regard for the actual part played by use of the +bodily organs in explorations, in handling of materials, in plays +and games. (3) The general aim translates into the aim of regard for +individual differences among children. Nobody can take the principle of +consideration of native powers into account without being struck by the +fact that these powers differ in different individuals. The difference +applies not merely to their intensity, but even more to their quality +and arrangement. As Rouseau said: "Each individual is born with +a distinctive temperament. We indiscriminately employ children of +different bents on the same exercises; their education destroys the +special bent and leaves a dull uniformity. Therefore after we have +wasted our efforts in stunting the true gifts of nature we see the +short-lived and illusory brilliance we have substituted die away, while +the natural abilities we have crushed do not revive." + +Lastly, the aim of following nature means to note the origin, the +waxing, and waning, of preferences and interests. Capacities bud and +bloom irregularly; there is no even four-abreast development. We must +strike while the iron is hot. Especially precious are the first dawnings +of power. More than we imagine, the ways in which the tendencies of +early childhood are treated fix fundamental dispositions and condition +the turn taken by powers that show themselves later. Educational concern +with the early years of life--as distinct from inculcation of useful +arts--dates almost entirely from the time of the emphasis by Pestalozzi +and Froebel, following Rousseau, of natural principles of growth. +The irregularity of growth and its significance is indicated in the +following passage of a student of the growth of the nervous system. +"While growth continues, things bodily and mental are lopsided, for +growth is never general, but is accentuated now at one spot, now at +another. The methods which shall recognize in the presence of these +enormous differences of endowment the dynamic values of natural +inequalities of growth, and utilize them, preferring irregularity to the +rounding out gained by pruning will most closely follow that which +takes place in the body and thus prove most effective." 1 Observation of +natural tendencies is difficult under conditions of restraint. They +show themselves most readily in a child's spontaneous sayings and +doings,--that is, in those he engages in when not put at set tasks and +when not aware of being under observation. It does not follow that +these tendencies are all desirable because they are natural; but it does +follow that since they are there, they are operative and must be +taken account of. We must see to it that the desirable ones have an +environment which keeps them active, and that their activity shall +control the direction the others take and thereby induce the disuse of +the latter because they lead to nothing. Many tendencies that trouble +parents when they appear are likely to be transitory, and sometimes too +much direct attention to them only fixes a child's attention upon them. +At all events, adults too easily assume their own habits and wishes as +standards, and regard all deviations of children's impulses as evils +to be eliminated. That artificiality against which the conception of +following nature is so largely a protest, is the outcome of attempts to +force children directly into the mold of grown-up standards. + +In conclusion, we note that the early history of the idea of following +nature combined two factors which had no inherent connection with one +another. Before the time of Rousseau educational reformers had been +inclined to urge the importance of education by ascribing practically +unlimited power to it. All the differences between peoples and between +classes and persons among the same people were said to be due to +differences of training, of exercise, and practice. Originally, mind, +reason, understanding is, for all practical purposes, the same in all. +This essential identity of mind means the essential equality of all and +the possibility of bringing them all to the same level. As a protest +against this view, the doctrine of accord with nature meant a much less +formal and abstract view of mind and its powers. It substituted specific +instincts and impulses and physiological capacities, differing from +individual to individual (just as they differ, as Rousseau pointed out, +even in dogs of the same litter), for abstract faculties of discernment, +memory, and generalization. Upon this side, the doctrine of educative +accord with nature has been reinforced by the development of modern +biology, physiology, and psychology. It means, in effect, that great +as is the significance of nurture, of modification, and transformation +through direct educational effort, nature, or unlearned capacities, +affords the foundation and ultimate resources for such nurture. On the +other hand, the doctrine of following nature was a political dogma. It +meant a rebellion against existing social institutions, customs, and +ideals (See ante, p. 91). Rousseau's statement that everything is good +as it comes from the hands of the Creator has its signification only in +its contrast with the concluding part of the same sentence: "Everything +degenerates in the hands of man." And again he says: "Natural man has +an absolute value; he is a numerical unit, a complete integer and has no +relation save to himself and to his fellow man. Civilized man is only a +relative unit, the numerator of a fraction whose value depends upon its +dominator, its relation to the integral body of society. Good political +institutions are those which make a man unnatural." It is upon this +conception of the artificial and harmful character of organized social +life as it now exists 2 that he rested the notion that nature not merely +furnishes prime forces which initiate growth but also its plan and goal. +That evil institutions and customs work almost automatically to give a +wrong education which the most careful schooling cannot offset is +true enough; but the conclusion is not to education apart from the +environment, but to provide an environment in which native powers will +be put to better uses. + +2. Social Efficiency as Aim. A conception which made nature supply the +end of a true education and society the end of an evil one, could hardly +fail to call out a protest. The opposing emphasis took the form of a +doctrine that the business of education is to supply precisely what +nature fails to secure; namely, habituation of an individual to social +control; subordination of natural powers to social rules. It is not +surprising to find that the value in the idea of social efficiency +resides largely in its protest against the points at which the doctrine +of natural development went astray; while its misuse comes when it is +employed to slur over the truth in that conception. It is a fact that we +must look to the activities and achievements of associated life to find +what the development of power--that is to say, efficiency--means. The +error is in implying that we must adopt measures of subordination rather +than of utilization to secure efficiency. The doctrine is rendered +adequate when we recognize that social efficiency is attained not by +negative constraint but by positive use of native individual capacities +in occupations having a social meaning. (1) Translated into specific +aims, social efficiency indicates the importance of industrial +competency. Persons cannot live without means of subsistence; the ways +in which these means are employed and consumed have a profound influence +upon all the relationships of persons to one another. If an individual +is not able to earn his own living and that of the children dependent +upon him, he is a drag or parasite upon the activities of others. He +misses for himself one of the most educative experiences of life. If he +is not trained in the right use of the products of industry, there +is grave danger that he may deprave himself and injure others in his +possession of wealth. No scheme of education can afford to neglect +such basic considerations. Yet in the name of higher and more spiritual +ideals, the arrangements for higher education have often not only +neglected them, but looked at them with scorn as beneath the level of +educative concern. With the change from an oligarchical to a democratic +society, it is natural that the significance of an education which +should have as a result ability to make one's way economically in the +world, and to manage economic resources usefully instead of for mere +display and luxury, should receive emphasis. + +There is, however, grave danger that in insisting upon this end, +existing economic conditions and standards will be accepted as final. +A democratic criterion requires us to develop capacity to the point of +competency to choose and make its own career. This principle is violated +when the attempt is made to fit individuals in advance for definite +industrial callings, selected not on the basis of trained original +capacities, but on that of the wealth or social status of parents. As a +matter of fact, industry at the present time undergoes rapid and abrupt +changes through the evolution of new inventions. New industries spring +up, and old ones are revolutionized. Consequently an attempt to train +for too specific a mode of efficiency defeats its own purpose. When the +occupation changes its methods, such individuals are left behind +with even less ability to readjust themselves than if they had a less +definite training. But, most of all, the present industrial constitution +of society is, like every society which has ever existed, full of +inequities. It is the aim of progressive education to take part in +correcting unfair privilege and unfair deprivation, not to perpetuate +them. Wherever social control means subordination of individual +activities to class authority, there is danger that industrial education +will be dominated by acceptance of the status quo. Differences +of economic opportunity then dictate what the future callings of +individuals are to be. We have an unconscious revival of the defects +of the Platonic scheme (ante, p. 89) without its enlightened method of +selection. + +(2) Civic efficiency, or good citizenship. It is, of course, arbitrary +to separate industrial competency from capacity in good citizenship. But +the latter term may be used to indicate a number of qualifications which +are vaguer than vocational ability. These traits run from whatever make +an individual a more agreeable companion to citizenship in the political +sense: it denotes ability to judge men and measures wisely and to take +a determining part in making as well as obeying laws. The aim of civic +efficiency has at least the merit of protecting us from the notion of a +training of mental power at large. It calls attention to the fact that +power must be relative to doing something, and to the fact that the +things which most need to be done are things which involve one's +relationships with others. + +Here again we have to be on guard against understanding the aim too +narrowly. An over-definite interpretation would at certain periods have +excluded scientific discoveries, in spite of the fact that in the last +analysis security of social progress depends upon them. For scientific +men would have been thought to be mere theoretical dreamers, totally +lacking in social efficiency. It must be borne in mind that ultimately +social efficiency means neither more nor less than capacity to share +in a give and take of experience. It covers all that makes one's own +experience more worth while to others, and all that enables one to +participate more richly in the worthwhile experiences of others. Ability +to produce and to enjoy art, capacity for recreation, the significant +utilization of leisure, are more important elements in it than elements +conventionally associated oftentimes with citizenship. In the broadest +sense, social efficiency is nothing less than that socialization of mind +which is actively concerned in making experiences more communicable; +in breaking down the barriers of social stratification which make +individuals impervious to the interests of others. When social +efficiency is confined to the service rendered by overt acts, its +chief constituent (because its only guarantee) is omitted,--intelligent +sympathy or good will. For sympathy as a desirable quality is something +more than mere feeling; it is a cultivated imagination for what men have +in common and a rebellion at whatever unnecessarily divides them. +What is sometimes called a benevolent interest in others may be but an +unwitting mask for an attempt to dictate to them what their good shall +be, instead of an endeavor to free them so that they may seek and find +the good of their own choice. Social efficiency, even social service, +are hard and metallic things when severed from an active acknowledgment +of the diversity of goods which life may afford to different persons, +and from faith in the social utility of encouraging every individual to +make his own choice intelligent. + +3. Culture as Aim. Whether or not social efficiency is an aim which is +consistent with culture turns upon these considerations. Culture means +at least something cultivated, something ripened; it is opposed to +the raw and crude. When the "natural" is identified with this rawness, +culture is opposed to what is called natural development. Culture is +also something personal; it is cultivation with respect to appreciation +of ideas and art and broad human interests. When efficiency is +identified with a narrow range of acts, instead of with the spirit and +meaning of activity, culture is opposed to efficiency. Whether called +culture or complete development of personality, the outcome is identical +with the true meaning of social efficiency whenever attention is given +to what is unique in an individual--and he would not be an individual if +there were not something incommensurable about him. Its opposite is +the mediocre, the average. Whenever distinctive quality is developed, +distinction of personality results, and with it greater promise for +a social service which goes beyond the supply in quantity of material +commodities. For how can there be a society really worth serving unless +it is constituted of individuals of significant personal qualities? + +The fact is that the opposition of high worth of personality to social +efficiency is a product of a feudally organized society with its rigid +division of inferior and superior. The latter are supposed to have time +and opportunity to develop themselves as human beings; the former are +confined to providing external products. When social efficiency as +measured by product or output is urged as an ideal in a would-be +democratic society, it means that the depreciatory estimate of the +masses characteristic of an aristocratic community is accepted and +carried over. But if democracy has a moral and ideal meaning, it is +that a social return be demanded from all and that opportunity for +development of distinctive capacities be afforded all. The separation +of the two aims in education is fatal to democracy; the adoption of +the narrower meaning of efficiency deprives it of its essential +justification. + +The aim of efficiency (like any educational aim) must be included within +the process of experience. When it is measured by tangible external +products, and not by the achieving of a distinctively valuable +experience, it becomes materialistic. Results in the way of commodities +which may be the outgrowth of an efficient personality are, in the +strictest sense, by-products of education: by-products which are +inevitable and important, but nevertheless by-products. To set up an +external aim strengthens by reaction the false conception of culture +which identifies it with something purely "inner." And the idea of +perfecting an "inner" personality is a sure sign of social divisions. +What is called inner is simply that which does not connect with +others--which is not capable of free and full communication. What is +termed spiritual culture has usually been futile, with something rotten +about it, just because it has been conceived as a thing which a man +might have internally--and therefore exclusively. What one is as a +person is what one is as associated with others, in a free give and take +of intercourse. This transcends both the efficiency which consists +in supplying products to others and the culture which is an exclusive +refinement and polish. + +Any individual has missed his calling, farmer, physician, teacher, +student, who does not find that the accomplishments of results of value +to others is an accompaniment of a process of experience inherently +worth while. Why then should it be thought that one must take his +choice between sacrificing himself to doing useful things for others, +or sacrificing them to pursuit of his own exclusive ends, whether the +saving of his own soul or the building of an inner spiritual life and +personality? What happens is that since neither of these things is +persistently possible, we get a compromise and an alternation. One tries +each course by turns. There is no greater tragedy than that so much +of the professedly spiritual and religious thought of the world +has emphasized the two ideals of self-sacrifice and spiritual +self-perfecting instead of throwing its weight against this dualism of +life. The dualism is too deeply established to be easily overthrown; for +that reason, it is the particular task of education at the present time +to struggle in behalf of an aim in which social efficiency and personal +culture are synonyms instead of antagonists. + +Summary. General or comprehensive aims are points of view for surveying +the specific problems of education. Consequently it is a test of the +value of the manner in which any large end is stated to see if it +will translate readily and consistently into the procedures which are +suggested by another. We have applied this test to three general aims: +Development according to nature, social efficiency, and culture or +personal mental enrichment. In each case we have seen that the aims +when partially stated come into conflict with each other. The partial +statement of natural development takes the primitive powers in an +alleged spontaneous development as the end-all. From this point of view +training which renders them useful to others is an abnormal constraint; +one which profoundly modifies them through deliberate nurture is +corrupting. But when we recognize that natural activities mean native +activities which develop only through the uses in which they are +nurtured, the conflict disappears. Similarly a social efficiency which +is defined in terms of rendering external service to others is of +necessity opposed to the aim of enriching the meaning of experience, +while a culture which is taken to consist in an internal refinement of a +mind is opposed to a socialized disposition. But social efficiency as an +educational purpose should mean cultivation of power to join freely +and fully in shared or common activities. This is impossible without +culture, while it brings a reward in culture, because one cannot share +in intercourse with others without learning--without getting a broader +point of view and perceiving things of which one would otherwise be +ignorant. And there is perhaps no better definition of culture than that +it is the capacity for constantly expanding the range and accuracy of +one's perception of meanings. + +1 Donaldson, Growth of Brain, p. 356. + +2 We must not forget that Rousseau had the idea of a radically different +sort of society, a fraternal society whose end should be identical with +the good of all its members, which he thought to be as much better than +existing states as these are worse than the state of nature. + + + + +Chapter Ten: Interest and Discipline + +1. The Meaning of the Terms. We have already noticed the difference in +the attitude of a spectator and of an agent or participant. The former +is indifferent to what is going on; one result is just as good as +another, since each is just something to look at. The latter is bound +up with what is going on; its outcome makes a difference to him. His +fortunes are more or less at stake in the issue of events. Consequently +he does whatever he can to influence the direction present occurrences +take. One is like a man in a prison cell watching the rain out of the +window; it is all the same to him. The other is like a man who has +planned an outing for the next day which continuing rain will frustrate. +He cannot, to be sure, by his present reactions affect to-morrow's +weather, but he may take some steps which will influence future +happenings, if only to postpone the proposed picnic. If a man sees a +carriage coming which may run over him, if he cannot stop its movement, +he can at least get out of the way if he foresees the consequence +in time. In many instances, he can intervene even more directly. The +attitude of a participant in the course of affairs is thus a double +one: there is solicitude, anxiety concerning future consequences, and a +tendency to act to assure better, and avert worse, consequences. There +are words which denote this attitude: concern, interest. These words +suggest that a person is bound up with the possibilities inhering in +objects; that he is accordingly on the lookout for what they are likely +to do to him; and that, on the basis of his expectation or foresight, +he is eager to act so as to give things one turn rather than another. +Interest and aims, concern and purpose, are necessarily connected. Such +words as aim, intent, end, emphasize the results which are wanted and +striven for; they take for granted the personal attitude of solicitude +and attentive eagerness. Such words as interest, affection, concern, +motivation, emphasize the bearing of what is foreseen upon the +individual's fortunes, and his active desire to act to secure a possible +result. They take for granted the objective changes. But the difference +is but one of emphasis; the meaning that is shaded in one set of words +is illuminated in the other. What is anticipated is objective and +impersonal; to-morrow's rain; the possibility of being run over. But +for an active being, a being who partakes of the consequences instead of +standing aloof from them, there is at the same time a personal response. +The difference imaginatively foreseen makes a present difference, +which finds expression in solicitude and effort. While such words +as affection, concern, and motive indicate an attitude of personal +preference, they are always attitudes toward objects--toward what is +foreseen. We may call the phase of objective foresight intellectual, and +the phase of personal concern emotional and volitional, but there is no +separation in the facts of the situation. + +Such a separation could exist only if the personal attitudes ran their +course in a world by themselves. But they are always responses to +what is going on in the situation of which they are a part, and their +successful or unsuccessful expression depends upon their interaction +with other changes. Life activities flourish and fail only in connection +with changes of the environment. They are literally bound up with these +changes; our desires, emotions, and affections are but various ways in +which our doings are tied up with the doings of things and persons about +us. Instead of marking a purely personal or subjective realm, separated +from the objective and impersonal, they indicate the non-existence of +such a separate world. They afford convincing evidence that changes in +things are not alien to the activities of a self, and that the career +and welfare of the self are bound up with the movement of persons and +things. Interest, concern, mean that self and world are engaged with +each other in a developing situation. + +The word interest, in its ordinary usage, expresses (i) the whole state +of active development, (ii) the objective results that are foreseen and +wanted, and (iii) the personal emotional inclination. + +(I) An occupation, employment, pursuit, business is often referred to +as an interest. Thus we say that a man's interest is politics, or +journalism, or philanthropy, or archaeology, or collecting Japanese +prints, or banking. + +(ii) By an interest we also mean the point at which an object touches +or engages a man; the point where it influences him. In some legal +transactions a man has to prove "interest" in order to have a standing +at court. He has to show that some proposed step concerns his affairs. +A silent partner has an interest in a business, although he takes no +active part in its conduct because its prosperity or decline affects his +profits and liabilities. + +(iii) When we speak of a man as interested in this or that the emphasis +falls directly upon his personal attitude. To be interested is to be +absorbed in, wrapped up in, carried away by, some object. To take an +interest is to be on the alert, to care about, to be attentive. We say +of an interested person both that he has lost himself in some affair and +that he has found himself in it. Both terms express the engrossment of +the self in an object. + +When the place of interest in education is spoken of in a depreciatory +way, it will be found that the second of the meanings mentioned is first +exaggerated and then isolated. Interest is taken to mean merely the +effect of an object upon personal advantage or disadvantage, success or +failure. Separated from any objective development of affairs, these are +reduced to mere personal states of pleasure or pain. Educationally, it +then follows that to attach importance to interest means to attach some +feature of seductiveness to material otherwise indifferent; to secure +attention and effort by offering a bribe of pleasure. This procedure is +properly stigmatized as "soft" pedagogy; as a "soup-kitchen" theory of +education. + +But the objection is based upon the fact--or assumption--that the forms +of skill to be acquired and the subject matter to be appropriated have +no interest on their own account: in other words, they are supposed to +be irrelevant to the normal activities of the pupils. The remedy is not +in finding fault with the doctrine of interest, any more than it is to +search for some pleasant bait that may be hitched to the alien material. +It is to discover objects and modes of action, which are connected with +present powers. The function of this material in engaging activity and +carrying it on consistently and continuously is its interest. If the +material operates in this way, there is no call either to hunt for +devices which will make it interesting or to appeal to arbitrary, +semi-coerced effort. + +The word interest suggests, etymologically, what is between,--that +which connects two things otherwise distant. In education, the distance +covered may be looked at as temporal. The fact that a process takes +time to mature is so obvious a fact that we rarely make it explicit. We +overlook the fact that in growth there is ground to be covered between +an initial stage of process and the completing period; that there is +something intervening. In learning, the present powers of the pupil are +the initial stage; the aim of the teacher represents the remote limit. +Between the two lie means--that is middle conditions:--acts to be +performed; difficulties to be overcome; appliances to be used. Only +through them, in the literal time sense, will the initial activities +reach a satisfactory consummation. + +These intermediate conditions are of interest precisely because the +development of existing activities into the foreseen and desired end +depends upon them. To be means for the achieving of present tendencies, +to be "between" the agent and his end, to be of interest, are different +names for the same thing. When material has to be made interesting, +it signifies that as presented, it lacks connection with purposes and +present power: or that if the connection be there, it is not perceived. +To make it interesting by leading one to realize the connection that +exists is simply good sense; to make it interesting by extraneous +and artificial inducements deserves all the bad names which have been +applied to the doctrine of interest in education. + +So much for the meaning of the term interest. Now for that of +discipline. Where an activity takes time, where many means and obstacles +lie between its initiation and completion, deliberation and persistence +are required. It is obvious that a very large part of the everyday +meaning of will is precisely the deliberate or conscious disposition +to persist and endure in a planned course of action in spite of +difficulties and contrary solicitations. A man of strong will, in +the popular usage of the words, is a man who is neither fickle nor +half-hearted in achieving chosen ends. His ability is executive; that +is, he persistently and energetically strives to execute or carry out +his aims. A weak will is unstable as water. + +Clearly there are two factors in will. One has to do with the foresight +of results, the other with the depth of hold the foreseen outcome has +upon the person. + +(I) Obstinacy is persistence but it is not strength of volition. +Obstinacy may be mere animal inertia and insensitiveness. A man keeps +on doing a thing just because he has got started, not because of any +clearly thought-out purpose. In fact, the obstinate man generally +declines (although he may not be quite aware of his refusal) to make +clear to himself what his proposed end is; he has a feeling that if +he allowed himself to get a clear and full idea of it, it might not +be worth while. Stubbornness shows itself even more in reluctance to +criticize ends which present themselves than it does in persistence and +energy in use of means to achieve the end. The really executive man is +a man who ponders his ends, who makes his ideas of the results of his +actions as clear and full as possible. The people we called weak-willed +or self-indulgent always deceive themselves as to the consequences of +their acts. They pick out some feature which is agreeable and neglect +all attendant circumstances. When they begin to act, the disagreeable +results they ignored begin to show themselves. They are discouraged, +or complain of being thwarted in their good purpose by a hard fate, and +shift to some other line of action. That the primary difference between +strong and feeble volition is intellectual, consisting in the degree +of persistent firmness and fullness with which consequences are thought +out, cannot be over-emphasized. + +(ii) There is, of course, such a thing as a speculative tracing out +of results. Ends are then foreseen, but they do not lay deep hold of +a person. They are something to look at and for curiosity to play +with rather than something to achieve. There is no such thing as +over-intellectuality, but there is such a thing as a one-sided +intellectuality. A person "takes it out" as we say in considering the +consequences of proposed lines of action. A certain flabbiness of fiber +prevents the contemplated object from gripping him and engaging him in +action. And most persons are naturally diverted from a proposed course +of action by unusual, unforeseen obstacles, or by presentation of +inducements to an action that is directly more agreeable. + +A person who is trained to consider his actions, to undertake them +deliberately, is in so far forth disciplined. Add to this ability +a power to endure in an intelligently chosen course in face of +distraction, confusion, and difficulty, and you have the essence of +discipline. Discipline means power at command; mastery of the resources +available for carrying through the action undertaken. To know what one +is to do and to move to do it promptly and by use of the requisite means +is to be disciplined, whether we are thinking of an army or a mind. +Discipline is positive. To cow the spirit, to subdue inclination, to +compel obedience, to mortify the flesh, to make a subordinate perform an +uncongenial task--these things are or are not disciplinary according as +they do or do not tend to the development of power to recognize what one +is about and to persistence in accomplishment. + +It is hardly necessary to press the point that interest and discipline +are connected, not opposed. + +(i) Even the more purely intellectual phase of trained +power--apprehension of what one is doing as exhibited in +consequences--is not possible without interest. Deliberation will be +perfunctory and superficial where there is no interest. Parents and +teachers often complain--and correctly--that children "do not want +to hear, or want to understand." Their minds are not upon the subject +precisely because it does not touch them; it does not enter into their +concerns. This is a state of things that needs to be remedied, but the +remedy is not in the use of methods which increase indifference and +aversion. Even punishing a child for inattention is one way of trying to +make him realize that the matter is not a thing of complete unconcern; +it is one way of arousing "interest," or bringing about a sense of +connection. In the long run, its value is measured by whether it +supplies a mere physical excitation to act in the way desired by the +adult or whether it leads the child "to think"--that is, to reflect upon +his acts and impregnate them with aims. + +(ii) That interest is requisite for executive persistence is even more +obvious. Employers do not advertise for workmen who are not interested +in what they are doing. If one were engaging a lawyer or a doctor, it +would never occur to one to reason that the person engaged would stick +to his work more conscientiously if it was so uncongenial to him that he +did it merely from a sense of obligation. Interest measures--or rather +is--the depth of the grip which the foreseen end has upon one, moving +one to act for its realization. + +2. The Importance of the Idea of Interest in Education. Interest +represents the moving force of objects--whether perceived or presented +in imagination--in any experience having a purpose. In the concrete, +the value of recognizing the dynamic place of interest in an educative +development is that it leads to considering individual children in their +specific capabilities, needs, and preferences. One who recognizes the +importance of interest will not assume that all minds work in the same +way because they happen to have the same teacher and textbook. Attitudes +and methods of approach and response vary with the specific appeal +the same material makes, this appeal itself varying with difference of +natural aptitude, of past experience, of plan of life, and so on. But +the facts of interest also supply considerations of general value to the +philosophy of education. Rightly understood, they put us on our guard +against certain conceptions of mind and of subject matter which have +had great vogue in philosophic thought in the past, and which exercise +a serious hampering influence upon the conduct of instruction and +discipline. Too frequently mind is set over the world of things and +facts to be known; it is regarded as something existing in isolation, +with mental states and operations that exist independently. Knowledge is +then regarded as an external application of purely mental existences +to the things to be known, or else as a result of the impressions which +this outside subject matter makes on mind, or as a combination of the +two. Subject matter is then regarded as something complete in itself; +it is just something to be learned or known, either by the voluntary +application of mind to it or through the impressions it makes on mind. + +The facts of interest show that these conceptions are mythical. Mind +appears in experience as ability to respond to present stimuli on the +basis of anticipation of future possible consequences, and with a view +to controlling the kind of consequences that are to take place. The +things, the subject matter known, consist of whatever is recognized +as having a bearing upon the anticipated course of events, whether +assisting or retarding it. These statements are too formal to be very +intelligible. An illustration may clear up their significance. You are +engaged in a certain occupation, say writing with a typewriter. If you +are an expert, your formed habits take care of the physical movements +and leave your thoughts free to consider your topic. Suppose, however, +you are not skilled, or that, even if you are, the machine does not work +well. You then have to use intelligence. You do not wish to strike the +keys at random and let the consequences be what they may; you wish to +record certain words in a given order so as to make sense. You attend to +the keys, to what you have written, to your movements, to the ribbon +or the mechanism of the machine. Your attention is not distributed +indifferently and miscellaneously to any and every detail. It is +centered upon whatever has a bearing upon the effective pursuit of +your occupation. Your look is ahead, and you are concerned to note +the existing facts because and in so far as they are factors in the +achievement of the result intended. You have to find out what your +resources are, what conditions are at command, and what the difficulties +and obstacles are. This foresight and this survey with reference to +what is foreseen constitute mind. Action that does not involve such a +forecast of results and such an examination of means and hindrances +is either a matter of habit or else it is blind. In neither case is +it intelligent. To be vague and uncertain as to what is intended and +careless in observation of conditions of its realization is to be, in +that degree, stupid or partially intelligent. + +If we recur to the case where mind is not concerned with the physical +manipulation of the instruments but with what one intends to write, the +case is the same. There is an activity in process; one is taken up with +the development of a theme. Unless one writes as a phonograph talks, +this means intelligence; namely, alertness in foreseeing the various +conclusions to which present data and considerations are tending, +together with continually renewed observation and recollection to +get hold of the subject matter which bears upon the conclusions to be +reached. The whole attitude is one of concern with what is to be, and +with what is so far as the latter enters into the movement toward the +end. Leave out the direction which depends upon foresight of possible +future results, and there is no intelligence in present behavior. Let +there be imaginative forecast but no attention to the conditions upon +which its attainment depends, and there is self-deception or idle +dreaming--abortive intelligence. + +If this illustration is typical, mind is not a name for something +complete by itself; it is a name for a course of action in so far as +that is intelligently directed; in so far, that is to say, as aims, +ends, enter into it, with selection of means to further the attainment +of aims. Intelligence is not a peculiar possession which a person owns; +but a person is intelligent in so far as the activities in which he +plays a part have the qualities mentioned. Nor are the activities +in which a person engages, whether intelligently or not, exclusive +properties of himself; they are something in which he engages and +partakes. Other things, the independent changes of other things and +persons, cooperate and hinder. The individual's act may be initial in +a course of events, but the outcome depends upon the interaction of +his response with energies supplied by other agencies. Conceive mind as +anything but one factor partaking along with others in the production of +consequences, and it becomes meaningless. + +The problem of instruction is thus that of finding material which will +engage a person in specific activities having an aim or purpose of +moment or interest to him, and dealing with things not as gymnastic +appliances but as conditions for the attainment of ends. The remedy for +the evils attending the doctrine of formal discipline previously +spoken of, is not to be found by substituting a doctrine of specialized +disciplines, but by reforming the notion of mind and its training. +Discovery of typical modes of activity, whether play or useful +occupations, in which individuals are concerned, in whose outcome they +recognize they have something at stake, and which cannot be carried +through without reflection and use of judgment to select material of +observation and recollection, is the remedy. In short, the root of the +error long prevalent in the conception of training of mind consists in +leaving out of account movements of things to future results in which +an individual shares, and in the direction of which observation, +imagination, and memory are enlisted. It consists in regarding mind as +complete in itself, ready to be directly applied to a present material. + +In historic practice the error has cut two ways. On one hand, it has +screened and protected traditional studies and methods of teaching +from intelligent criticism and needed revisions. To say that they are +"disciplinary" has safeguarded them from all inquiry. It has not been +enough to show that they were of no use in life or that they did +not really contribute to the cultivation of the self. That they were +"disciplinary" stifled every question, subdued every doubt, and removed +the subject from the realm of rational discussion. By its nature, the +allegation could not be checked up. Even when discipline did not accrue +as matter of fact, when the pupil even grew in laxity of application and +lost power of intelligent self-direction, the fault lay with him, not +with the study or the methods of teaching. His failure was but proof +that he needed more discipline, and thus afforded a reason for retaining +the old methods. The responsibility was transferred from the educator to +the pupil because the material did not have to meet specific tests; it +did not have to be shown that it fulfilled any particular need or served +any specific end. It was designed to discipline in general, and if it +failed, it was because the individual was unwilling to be disciplined. +In the other direction, the tendency was towards a negative conception +of discipline, instead of an identification of it with growth in +constructive power of achievement. As we have already seen, will +means an attitude toward the future, toward the production of possible +consequences, an attitude involving effort to foresee clearly and +comprehensively the probable results of ways of acting, and an active +identification with some anticipated consequences. Identification +of will, or effort, with mere strain, results when a mind is set up, +endowed with powers that are only to be applied to existing material. A +person just either will or will not apply himself to the matter in hand. +The more indifferent the subject matter, the less concern it has for the +habits and preferences of the individual, the more demand there is +for an effort to bring the mind to bear upon it--and hence the more +discipline of will. To attend to material because there is something +to be done in which the person is concerned is not disciplinary in this +view; not even if it results in a desirable increase of constructive +power. Application just for the sake of application, for the sake of +training, is alone disciplinary. This is more likely to occur if the +subject matter presented is uncongenial, for then there is no motive +(so it is supposed) except the acknowledgment of duty or the value of +discipline. The logical result is expressed with literal truth in the +words of an American humorist: "It makes no difference what you teach a +boy so long as he doesn't like it." + +The counterpart of the isolation of mind from activities dealing with +objects to accomplish ends is isolation of the subject matter to be +learned. In the traditional schemes of education, subject matter means +so much material to be studied. Various branches of study represent so +many independent branches, each having its principles of arrangement +complete within itself. History is one such group of facts; algebra +another; geography another, and so on till we have run through the +entire curriculum. Having a ready-made existence on their own account, +their relation to mind is exhausted in what they furnish it to acquire. +This idea corresponds to the conventional practice in which the program +of school work, for the day, month, and successive years, consists +of "studies" all marked off from one another, and each supposed to be +complete by itself--for educational purposes at least. + +Later on a chapter is devoted to the special consideration of the +meaning of the subject matter of instruction. At this point, we need +only to say that, in contrast with the traditional theory, anything +which intelligence studies represents things in the part which they +play in the carrying forward of active lines of interest. Just as one +"studies" his typewriter as part of the operation of putting it to use +to effect results, so with any fact or truth. It becomes an object of +study--that is, of inquiry and reflection--when it figures as a factor +to be reckoned with in the completion of a course of events in which one +is engaged and by whose outcome one is affected. Numbers are not objects +of study just because they are numbers already constituting a branch of +learning called mathematics, but because they represent qualities and +relations of the world in which our action goes on, because they are +factors upon which the accomplishment of our purposes depends. Stated +thus broadly, the formula may appear abstract. Translated into details, +it means that the act of learning or studying is artificial and +ineffective in the degree in which pupils are merely presented with +a lesson to be learned. Study is effectual in the degree in which the +pupil realizes the place of the numerical truth he is dealing with +in carrying to fruition activities in which he is concerned. This +connection of an object and a topic with the promotion of an activity +having a purpose is the first and the last word of a genuine theory of +interest in education. + +3. Some Social Aspects of the Question. While the theoretical errors +of which we have been speaking have their expressions in the conduct of +schools, they are themselves the outcome of conditions of social life. +A change confined to the theoretical conviction of educators will not +remove the difficulties, though it should render more effective efforts +to modify social conditions. Men's fundamental attitudes toward the +world are fixed by the scope and qualities of the activities in which +they partake. The ideal of interest is exemplified in the artistic +attitude. Art is neither merely internal nor merely external; merely +mental nor merely physical. Like every mode of action, it brings about +changes in the world. The changes made by some actions (those which +by contrast may be called mechanical) are external; they are shifting +things about. No ideal reward, no enrichment of emotion and intellect, +accompanies them. Others contribute to the maintenance of life, and +to its external adornment and display. Many of our existing social +activities, industrial and political, fall in these two classes. Neither +the people who engage in them, nor those who are directly affected by +them, are capable of full and free interest in their work. Because of +the lack of any purpose in the work for the one doing it, or because +of the restricted character of its aim, intelligence is not adequately +engaged. The same conditions force many people back upon themselves. +They take refuge in an inner play of sentiment and fancies. They are +aesthetic but not artistic, since their feelings and ideas are +turned upon themselves, instead of being methods in acts which modify +conditions. Their mental life is sentimental; an enjoyment of an inner +landscape. Even the pursuit of science may become an asylum of refuge +from the hard conditions of life--not a temporary retreat for the sake +of recuperation and clarification in future dealings with the world. The +very word art may become associated not with specific transformation of +things, making them more significant for mind, but with stimulations +of eccentric fancy and with emotional indulgences. The separation and +mutual contempt of the "practical" man and the man of theory or culture, +the divorce of fine and industrial arts, are indications of this +situation. Thus interest and mind are either narrowed, or else made +perverse. Compare what was said in an earlier chapter about the +one-sided meanings which have come to attach to the ideas of efficiency +and of culture. + +This state of affairs must exist so far as society is organized on a +basis of division between laboring classes and leisure classes. The +intelligence of those who do things becomes hard in the unremitting +struggle with things; that of those freed from the discipline of +occupation becomes luxurious and effeminate. Moreover, the majority of +human beings still lack economic freedom. Their pursuits are fixed +by accident and necessity of circumstance; they are not the normal +expression of their own powers interacting with the needs and resources +of the environment. Our economic conditions still relegate many men to +a servile status. As a consequence, the intelligence of those in control +of the practical situation is not liberal. Instead of playing freely +upon the subjugation of the world for human ends, it is devoted to the +manipulation of other men for ends that are non-human in so far as they +are exclusive. + +This state of affairs explains many things in our historic educational +traditions. It throws light upon the clash of aims manifested in +different portions of the school system; the narrowly utilitarian +character of most elementary education, and the narrowly disciplinary +or cultural character of most higher education. It accounts for the +tendency to isolate intellectual matters till knowledge is scholastic, +academic, and professionally technical, and for the widespread +conviction that liberal education is opposed to the requirements of an +education which shall count in the vocations of life. But it also helps +define the peculiar problem of present education. The school cannot +immediately escape from the ideals set by prior social conditions. But +it should contribute through the type of intellectual and emotional +disposition which it forms to the improvement of those conditions. And +just here the true conceptions of interest and discipline are full +of significance. Persons whose interests have been enlarged and +intelligence trained by dealing with things and facts in active +occupations having a purpose (whether in play or work) will be those +most likely to escape the alternatives of an academic and aloof +knowledge and a hard, narrow, and merely "practical" practice. To +organize education so that natural active tendencies shall be fully +enlisted in doing something, while seeing to it that the doing +requires observation, the acquisition of information, and the use of +a constructive imagination, is what most needs to be done to improve +social conditions. To oscillate between drill exercises that strive to +attain efficiency in outward doing without the use of intelligence, and +an accumulation of knowledge that is supposed to be an ultimate end in +itself, means that education accepts the present social conditions as +final, and thereby takes upon itself the responsibility for perpetuating +them. A reorganization of education so that learning takes place +in connection with the intelligent carrying forward of purposeful +activities is a slow work. It can only be accomplished piecemeal, a +step at a time. But this is not a reason for nominally accepting one +educational philosophy and accommodating ourselves in practice to +another. It is a challenge to undertake the task of reorganization +courageously and to keep at it persistently. + +Summary. Interest and discipline are correlative aspects of activity +having an aim. Interest means that one is identified with the objects +which define the activity and which furnish the means and obstacles to +its realization. Any activity with an aim implies a distinction between +an earlier incomplete phase and later completing phase; it implies also +intermediate steps. To have an interest is to take things as entering +into such a continuously developing situation, instead of taking them +in isolation. The time difference between the given incomplete state of +affairs and the desired fulfillment exacts effort in transformation, it +demands continuity of attention and endurance. This attitude is what +is practically meant by will. Discipline or development of power of +continuous attention is its fruit. The significance of this doctrine for +the theory of education is twofold. On the one hand it protects us +from the notion that mind and mental states are something complete in +themselves, which then happen to be applied to some ready-made objects +and topics so that knowledge results. It shows that mind and intelligent +or purposeful engagement in a course of action into which things +enter are identical. Hence to develop and train mind is to provide an +environment which induces such activity. On the other side, it protects +us from the notion that subject matter on its side is something isolated +and independent. It shows that subject matter of learning is identical +with all the objects, ideas, and principles which enter as resources or +obstacles into the continuous intentional pursuit of a course of action. +The developing course of action, whose end and conditions are perceived, +is the unity which holds together what are often divided into an +independent mind on one side and an independent world of objects and +facts on the other. + + + + +Chapter Eleven: Experience and Thinking + +1. The Nature of Experience. The nature of experience can be understood +only by noting that it includes an active and a passive element +peculiarly combined. On the active hand, experience is trying--a meaning +which is made explicit in the connected term experiment. On the passive, +it is undergoing. When we experience something we act upon it, we do +something with it; then we suffer or undergo the consequences. We do +something to the thing and then it does something to us in return: +such is the peculiar combination. The connection of these two phases of +experience measures the fruitfulness or value of the experience. Mere +activity does not constitute experience. It is dispersive, centrifugal, +dissipating. Experience as trying involves change, but change is +meaningless transition unless it is consciously connected with the +return wave of consequences which flow from it. When an activity is +continued into the undergoing of consequences, when the change made +by action is reflected back into a change made in us, the mere flux is +loaded with significance. We learn something. It is not experience when +a child merely sticks his finger into a flame; it is experience when the +movement is connected with the pain which he undergoes in consequence. +Henceforth the sticking of the finger into flame means a burn. Being +burned is a mere physical change, like the burning of a stick of wood, +if it is not perceived as a consequence of some other action. Blind and +capricious impulses hurry us on heedlessly from one thing to another. So +far as this happens, everything is writ in water. There is none of that +cumulative growth which makes an experience in any vital sense of that +term. On the other hand, many things happen to us in the way of pleasure +and pain which we do not connect with any prior activity of our own. +They are mere accidents so far as we are concerned. There is no before +or after to such experience; no retrospect nor outlook, and consequently +no meaning. We get nothing which may be carried over to foresee what +is likely to happen next, and no gain in ability to adjust ourselves +to what is coming--no added control. Only by courtesy can such an +experience be called experience. To "learn from experience" is to make a +backward and forward connection between what we do to things and what we +enjoy or suffer from things in consequence. Under such conditions, doing +becomes a trying; an experiment with the world to find out what it is +like; the undergoing becomes instruction--discovery of the connection of +things. + +Two conclusions important for education follow. (1) Experience is +primarily an active-passive affair; it is not primarily cognitive. But +(2) the measure of the value of an experience lies in the perception +of relationships or continuities to which it leads up. It includes +cognition in the degree in which it is cumulative or amounts to +something, or has meaning. In schools, those under instruction are +too customarily looked upon as acquiring knowledge as theoretical +spectators, minds which appropriate knowledge by direct energy of +intellect. The very word pupil has almost come to mean one who is +engaged not in having fruitful experiences but in absorbing knowledge +directly. Something which is called mind or consciousness is severed +from the physical organs of activity. The former is then thought to be +purely intellectual and cognitive; the latter to be an irrelevant and +intruding physical factor. The intimate union of activity and undergoing +its consequences which leads to recognition of meaning is broken; +instead we have two fragments: mere bodily action on one side, and +meaning directly grasped by "spiritual" activity on the other. + +It would be impossible to state adequately the evil results which have +flowed from this dualism of mind and body, much less to exaggerate them. +Some of the more striking effects, may, however, be enumerated. (a) +In part bodily activity becomes an intruder. Having nothing, so it is +thought, to do with mental activity, it becomes a distraction, an evil +to be contended with. For the pupil has a body, and brings it to school +along with his mind. And the body is, of necessity, a wellspring of +energy; it has to do something. But its activities, not being utilized +in occupation with things which yield significant results, have to be +frowned upon. They lead the pupil away from the lesson with which his +"mind" ought to be occupied; they are sources of mischief. The chief +source of the "problem of discipline" in schools is that the teacher +has often to spend the larger part of the time in suppressing the bodily +activities which take the mind away from its material. A premium is put +on physical quietude; on silence, on rigid uniformity of posture and +movement; upon a machine-like simulation of the attitudes of intelligent +interest. The teachers' business is to hold the pupils up to these +requirements and to punish the inevitable deviations which occur. + +The nervous strain and fatigue which result with both teacher and pupil +are a necessary consequence of the abnormality of the situation in which +bodily activity is divorced from the perception of meaning. Callous +indifference and explosions from strain alternate. The neglected body, +having no organized fruitful channels of activity, breaks forth, without +knowing why or how, into meaningless boisterousness, or settles into +equally meaningless fooling--both very different from the normal play +of children. Physically active children become restless and unruly; the +more quiescent, so-called conscientious ones spend what energy they have +in the negative task of keeping their instincts and active tendencies +suppressed, instead of in a positive one of constructive planning +and execution; they are thus educated not into responsibility for the +significant and graceful use of bodily powers, but into an enforced duty +not to give them free play. It may be seriously asserted that a chief +cause for the remarkable achievements of Greek education was that it was +never misled by false notions into an attempted separation of mind and +body. + +(b) Even, however, with respect to the lessons which have to be learned +by the application of "mind," some bodily activities have to be used. +The senses--especially the eye and ear--have to be employed to take in +what the book, the map, the blackboard, and the teacher say. The lips +and vocal organs, and the hands, have to be used to reproduce in speech +and writing what has been stowed away. The senses are then regarded as +a kind of mysterious conduit through which information is conducted from +the external world into the mind; they are spoken of as gateways and +avenues of knowledge. To keep the eyes on the book and the ears open +to the teacher's words is a mysterious source of intellectual grace. +Moreover, reading, writing, and figuring--important school arts--demand +muscular or motor training. The muscles of eye, hand, and vocal organs +accordingly have to be trained to act as pipes for carrying knowledge +back out of the mind into external action. For it happens that using the +muscles repeatedly in the same way fixes in them an automatic tendency +to repeat. + +The obvious result is a mechanical use of the bodily activities which +(in spite of the generally obtrusive and interfering character of the +body in mental action) have to be employed more or less. For the +senses and muscles are used not as organic participants in having an +instructive experience, but as external inlets and outlets of mind. +Before the child goes to school, he learns with his hand, eye, and ear, +because they are organs of the process of doing something from which +meaning results. The boy flying a kite has to keep his eye on the kite, +and has to note the various pressures of the string on his hand. His +senses are avenues of knowledge not because external facts are somehow +"conveyed" to the brain, but because they are used in doing something +with a purpose. The qualities of seen and touched things have a bearing +on what is done, and are alertly perceived; they have a meaning. But +when pupils are expected to use their eyes to note the form of words, +irrespective of their meaning, in order to reproduce them in spelling or +reading, the resulting training is simply of isolated sense organs and +muscles. It is such isolation of an act from a purpose which makes it +mechanical. It is customary for teachers to urge children to read with +expression, so as to bring out the meaning. But if they originally +learned the sensory-motor technique of reading--the ability to identify +forms and to reproduce the sounds they stand for--by methods which did +not call for attention to meaning, a mechanical habit was established +which makes it difficult to read subsequently with intelligence. The +vocal organs have been trained to go their own way automatically in +isolation; and meaning cannot be tied on at will. Drawing, singing, and +writing may be taught in the same mechanical way; for, we repeat, any +way is mechanical which narrows down the bodily activity so that a +separation of body from mind--that is, from recognition of meaning--is +set up. Mathematics, even in its higher branches, when undue emphasis +is put upon the technique of calculation, and science, when laboratory +exercises are given for their own sake, suffer from the same evil. + +(c) On the intellectual side, the separation of "mind" from direct +occupation with things throws emphasis on things at the expense of +relations or connections. It is altogether too common to separate +perceptions and even ideas from judgments. The latter are thought to +come after the former in order to compare them. It is alleged that the +mind perceives things apart from relations; that it forms ideas of them +in isolation from their connections--with what goes before and comes +after. Then judgment or thought is called upon to combine the separated +items of "knowledge" so that their resemblance or causal connection +shall be brought out. As matter of fact, every perception and every idea +is a sense of the bearings, use, and cause, of a thing. We do not really +know a chair or have an idea of it by inventorying and enumerating its +various isolated qualities, but only by bringing these qualities into +connection with something else--the purpose which makes it a chair and +not a table; or its difference from the kind of chair we are accustomed +to, or the "period" which it represents, and so on. A wagon is not +perceived when all its parts are summed up; it is the characteristic +connection of the parts which makes it a wagon. And these connections +are not those of mere physical juxtaposition; they involve connection +with the animals that draw it, the things that are carried on it, and so +on. Judgment is employed in the perception; otherwise the perception is +mere sensory excitation or else a recognition of the result of a prior +judgment, as in the case of familiar objects. + +Words, the counters for ideals, are, however, easily taken for ideas. +And in just the degree in which mental activity is separated from active +concern with the world, from doing something and connecting the doing +with what is undergone, words, symbols, come to take the place of ideas. +The substitution is the more subtle because some meaning is recognized. +But we are very easily trained to be content with a minimum of meaning, +and to fail to note how restricted is our perception of the relations +which confer significance. We get so thoroughly used to a kind of +pseudo-idea, a half perception, that we are not aware how half-dead +our mental action is, and how much keener and more extensive our +observations and ideas would be if we formed them under conditions of +a vital experience which required us to use judgment: to hunt for the +connections of the thing dealt with. There is no difference of opinion +as to the theory of the matter. All authorities agree that that +discernment of relationships is the genuinely intellectual matter; +hence, the educative matter. The failure arises in supposing that +relationships can become perceptible without experience--without that +conjoint trying and undergoing of which we have spoken. It is assumed +that "mind" can grasp them if it will only give attention, and that this +attention may be given at will irrespective of the situation. Hence +the deluge of half-observations, of verbal ideas, and unassimilated +"knowledge" which afflicts the world. An ounce of experience is better +than a ton of theory simply because it is only in experience that any +theory has vital and verifiable significance. An experience, a very +humble experience, is capable of generating and carrying any amount of +theory (or intellectual content), but a theory apart from an experience +cannot be definitely grasped even as theory. It tends to become a mere +verbal formula, a set of catchwords used to render thinking, or genuine +theorizing, unnecessary and impossible. Because of our education we use +words, thinking they are ideas, to dispose of questions, the disposal +being in reality simply such an obscuring of perception as prevents us +from seeing any longer the difficulty. + +2. Reflection in Experience. Thought or reflection, as we have already +seen virtually if not explicitly, is the discernment of the relation +between what we try to do and what happens in consequence. No experience +having a meaning is possible without some element of thought. But we +may contrast two types of experience according to the proportion of +reflection found in them. All our experiences have a phase of "cut and +try" in them--what psychologists call the method of trial and error. We +simply do something, and when it fails, we do something else, and keep +on trying till we hit upon something which works, and then we adopt +that method as a rule of thumb measure in subsequent procedure. Some +experiences have very little else in them than this hit and miss or +succeed process. We see that a certain way of acting and a certain +consequence are connected, but we do not see how they are. We do not see +the details of the connection; the links are missing. Our discernment is +very gross. In other cases we push our observation farther. We analyze +to see just what lies between so as to bind together cause and effect, +activity and consequence. This extension of our insight makes foresight +more accurate and comprehensive. The action which rests simply upon the +trial and error method is at the mercy of circumstances; they may change +so that the act performed does not operate in the way it was expected +to. But if we know in detail upon what the result depends, we can look +to see whether the required conditions are there. The method extends our +practical control. For if some of the conditions are missing, we may, +if we know what the needed antecedents for an effect are, set to work to +supply them; or, if they are such as to produce undesirable effects +as well, we may eliminate some of the superfluous causes and economize +effort. + +In discovery of the detailed connections of our activities and what +happens in consequence, the thought implied in cut and try experience is +made explicit. Its quantity increases so that its proportionate value is +very different. Hence the quality of the experience changes; the +change is so significant that we may call this type of experience +reflective--that is, reflective par excellence. The deliberate +cultivation of this phase of thought constitutes thinking as a +distinctive experience. Thinking, in other words, is the intentional +endeavor to discover specific connections between something which we do +and the consequences which result, so that the two become continuous. +Their isolation, and consequently their purely arbitrary going together, +is canceled; a unified developing situation takes its place. The +occurrence is now understood; it is explained; it is reasonable, as we +say, that the thing should happen as it does. + +Thinking is thus equivalent to an explicit rendering of the intelligent +element in our experience. It makes it possible to act with an end +in view. It is the condition of our having aims. As soon as an infant +begins to expect he begins to use something which is now going on as +a sign of something to follow; he is, in however simple a fashion, +judging. For he takes one thing as evidence of something else, and so +recognizes a relationship. Any future development, however elaborate +it may be, is only an extending and a refining of this simple act of +inference. All that the wisest man can do is to observe what is going on +more widely and more minutely and then select more carefully from what +is noted just those factors which point to something to happen. The +opposites, once more, to thoughtful action are routine and capricious +behavior. The former accepts what has been customary as a full measure +of possibility and omits to take into account the connections of the +particular things done. The latter makes the momentary act a measure +of value, and ignores the connections of our personal action with the +energies of the environment. It says, virtually, "things are to be just +as I happen to like them at this instant," as routine says in effect +"let things continue just as I have found them in the past." Both refuse +to acknowledge responsibility for the future consequences which +flow from present action. Reflection is the acceptance of such +responsibility. + +The starting point of any process of thinking is something going on, +something which just as it stands is incomplete or unfulfilled. Its +point, its meaning lies literally in what it is going to be, in how it +is going to turn out. As this is written, the world is filled with the +clang of contending armies. For an active participant in the war, it is +clear that the momentous thing is the issue, the future consequences, of +this and that happening. He is identified, for the time at least, with +the issue; his fate hangs upon the course things are taking. But even +for an onlooker in a neutral country, the significance of every move +made, of every advance here and retreat there, lies in what it portends. +To think upon the news as it comes to us is to attempt to see what is +indicated as probable or possible regarding an outcome. To fill our +heads, like a scrapbook, with this and that item as a finished and +done-for thing, is not to think. It is to turn ourselves into a piece +of registering apparatus. To consider the bearing of the occurrence +upon what may be, but is not yet, is to think. Nor will the reflective +experience be different in kind if we substitute distance in time for +separation in space. Imagine the war done with, and a future historian +giving an account of it. The episode is, by assumption, past. But he +cannot give a thoughtful account of the war save as he preserves the +time sequence; the meaning of each occurrence, as he deals with it, lies +in what was future for it, though not for the historian. To take it by +itself as a complete existence is to take it unreflectively. +Reflection also implies concern with the issue--a certain sympathetic +identification of our own destiny, if only dramatic, with the outcome of +the course of events. For the general in the war, or a common soldier, +or a citizen of one of the contending nations, the stimulus to thinking +is direct and urgent. For neutrals, it is indirect and dependent upon +imagination. But the flagrant partisanship of human nature is evidence +of the intensity of the tendency to identify ourselves with one possible +course of events, and to reject the other as foreign. If we cannot take +sides in overt action, and throw in our little weight to help determine +the final balance, we take sides emotionally and imaginatively. We +desire this or that outcome. One wholly indifferent to the outcome does +not follow or think about what is happening at all. From this dependence +of the act of thinking upon a sense of sharing in the consequences +of what goes on, flows one of the chief paradoxes of thought. Born in +partiality, in order to accomplish its tasks it must achieve a certain +detached impartiality. The general who allows his hopes and desires to +affect his observations and interpretations of the existing situation +will surely make a mistake in calculation. While hopes and fears may be +the chief motive for a thoughtful following of the war on the part of +an onlooker in a neutral country, he too will think ineffectively in the +degree in which his preferences modify the stuff of his observations and +reasonings. There is, however, no incompatibility between the fact that +the occasion of reflection lies in a personal sharing in what is going +on and the fact that the value of the reflection lies upon keeping one's +self out of the data. The almost insurmountable difficulty of achieving +this detachment is evidence that thinking originates in situations where +the course of thinking is an actual part of the course of events and is +designed to influence the result. Only gradually and with a widening of +the area of vision through a growth of social sympathies does thinking +develop to include what lies beyond our direct interests: a fact of +great significance for education. + +To say that thinking occurs with reference to situations which are still +going on, and incomplete, is to say that thinking occurs when things are +uncertain or doubtful or problematic. Only what is finished, completed, +is wholly assured. Where there is reflection there is suspense. The +object of thinking is to help reach a conclusion, to project a possible +termination on the basis of what is already given. Certain other facts +about thinking accompany this feature. Since the situation in which +thinking occurs is a doubtful one, thinking is a process of inquiry, of +looking into things, of investigating. Acquiring is always secondary, +and instrumental to the act of inquiring. It is seeking, a quest, +for something that is not at hand. We sometimes talk as if "original +research" were a peculiar prerogative of scientists or at least of +advanced students. But all thinking is research, and all research is +native, original, with him who carries it on, even if everybody else in +the world already is sure of what he is still looking for. + +It also follows that all thinking involves a risk. Certainty cannot be +guaranteed in advance. The invasion of the unknown is of the nature of +an adventure; we cannot be sure in advance. The conclusions of thinking, +till confirmed by the event, are, accordingly, more or less tentative or +hypothetical. Their dogmatic assertion as final is unwarranted, short of +the issue, in fact. The Greeks acutely raised the question: How can we +learn? For either we know already what we are after, or else we do not +know. In neither case is learning possible; on the first alternative +because we know already; on the second, because we do not know what to +look for, nor if, by chance, we find it can we tell that it is what +we were after. The dilemma makes no provision for coming to know, for +learning; it assumes either complete knowledge or complete ignorance. +Nevertheless the twilight zone of inquiry, of thinking, exists. The +possibility of hypothetical conclusions, of tentative results, is +the fact which the Greek dilemma overlooked. The perplexities of the +situation suggest certain ways out. We try these ways, and either push +our way out, in which case we know we have found what we were looking +for, or the situation gets darker and more confused--in which case, we +know we are still ignorant. Tentative means trying out, feeling one's +way along provisionally. Taken by itself, the Greek argument is a nice +piece of formal logic. But it is also true that as long as men kept a +sharp disjunction between knowledge and ignorance, science made only +slow and accidental advance. Systematic advance in invention and +discovery began when men recognized that they could utilize doubt for +purposes of inquiry by forming conjectures to guide action in tentative +explorations, whose development would confirm, refute, or modify the +guiding conjecture. While the Greeks made knowledge more than learning, +modern science makes conserved knowledge only a means to learning, to +discovery. To recur to our illustration. A commanding general cannot +base his actions upon either absolute certainty or absolute ignorance. +He has a certain amount of information at hand which is, we will assume, +reasonably trustworthy. He then infers certain prospective movements, +thus assigning meaning to the bare facts of the given situation. His +inference is more or less dubious and hypothetical. But he acts upon it. +He develops a plan of procedure, a method of dealing with the situation. +The consequences which directly follow from his acting this way rather +than that test and reveal the worth of his reflections. What he already +knows functions and has value in what he learns. But will this account +apply in the case of the one in a neutral country who is thoughtfully +following as best he can the progress of events? In form, yes, though +not of course in content. It is self-evident that his guesses about +the future indicated by present facts, guesses by which he attempts to +supply meaning to a multitude of disconnected data, cannot be the basis +of a method which shall take effect in the campaign. That is not his +problem. But in the degree in which he is actively thinking, and +not merely passively following the course of events, his tentative +inferences will take effect in a method of procedure appropriate to his +situation. He will anticipate certain future moves, and will be on the +alert to see whether they happen or not. In the degree in which he is +intellectually concerned, or thoughtful, he will be actively on the +lookout; he will take steps which although they do not affect the +campaign, modify in some degree his subsequent actions. Otherwise his +later "I told you so" has no intellectual quality at all; it does +not mark any testing or verification of prior thinking, but only a +coincidence that yields emotional satisfaction--and includes a +large factor of self-deception. The case is comparable to that of an +astronomer who from given data has been led to foresee (infer) a future +eclipse. No matter how great the mathematical probability, the inference +is hypothetical--a matter of probability. 1 The hypothesis as to the +date and position of the anticipated eclipse becomes the material of +forming a method of future conduct. Apparatus is arranged; possibly +an expedition is made to some far part of the globe. In any case, some +active steps are taken which actually change some physical conditions. +And apart from such steps and the consequent modification of the +situation, there is no completion of the act of thinking. It remains +suspended. Knowledge, already attained knowledge, controls thinking and +makes it fruitful. + +So much for the general features of a reflective experience. They are +(i) perplexity, confusion, doubt, due to the fact that one is implicated +in an incomplete situation whose full character is not yet determined; +(ii) a conjectural anticipation--a tentative interpretation of the given +elements, attributing to them a tendency to effect certain consequences; +(iii) a careful survey (examination, inspection, exploration, analysis) +of all attainable consideration which will define and clarify the +problem in hand; (iv) a consequent elaboration of the tentative +hypothesis to make it more precise and more consistent, because squaring +with a wider range of facts; (v) taking one stand upon the projected +hypothesis as a plan of action which is applied to the existing state of +affairs: doing something overtly to bring about the anticipated result, +and thereby testing the hypothesis. It is the extent and accuracy of +steps three and four which mark off a distinctive reflective experience +from one on the trial and error plane. They make thinking itself into an +experience. Nevertheless, we never get wholly beyond the trial and error +situation. Our most elaborate and rationally consistent thought has to +be tried in the world and thereby tried out. And since it can never +take into account all the connections, it can never cover with perfect +accuracy all the consequences. Yet a thoughtful survey of conditions is +so careful, and the guessing at results so controlled, that we have a +right to mark off the reflective experience from the grosser trial and +error forms of action. + +Summary. In determining the place of thinking in experience we first +noted that experience involves a connection of doing or trying with +something which is undergone in consequence. A separation of the active +doing phase from the passive undergoing phase destroys the vital meaning +of an experience. Thinking is the accurate and deliberate instituting of +connections between what is done and its consequences. It notes not only +that they are connected, but the details of the connection. It makes +connecting links explicit in the form of relationships. The stimulus +to thinking is found when we wish to determine the significance of some +act, performed or to be performed. Then we anticipate consequences. This +implies that the situation as it stands is, either in fact or to us, +incomplete and hence indeterminate. The projection of consequences means +a proposed or tentative solution. To perfect this hypothesis, existing +conditions have to be carefully scrutinized and the implications of the +hypothesis developed--an operation called reasoning. Then the suggested +solution--the idea or theory--has to be tested by acting upon it. If it +brings about certain consequences, certain determinate changes, in the +world, it is accepted as valid. Otherwise it is modified, and another +trial made. Thinking includes all of these steps,--the sense of a +problem, the observation of conditions, the formation and rational +elaboration of a suggested conclusion, and the active experimental +testing. While all thinking results in knowledge, ultimately the value +of knowledge is subordinate to its use in thinking. For we live not in a +settled and finished world, but in one which is going on, and where our +main task is prospective, and where retrospect--and all knowledge +as distinct from thought is retrospect--is of value in the solidity, +security, and fertility it affords our dealings with the future. + +1 It is most important for the practice of science that men in many +cases can calculate the degree of probability and the amount of probable +error involved, but that does alter the features of the situation as +described. It refines them. + + + + +Chapter Twelve: Thinking in Education + +1. The Essentials of Method. No one doubts, theoretically, the +importance of fostering in school good habits of thinking. But apart +from the fact that the acknowledgment is not so great in practice as in +theory, there is not adequate theoretical recognition that all which the +school can or need do for pupils, so far as their minds are concerned +(that is, leaving out certain specialized muscular abilities), is to +develop their ability to think. The parceling out of instruction +among various ends such as acquisition of skill (in reading, spelling, +writing, drawing, reciting); acquiring information (in history and +geography), and training of thinking is a measure of the ineffective way +in which we accomplish all three. Thinking which is not connected with +increase of efficiency in action, and with learning more about ourselves +and the world in which we live, has something the matter with it just +as thought (See ante, p. 147). And skill obtained apart from thinking is +not connected with any sense of the purposes for which it is to be used. +It consequently leaves a man at the mercy of his routine habits and of +the authoritative control of others, who know what they are about and +who are not especially scrupulous as to their means of achievement. +And information severed from thoughtful action is dead, a mind-crushing +load. Since it simulates knowledge and thereby develops the poison of +conceit, it is a most powerful obstacle to further growth in the grace +of intelligence. The sole direct path to enduring improvement in the +methods of instruction and learning consists in centering upon the +conditions which exact, promote, and test thinking. Thinking is the +method of intelligent learning, of learning that employs and rewards +mind. We speak, legitimately enough, about the method of thinking, but +the important thing to bear in mind about method is that thinking is +method, the method of intelligent experience in the course which it +takes. + +I. The initial stage of that developing experience which is called +thinking is experience. This remark may sound like a silly truism. It +ought to be one; but unfortunately it is not. On the contrary, thinking +is often regarded both in philosophic theory and in educational practice +as something cut off from experience, and capable of being cultivated +in isolation. In fact, the inherent limitations of experience are often +urged as the sufficient ground for attention to thinking. Experience +is then thought to be confined to the senses and appetites; to a mere +material world, while thinking proceeds from a higher faculty (of +reason), and is occupied with spiritual or at least literary things. So, +oftentimes, a sharp distinction is made between pure mathematics as a +peculiarly fit subject matter of thought (since it has nothing to do +with physical existences) and applied mathematics, which has utilitarian +but not mental value. + +Speaking generally, the fundamental fallacy in methods of instruction +lies in supposing that experience on the part of pupils may be assumed. +What is here insisted upon is the necessity of an actual empirical +situation as the initiating phase of thought. Experience is here taken +as previously defined: trying to do something and having the thing +perceptibly do something to one in return. The fallacy consists +in supposing that we can begin with ready-made subject matter of +arithmetic, or geography, or whatever, irrespective of some direct +personal experience of a situation. Even the kindergarten and Montessori +techniques are so anxious to get at intellectual distinctions, without +"waste of time," that they tend to ignore--or reduce--the immediate +crude handling of the familiar material of experience, and to introduce +pupils at once to material which expresses the intellectual distinctions +which adults have made. But the first stage of contact with any new +material, at whatever age of maturity, must inevitably be of the trial +and error sort. An individual must actually try, in play or work, to do +something with material in carrying out his own impulsive activity, +and then note the interaction of his energy and that of the material +employed. This is what happens when a child at first begins to build +with blocks, and it is equally what happens when a scientific man in his +laboratory begins to experiment with unfamiliar objects. + +Hence the first approach to any subject in school, if thought is to be +aroused and not words acquired, should be as unscholastic as possible. +To realize what an experience, or empirical situation, means, we have +to call to mind the sort of situation that presents itself outside of +school; the sort of occupations that interest and engage activity in +ordinary life. And careful inspection of methods which are permanently +successful in formal education, whether in arithmetic or learning to +read, or studying geography, or learning physics or a foreign language, +will reveal that they depend for their efficiency upon the fact that +they go back to the type of the situation which causes reflection out +of school in ordinary life. They give the pupils something to do, not +something to learn; and the doing is of such a nature as to demand +thinking, or the intentional noting of connections; learning naturally +results. + +That the situation should be of such a nature as to arouse thinking +means of course that it should suggest something to do which is not +either routine or capricious--something, in other words, presenting +what is new (and hence uncertain or problematic) and yet sufficiently +connected with existing habits to call out an effective response. An +effective response means one which accomplishes a perceptible result, +in distinction from a purely haphazard activity, where the consequences +cannot be mentally connected with what is done. The most significant +question which can be asked, accordingly, about any situation or +experience proposed to induce learning is what quality of problem it +involves. + +At first thought, it might seem as if usual school methods measured +well up to the standard here set. The giving of problems, the putting of +questions, the assigning of tasks, the magnifying of difficulties, is +a large part of school work. But it is indispensable to discriminate +between genuine and simulated or mock problems. The following questions +may aid in making such discrimination. (a) Is there anything but +a problem? Does the question naturally suggest itself within some +situation or personal experience? Or is it an aloof thing, a problem +only for the purposes of conveying instruction in some school topic? +Is it the sort of trying that would arouse observation and engage +experimentation outside of school? (b) Is it the pupil's own problem, or +is it the teacher's or textbook's problem, made a problem for the pupil +only because he cannot get the required mark or be promoted or win +the teacher's approval, unless he deals with it? Obviously, these two +questions overlap. They are two ways of getting at the same point: +Is the experience a personal thing of such a nature as inherently to +stimulate and direct observation of the connections involved, and to +lead to inference and its testing? Or is it imposed from without, and +is the pupil's problem simply to meet the external requirement? Such +questions may give us pause in deciding upon the extent to which +current practices are adapted to develop reflective habits. The physical +equipment and arrangements of the average schoolroom are hostile to the +existence of real situations of experience. What is there similar to +the conditions of everyday life which will generate difficulties? Almost +everything testifies to the great premium put upon listening, reading, +and the reproduction of what is told and read. It is hardly possible +to overstate the contrast between such conditions and the situations of +active contact with things and persons in the home, on the playground, +in fulfilling of ordinary responsibilities of life. Much of it is not +even comparable with the questions which may arise in the mind of a boy +or girl in conversing with others or in reading books outside of the +school. No one has ever explained why children are so full of questions +outside of the school (so that they pester grown-up persons if they get +any encouragement), and the conspicuous absence of display of curiosity +about the subject matter of school lessons. Reflection on this striking +contrast will throw light upon the question of how far customary school +conditions supply a context of experience in which problems naturally +suggest themselves. No amount of improvement in the personal technique +of the instructor will wholly remedy this state of things. There must +be more actual material, more stuff, more appliances, and more +opportunities for doing things, before the gap can be overcome. And +where children are engaged in doing things and in discussing what arises +in the course of their doing, it is found, even with comparatively +indifferent modes of instruction, that children's inquiries are +spontaneous and numerous, and the proposals of solution advanced, +varied, and ingenious. + +As a consequence of the absence of the materials and occupations which +generate real problems, the pupil's problems are not his; or, rather, +they are his only as a pupil, not as a human being. Hence the lamentable +waste in carrying over such expertness as is achieved in dealing +with them to the affairs of life beyond the schoolroom. A pupil has a +problem, but it is the problem of meeting the peculiar requirements set +by the teacher. His problem becomes that of finding out what the teacher +wants, what will satisfy the teacher in recitation and examination and +outward deportment. Relationship to subject matter is no longer direct. +The occasions and material of thought are not found in the arithmetic +or the history or geography itself, but in skillfully adapting +that material to the teacher's requirements. The pupil studies, but +unconsciously to himself the objects of his study are the conventions +and standards of the school system and school authority, not the nominal +"studies." The thinking thus evoked is artificially one-sided at the +best. At its worst, the problem of the pupil is not how to meet the +requirements of school life, but how to seem to meet them--or, how to +come near enough to meeting them to slide along without an undue amount +of friction. The type of judgment formed by these devices is not a +desirable addition to character. If these statements give too highly +colored a picture of usual school methods, the exaggeration may at least +serve to illustrate the point: the need of active pursuits, involving +the use of material to accomplish purposes, if there are to be +situations which normally generate problems occasioning thoughtful +inquiry. + +II. There must be data at command to supply the considerations required +in dealing with the specific difficulty which has presented itself. +Teachers following a "developing" method sometimes tell children to +think things out for themselves as if they could spin them out of their +own heads. The material of thinking is not thoughts, but actions, +facts, events, and the relations of things. In other words, to think +effectively one must have had, or now have, experiences which will +furnish him resources for coping with the difficulty at hand. A +difficulty is an indispensable stimulus to thinking, but not all +difficulties call out thinking. Sometimes they overwhelm and submerge +and discourage. The perplexing situation must be sufficiently like +situations which have already been dealt with so that pupils will have +some control of the meanings of handling it. A large part of the art of +instruction lies in making the difficulty of new problems large enough +to challenge thought, and small enough so that, in addition to the +confusion naturally attending the novel elements, there shall be +luminous familiar spots from which helpful suggestions may spring. + +In one sense, it is a matter of indifference by what psychological means +the subject matter for reflection is provided. Memory, observation, +reading, communication, are all avenues for supplying data. The relative +proportion to be obtained from each is a matter of the specific +features of the particular problem in hand. It is foolish to insist +upon observation of objects presented to the senses if the student is +so familiar with the objects that he could just as well recall the facts +independently. It is possible to induce undue and crippling dependence +upon sense-presentations. No one can carry around with him a museum of +all the things whose properties will assist the conduct of thought. A +well-trained mind is one that has a maximum of resources behind it, so +to speak, and that is accustomed to go over its past experiences to +see what they yield. On the other hand, a quality or relation of even +a familiar object may previously have been passed over, and be just the +fact that is helpful in dealing with the question. In this case direct +observation is called for. The same principle applies to the use to +be made of observation on one hand and of reading and "telling" on the +other. Direct observation is naturally more vivid and vital. But it has +its limitations; and in any case it is a necessary part of education +that one should acquire the ability to supplement the narrowness of his +immediately personal experiences by utilizing the experiences of others. +Excessive reliance upon others for data (whether got from reading +or listening) is to be depreciated. Most objectionable of all is the +probability that others, the book or the teacher, will supply solutions +ready-made, instead of giving material that the student has to adapt and +apply to the question in hand for himself. + +There is no inconsistency in saying that in schools there is usually +both too much and too little information supplied by others. The +accumulation and acquisition of information for purposes of reproduction +in recitation and examination is made too much of. "Knowledge," in +the sense of information, means the working capital, the indispensable +resources, of further inquiry; of finding out, or learning, more things. +Frequently it is treated as an end itself, and then the goal becomes +to heap it up and display it when called for. This static, cold-storage +ideal of knowledge is inimical to educative development. It not only +lets occasions for thinking go unused, but it swamps thinking. No one +could construct a house on ground cluttered with miscellaneous junk. +Pupils who have stored their "minds" with all kinds of material which +they have never put to intellectual uses are sure to be hampered +when they try to think. They have no practice in selecting what is +appropriate, and no criterion to go by; everything is on the same dead +static level. On the other hand, it is quite open to question whether, +if information actually functioned in experience through use in +application to the student's own purposes, there would not be need of +more varied resources in books, pictures, and talks than are usually at +command. + +III. The correlate in thinking of facts, data, knowledge already +acquired, is suggestions, inferences, conjectured meanings, +suppositions, tentative explanations:--ideas, in short. Careful +observation and recollection determine what is given, what is already +there, and hence assured. They cannot furnish what is lacking. They +define, clarify, and locate the question; they cannot supply its answer. +Projection, invention, ingenuity, devising come in for that purpose. The +data arouse suggestions, and only by reference to the specific data can +we pass upon the appropriateness of the suggestions. But the suggestions +run beyond what is, as yet, actually given in experience. They forecast +possible results, things to do, not facts (things already done). +Inference is always an invasion of the unknown, a leap from the known. + +In this sense, a thought (what a thing suggests but is not as it is +presented) is creative,--an incursion into the novel. It involves some +inventiveness. What is suggested must, indeed, be familiar in some +context; the novelty, the inventive devising, clings to the new light +in which it is seen, the different use to which it is put. When Newton +thought of his theory of gravitation, the creative aspect of his +thought was not found in its materials. They were familiar; many of +them commonplaces--sun, moon, planets, weight, distance, mass, square of +numbers. These were not original ideas; they were established facts. His +originality lay in the use to which these familiar acquaintances were +put by introduction into an unfamiliar context. The same is true of +every striking scientific discovery, every great invention, every +admirable artistic production. Only silly folk identify creative +originality with the extraordinary and fanciful; others recognize +that its measure lies in putting everyday things to uses which had not +occurred to others. The operation is novel, not the materials out of +which it is constructed. + +The educational conclusion which follows is that all thinking is +original in a projection of considerations which have not been +previously apprehended. The child of three who discovers what can be +done with blocks, or of six who finds out what he can make by putting +five cents and five cents together, is really a discoverer, even though +everybody else in the world knows it. There is a genuine increment of +experience; not another item mechanically added on, but enrichment by a +new quality. The charm which the spontaneity of little children has +for sympathetic observers is due to perception of this intellectual +originality. The joy which children themselves experience is the joy of +intellectual constructiveness--of creativeness, if the word may be used +without misunderstanding. The educational moral I am chiefly concerned +to draw is not, however, that teachers would find their own work less of +a grind and strain if school conditions favored learning in the sense +of discovery and not in that of storing away what others pour into +them; nor that it would be possible to give even children and youth the +delights of personal intellectual productiveness--true and important +as are these things. It is that no thought, no idea, can possibly be +conveyed as an idea from one person to another. When it is told, it +is, to the one to whom it is told, another given fact, not an idea. The +communication may stimulate the other person to realize the question for +himself and to think out a like idea, or it may smother his intellectual +interest and suppress his dawning effort at thought. But what he +directly gets cannot be an idea. Only by wrestling with the conditions +of the problem at first hand, seeking and finding his own way out, does +he think. When the parent or teacher has provided the conditions which +stimulate thinking and has taken a sympathetic attitude toward the +activities of the learner by entering into a common or conjoint +experience, all has been done which a second party can do to instigate +learning. The rest lies with the one directly concerned. If he +cannot devise his own solution (not of course in isolation, but in +correspondence with the teacher and other pupils) and find his own way +out he will not learn, not even if he can recite some correct answer +with one hundred per cent accuracy. We can and do supply ready-made +"ideas" by the thousand; we do not usually take much pains to see +that the one learning engages in significant situations where his own +activities generate, support, and clinch ideas--that is, perceived +meanings or connections. This does not mean that the teacher is to stand +off and look on; the alternative to furnishing ready-made subject +matter and listening to the accuracy with which it is reproduced is not +quiescence, but participation, sharing, in an activity. In such shared +activity, the teacher is a learner, and the learner is, without knowing +it, a teacher--and upon the whole, the less consciousness there is, on +either side, of either giving or receiving instruction, the better. +IV. Ideas, as we have seen, whether they be humble guesses or +dignified theories, are anticipations of possible solutions. They are +anticipations of some continuity or connection of an activity and a +consequence which has not as yet shown itself. They are therefore tested +by the operation of acting upon them. They are to guide and organize +further observations, recollections, and experiments. They are +intermediate in learning, not final. All educational reformers, as we +have had occasion to remark, are given to attacking the passivity of +traditional education. They have opposed pouring in from without, and +absorbing like a sponge; they have attacked drilling in material as into +hard and resisting rock. But it is not easy to secure conditions which +will make the getting of an idea identical with having an experience +which widens and makes more precise our contact with the environment. +Activity, even self-activity, is too easily thought of as something +merely mental, cooped up within the head, or finding expression only +through the vocal organs. + +While the need of application of ideas gained in study is acknowledged +by all the more successful methods of instruction, the exercises in +application are sometimes treated as devices for fixing what has +already been learned and for getting greater practical skill in its +manipulation. These results are genuine and not to be despised. But +practice in applying what has been gained in study ought primarily to +have an intellectual quality. As we have already seen, thoughts just +as thoughts are incomplete. At best they are tentative; they are +suggestions, indications. They are standpoints and methods for dealing +with situations of experience. Till they are applied in these situations +they lack full point and reality. Only application tests them, and only +testing confers full meaning and a sense of their reality. Short of use +made of them, they tend to segregate into a peculiar world of their +own. It may be seriously questioned whether the philosophies (to which +reference has been made in section 2 of chapter X) which isolate mind +and set it over against the world did not have their origin in the fact +that the reflective or theoretical class of men elaborated a large stock +of ideas which social conditions did not allow them to act upon and +test. Consequently men were thrown back into their own thoughts as ends +in themselves. + +However this may be, there can be no doubt that a peculiar artificiality +attaches to much of what is learned in schools. It can hardly be said +that many students consciously think of the subject matter as unreal; +but it assuredly does not possess for them the kind of reality which the +subject matter of their vital experiences possesses. They learn not to +expect that sort of reality of it; they become habituated to treating +it as having reality for the purposes of recitations, lessons, and +examinations. That it should remain inert for the experiences of daily +life is more or less a matter of course. The bad effects are twofold. +Ordinary experience does not receive the enrichment which it should; +it is not fertilized by school learning. And the attitudes which spring +from getting used to and accepting half-understood and ill-digested +material weaken vigor and efficiency of thought. + +If we have dwelt especially on the negative side, it is for the sake +of suggesting positive measures adapted to the effectual development +of thought. Where schools are equipped with laboratories, shops, +and gardens, where dramatizations, plays, and games are freely used, +opportunities exist for reproducing situations of life, and for +acquiring and applying information and ideas in the carrying forward of +progressive experiences. Ideas are not segregated, they do not form an +isolated island. They animate and enrich the ordinary course of life. +Information is vitalized by its function; by the place it occupies in +direction of action. The phrase "opportunities exist" is used purposely. +They may not be taken advantage of; it is possible to employ manual +and constructive activities in a physical way, as means of getting just +bodily skill; or they may be used almost exclusively for "utilitarian," +i.e., pecuniary, ends. But the disposition on the part of upholders of +"cultural" education to assume that such activities are merely physical +or professional in quality, is itself a product of the philosophies +which isolate mind from direction of the course of experience and hence +from action upon and with things. When the "mental" is regarded as +a self-contained separate realm, a counterpart fate befalls bodily +activity and movements. They are regarded as at the best mere external +annexes to mind. They may be necessary for the satisfaction of bodily +needs and the attainment of external decency and comfort, but they do +not occupy a necessary place in mind nor enact an indispensable role +in the completion of thought. Hence they have no place in a liberal +education--i.e., one which is concerned with the interests of +intelligence. If they come in at all, it is as a concession to the +material needs of the masses. That they should be allowed to invade +the education of the elite is unspeakable. This conclusion follows +irresistibly from the isolated conception of mind, but by the same +logic it disappears when we perceive what mind really is--namely, the +purposive and directive factor in the development of experience. While +it is desirable that all educational institutions should be equipped so +as to give students an opportunity for acquiring and testing ideas and +information in active pursuits typifying important social situations, it +will, doubtless, be a long time before all of them are thus furnished. +But this state of affairs does not afford instructors an excuse for +folding their hands and persisting in methods which segregate school +knowledge. Every recitation in every subject gives an opportunity for +establishing cross connections between the subject matter of the lesson +and the wider and more direct experiences of everyday life. Classroom +instruction falls into three kinds. The least desirable treats each +lesson as an independent whole. It does not put upon the student the +responsibility of finding points of contact between it and other lessons +in the same subject, or other subjects of study. Wiser teachers see to +it that the student is systematically led to utilize his earlier lessons +to help understand the present one, and also to use the present to +throw additional light upon what has already been acquired. Results are +better, but school subject matter is still isolated. Save by accident, +out-of-school experience is left in its crude and comparatively +irreflective state. It is not subject to the refining and expanding +influences of the more accurate and comprehensive material of direct +instruction. The latter is not motivated and impregnated with a sense of +reality by being intermingled with the realities of everyday life. The +best type of teaching bears in mind the desirability of affecting this +interconnection. It puts the student in the habitual attitude of finding +points of contact and mutual bearings. + +Summary. Processes of instruction are unified in the degree in which +they center in the production of good habits of thinking. While we may +speak, without error, of the method of thought, the important thing is +that thinking is the method of an educative experience. The essentials +of method are therefore identical with the essentials of reflection. +They are first that the pupil have a genuine situation of +experience--that there be a continuous activity in which he is +interested for its own sake; secondly, that a genuine problem develop +within this situation as a stimulus to thought; third, that he possess +the information and make the observations needed to deal with it; +fourth, that suggested solutions occur to him which he shall be +responsible for developing in an orderly way; fifth, that he have +opportunity and occasion to test his ideas by application, to make their +meaning clear and to discover for himself their validity. + + + + +Chapter Thirteen: The Nature of Method + +1. The Unity of Subject Matter and Method. + +The trinity of school topics is subject matter, methods, and +administration or government. We have been concerned with the two former +in recent chapters. It remains to disentangle them from the context in +which they have been referred to, and discuss explicitly their nature. +We shall begin with the topic of method, since that lies closest to the +considerations of the last chapter. Before taking it up, it may be well, +however, to call express attention to one implication of our theory; the +connection of subject matter and method with each other. The idea +that mind and the world of things and persons are two separate +and independent realms--a theory which philosophically is known as +dualism--carries with it the conclusion that method and subject matter +of instruction are separate affairs. Subject matter then becomes a +ready-made systematized classification of the facts and principles +of the world of nature and man. Method then has for its province a +consideration of the ways in which this antecedent subject matter may +be best presented to and impressed upon the mind; or, a consideration +of the ways in which the mind may be externally brought to bear upon the +matter so as to facilitate its acquisition and possession. In theory, at +least, one might deduce from a science of the mind as something existing +by itself a complete theory of methods of learning, with no knowledge of +the subjects to which the methods are to be applied. Since many who +are actually most proficient in various branches of subject matter +are wholly innocent of these methods, this state of affairs gives +opportunity for the retort that pedagogy, as an alleged science +of methods of the mind in learning, is futile;--a mere screen for +concealing the necessity a teacher is under of profound and accurate +acquaintance with the subject in hand. + +But since thinking is a directed movement of subject matter to a +completing issue, and since mind is the deliberate and intentional phase +of the process, the notion of any such split is radically false. The +fact that the material of a science is organized is evidence that it has +already been subjected to intelligence; it has been methodized, so +to say. Zoology as a systematic branch of knowledge represents crude, +scattered facts of our ordinary acquaintance with animals after +they have been subjected to careful examination, to deliberate +supplementation, and to arrangement to bring out connections which +assist observation, memory, and further inquiry. Instead of furnishing a +starting point for learning, they mark out a consummation. Method means +that arrangement of subject matter which makes it most effective in use. +Never is method something outside of the material. + +How about method from the standpoint of an individual who is dealing +with subject matter? Again, it is not something external. It is simply +an effective treatment of material--efficiency meaning such treatment as +utilizes the material (puts it to a purpose) with a minimum of waste of +time and energy. We can distinguish a way of acting, and discuss it by +itself; but the way exists only as way-of-dealing-with-material. Method +is not antithetical to subject matter; it is the effective direction +of subject matter to desired results. It is antithetical to random and +ill-considered action,--ill-considered signifying ill-adapted. + +The statement that method means directed movement of subject matter +towards ends is formal. An illustration may give it content. Every +artist must have a method, a technique, in doing his work. Piano playing +is not hitting the keys at random. It is an orderly way of using them, +and the order is not something which exists ready-made in the musician's +hands or brain prior to an activity dealing with the piano. Order is +found in the disposition of acts which use the piano and the hands and +brain so as to achieve the result intended. It is the action of the +piano directed to accomplish the purpose of the piano as a musical +instrument. It is the same with "pedagogical" method. The only +difference is that the piano is a mechanism constructed in advance for +a single end; while the material of study is capable of indefinite uses. +But even in this regard the illustration may apply if we consider the +infinite variety of kinds of music which a piano may produce, and +the variations in technique required in the different musical results +secured. Method in any case is but an effective way of employing some +material for some end. + +These considerations may be generalized by going back to the conception +of experience. Experience as the perception of the connection between +something tried and something undergone in consequence is a process. +Apart from effort to control the course which the process takes, there +is no distinction of subject matter and method. There is simply an +activity which includes both what an individual does and what the +environment does. A piano player who had perfect mastery of his +instrument would have no occasion to distinguish between his +contribution and that of the piano. In well-formed, smooth-running +functions of any sort,--skating, conversing, hearing music, enjoying a +landscape,--there is no consciousness of separation of the method of the +person and of the subject matter. In whole-hearted play and work there +is the same phenomenon. + +When we reflect upon an experience instead of just having it, we +inevitably distinguish between our own attitude and the objects toward +which we sustain the attitude. When a man is eating, he is eating food. +He does not divide his act into eating and food. But if he makes a +scientific investigation of the act, such a discrimination is the first +thing he would effect. He would examine on the one hand the properties +of the nutritive material, and on the other hand the acts of the +organism in appropriating and digesting. Such reflection upon experience +gives rise to a distinction of what we experience (the experienced) and +the experiencing--the how. When we give names to this distinction we +have subject matter and method as our terms. There is the thing seen, +heard, loved, hated, imagined, and there is the act of seeing, hearing, +loving, hating, imagining, etc. + +This distinction is so natural and so important for certain purposes, +that we are only too apt to regard it as a separation in existence and +not as a distinction in thought. Then we make a division between a self +and the environment or world. This separation is the root of the dualism +of method and subject matter. That is, we assume that knowing, feeling, +willing, etc., are things which belong to the self or mind in its +isolation, and which then may be brought to bear upon an independent +subject matter. We assume that the things which belong in isolation to +the self or mind have their own laws of operation irrespective of the +modes of active energy of the object. These laws are supposed to furnish +method. It would be no less absurd to suppose that men can eat without +eating something, or that the structure and movements of the jaws, +throat muscles, the digestive activities of stomach, etc., are not what +they are because of the material with which their activity is engaged. +Just as the organs of the organism are a continuous part of the very +world in which food materials exist, so the capacities of seeing, +hearing, loving, imagining are intrinsically connected with the subject +matter of the world. They are more truly ways in which the environment +enters into experience and functions there than they are independent +acts brought to bear upon things. Experience, in short, is not a +combination of mind and world, subject and object, method and subject +matter, but is a single continuous interaction of a great diversity +(literally countless in number) of energies. + +For the purpose of controlling the course or direction which the moving +unity of experience takes we draw a mental distinction between the +how and the what. While there is no way of walking or of eating or of +learning over and above the actual walking, eating, and studying, there +are certain elements in the act which give the key to its more effective +control. Special attention to these elements makes them more obvious +to perception (letting other factors recede for the time being from +conspicuous recognition). Getting an idea of how the experience proceeds +indicates to us what factors must be secured or modified in order that +it may go on more successfully. This is only a somewhat elaborate way +of saying that if a man watches carefully the growth of several plants, +some of which do well and some of which amount to little or nothing, he +may be able to detect the special conditions upon which the prosperous +development of a plant depends. These conditions, stated in an orderly +sequence, would constitute the method or way or manner of its growth. +There is no difference between the growth of a plant and the prosperous +development of an experience. It is not easy, in either case, to seize +upon just the factors which make for its best movement. But study of +cases of success and failure and minute and extensive comparison, helps +to seize upon causes. When we have arranged these causes in order, we +have a method of procedure or a technique. + +A consideration of some evils in education that flow from the isolation +of method from subject matter will make the point more definite. + +(I) In the first place, there is the neglect (of which we have spoken) +of concrete situations of experience. There can be no discovery of +a method without cases to be studied. The method is derived from +observation of what actually happens, with a view to seeing that it +happen better next time. But in instruction and discipline, there is +rarely sufficient opportunity for children and youth to have the direct +normal experiences from which educators might derive an idea of method +or order of best development. Experiences are had under conditions +of such constraint that they throw little or no light upon the normal +course of an experience to its fruition. "Methods" have then to be +authoritatively recommended to teachers, instead of being an expression +of their own intelligent observations. Under such circumstances, they +have a mechanical uniformity, assumed to be alike for all minds. Where +flexible personal experiences are promoted by providing an environment +which calls out directed occupations in work and play, the methods +ascertained will vary with individuals--for it is certain that each +individual has something characteristic in his way of going at things. + +(ii) In the second place, the notion of methods isolated from subject +matter is responsible for the false conceptions of discipline and +interest already noted. When the effective way of managing material +is treated as something ready-made apart from material, there are just +three possible ways in which to establish a relationship lacking by +assumption. One is to utilize excitement, shock of pleasure, tickling +the palate. Another is to make the consequences of not attending +painful; we may use the menace of harm to motivate concern with the +alien subject matter. Or a direct appeal may be made to the person to +put forth effort without any reason. We may rely upon immediate strain +of "will." In practice, however, the latter method is effectual only +when instigated by fear of unpleasant results. (iii) In the third place, +the act of learning is made a direct and conscious end in itself. Under +normal conditions, learning is a product and reward of occupation with +subject matter. Children do not set out, consciously, to learn walking +or talking. One sets out to give his impulses for communication and for +fuller intercourse with others a show. He learns in consequence of his +direct activities. The better methods of teaching a child, say, to read, +follow the same road. They do not fix his attention upon the fact that +he has to learn something and so make his attitude self-conscious +and constrained. They engage his activities, and in the process of +engagement he learns: the same is true of the more successful methods in +dealing with number or whatever. But when the subject matter is not used +in carrying forward impulses and habits to significant results, it is +just something to be learned. The pupil's attitude to it is just that +of having to learn it. Conditions more unfavorable to an alert and +concentrated response would be hard to devise. Frontal attacks are even +more wasteful in learning than in war. This does not mean, however, that +students are to be seduced unaware into preoccupation with lessons. It +means that they shall be occupied with them for real reasons or ends, +and not just as something to be learned. This is accomplished whenever +the pupil perceives the place occupied by the subject matter in the +fulfilling of some experience. + +(iv) In the fourth place, under the influence of the conception of the +separation of mind and material, method tends to be reduced to a cut and +dried routine, to following mechanically prescribed steps. No one can +tell in how many schoolrooms children reciting in arithmetic or grammar +are compelled to go through, under the alleged sanction of method, +certain preordained verbal formulae. Instead of being encouraged to +attack their topics directly, experimenting with methods that seem +promising and learning to discriminate by the consequences that accrue, +it is assumed that there is one fixed method to be followed. It is +also naively assumed that if the pupils make their statements and +explanations in a certain form of "analysis," their mental habits will +in time conform. Nothing has brought pedagogical theory into greater +disrepute than the belief that it is identified with handing out to +teachers recipes and models to be followed in teaching. Flexibility and +initiative in dealing with problems are characteristic of any conception +to which method is a way of managing material to develop a conclusion. +Mechanical rigid woodenness is an inevitable corollary of any theory +which separates mind from activity motivated by a purpose. + +2. Method as General and as Individual. In brief, the method of teaching +is the method of an art, of action intelligently directed by ends. But +the practice of a fine art is far from being a matter of extemporized +inspirations. Study of the operations and results of those in the past +who have greatly succeeded is essential. There is always a tradition, or +schools of art, definite enough to impress beginners, and often to take +them captive. Methods of artists in every branch depend upon thorough +acquaintance with materials and tools; the painter must know canvas, +pigments, brushes, and the technique of manipulation of all his +appliances. Attainment of this knowledge requires persistent and +concentrated attention to objective materials. The artist studies the +progress of his own attempts to see what succeeds and what fails. The +assumption that there are no alternatives between following ready-made +rules and trusting to native gifts, the inspiration of the moment and +undirected "hard work," is contradicted by the procedures of every art. + +Such matters as knowledge of the past, of current technique, of +materials, of the ways in which one's own best results are assured, +supply the material for what may be called general method. There exists +a cumulative body of fairly stable methods for reaching results, a body +authorized by past experience and by intellectual analysis, which an +individual ignores at his peril. As was pointed out in the discussion of +habit-forming (ante, p. 49), there is always a danger that these methods +will become mechanized and rigid, mastering an agent instead of being +powers at command for his own ends. But it is also true that the +innovator who achieves anything enduring, whose work is more than a +passing sensation, utilizes classic methods more than may appear to +himself or to his critics. He devotes them to new uses, and in so far +transforms them. + + +Education also has its general methods. And if the application of this +remark is more obvious in the case of the teacher than of the pupil, it +is equally real in the case of the latter. Part of his learning, a very +important part, consists in becoming master of the methods which the +experience of others has shown to be more efficient in like cases of +getting knowledge. 1 These general methods are in no way opposed to +individual initiative and originality--to personal ways of doing things. +On the contrary they are reinforcements of them. For there is radical +difference between even the most general method and a prescribed rule. +The latter is a direct guide to action; the former operates indirectly +through the enlightenment it supplies as to ends and means. It operates, +that is to say, through intelligence, and not through conformity to +orders externally imposed. Ability to use even in a masterly way an +established technique gives no warranty of artistic work, for the latter +also depends upon an animating idea. + +If knowledge of methods used by others does not directly tell us what to +do, or furnish ready-made models, how does it operate? What is meant by +calling a method intellectual? Take the case of a physician. No mode +of behavior more imperiously demands knowledge of established modes of +diagnosis and treatment than does his. But after all, cases are like, +not identical. To be used intelligently, existing practices, however +authorized they may be, have to be adapted to the exigencies of +particular cases. Accordingly, recognized procedures indicate to the +physician what inquiries to set on foot for himself, what measures to +try. They are standpoints from which to carry on investigations; they +economize a survey of the features of the particular case by suggesting +the things to be especially looked into. The physician's own personal +attitudes, his own ways (individual methods) of dealing with the +situation in which he is concerned, are not subordinated to the general +principles of procedure, but are facilitated and directed by the latter. +The instance may serve to point out the value to the teacher of a +knowledge of the psychological methods and the empirical devices found +useful in the past. When they get in the way of his own common sense, +when they come between him and the situation in which he has to act, +they are worse than useless. But if he has acquired them as intellectual +aids in sizing up the needs, resources, and difficulties of the unique +experiences in which he engages, they are of constructive value. In the +last resort, just because everything depends upon his own methods of +response, much depends upon how far he can utilize, in making his own +response, the knowledge which has accrued in the experience of others. +As already intimated, every word of this account is directly applicable +also to the method of the pupil, the way of learning. To suppose that +students, whether in the primary school or in the university, can +be supplied with models of method to be followed in acquiring and +expounding a subject is to fall into a self-deception that has +lamentable consequences. (See ante, p. 169.) One must make his own +reaction in any case. Indications of the standardized or general methods +used in like cases by others--particularly by those who are already +experts--are of worth or of harm according as they make his personal +reaction more intelligent or as they induce a person to dispense with +exercise of his own judgment. If what was said earlier (See p. 159) +about originality of thought seemed overstrained, demanding more of +education than the capacities of average human nature permit, the +difficulty is that we lie under the incubus of a superstition. We have +set up the notion of mind at large, of intellectual method that is the +same for all. Then we regard individuals as differing in the quantity of +mind with which they are charged. Ordinary persons are then expected to +be ordinary. Only the exceptional are allowed to have originality. The +measure of difference between the average student and the genius is a +measure of the absence of originality in the former. But this notion +of mind in general is a fiction. How one person's abilities compare in +quantity with those of another is none of the teacher's business. It is +irrelevant to his work. What is required is that every individual shall +have opportunities to employ his own powers in activities that have +meaning. Mind, individual method, originality (these are convertible +terms) signify the quality of purposive or directed action. If we act +upon this conviction, we shall secure more originality even by the +conventional standard than now develops. Imposing an alleged uniform +general method upon everybody breeds mediocrity in all but the very +exceptional. And measuring originality by deviation from the mass breeds +eccentricity in them. Thus we stifle the distinctive quality of the +many, and save in rare instances (like, say, that of Darwin) infect the +rare geniuses with an unwholesome quality. + +3. The Traits of Individual Method. The most general features of the +method of knowing have been given in our chapter on thinking. They +are the features of the reflective situation: Problem, collection and +analysis of data, projection and elaboration of suggestions or ideas, +experimental application and testing; the resulting conclusion or +judgment. The specific elements of an individual's method or way of +attack upon a problem are found ultimately in his native tendencies and +his acquired habits and interests. The method of one will vary from that +of another (and properly vary) as his original instinctive capacities +vary, as his past experiences and his preferences vary. Those who have +already studied these matters are in possession of information which +will help teachers in understanding the responses different pupils +make, and help them in guiding these responses to greater efficiency. +Child-study, psychology, and a knowledge of social environment +supplement the personal acquaintance gained by the teacher. But methods +remain the personal concern, approach, and attack of an individual, and +no catalogue can ever exhaust their diversity of form and tint. + +Some attitudes may be named, however,-which are central in effective +intellectual ways of dealing with subject matter. Among the most +important are directness, open-mindedness, single-mindedness (or +whole-heartedness), and responsibility. + +1. It is easier to indicate what is meant by directness through negative +terms than in positive ones. Self-consciousness, embarrassment, and +constraint are its menacing foes. They indicate that a person is not +immediately concerned with subject matter. Something has come between +which deflects concern to side issues. A self-conscious person is partly +thinking about his problem and partly about what others think of his +performances. Diverted energy means loss of power and confusion of +ideas. Taking an attitude is by no means identical with being conscious +of one's attitude. The former is spontaneous, naive, and simple. It is +a sign of whole-souled relationship between a person and what he is +dealing with. The latter is not of necessity abnormal. It is sometimes +the easiest way of correcting a false method of approach, and of +improving the effectiveness of the means one is employing,--as golf +players, piano players, public speakers, etc., have occasionally to give +especial attention to their position and movements. But this need +is occasional and temporary. When it is effectual a person thinks of +himself in terms of what is to be done, as one means among others of the +realization of an end--as in the case of a tennis player practicing to +get the "feel" of a stroke. In abnormal cases, one thinks of himself not +as part of the agencies of execution, but as a separate object--as when +the player strikes an attitude thinking of the impression it will make +upon spectators, or is worried because of the impression he fears his +movements give rise to. + +Confidence is a good name for what is intended by the term directness. +It should not be confused, however, with self-confidence which may be a +form of self-consciousness--or of "cheek." Confidence is not a name for +what one thinks or feels about his attitude it is not reflex. It denotes +the straightforwardness with which one goes at what he has to do. +It denotes not conscious trust in the efficacy of one's powers but +unconscious faith in the possibilities of the situation. It signifies +rising to the needs of the situation. We have already pointed out (See +p. 169) the objections to making students emphatically aware of the fact +that they are studying or learning. Just in the degree in which they +are induced by the conditions to be so aware, they are not studying +and learning. They are in a divided and complicated attitude. Whatever +methods of a teacher call a pupil's attention off from what he has to +do and transfer it to his own attitude towards what he is doing impair +directness of concern and action. Persisted in, the pupil acquires a +permanent tendency to fumble, to gaze about aimlessly, to look for some +clew of action beside that which the subject matter supplies. Dependence +upon extraneous suggestions and directions, a state of foggy confusion, +take the place of that sureness with which children (and grown-up people +who have not been sophisticated by "education") confront the situations +of life. + +2. Open-mindedness. Partiality is, as we have seen, an accompaniment of +the existence of interest, since this means sharing, partaking, taking +sides in some movement. All the more reason, therefore, for an attitude +of mind which actively welcomes suggestions and relevant information +from all sides. In the chapter on Aims it was shown that foreseen ends +are factors in the development of a changing situation. They are +the means by which the direction of action is controlled. They are +subordinate to the situation, therefore, not the situation to them. They +are not ends in the sense of finalities to which everything must be bent +and sacrificed. They are, as foreseen, means of guiding the development +of a situation. A target is not the future goal of shooting; it is +the centering factor in a present shooting. Openness of mind means +accessibility of mind to any and every consideration that will throw +light upon the situation that needs to be cleared up, and that will help +determine the consequences of acting this way or that. Efficiency in +accomplishing ends which have been settled upon as unalterable can +coexist with a narrowly opened mind. But intellectual growth means +constant expansion of horizons and consequent formation of new purposes +and new responses. These are impossible without an active disposition +to welcome points of view hitherto alien; an active desire to entertain +considerations which modify existing purposes. Retention of capacity +to grow is the reward of such intellectual hospitality. The worst +thing about stubbornness of mind, about prejudices, is that they arrest +development; they shut the mind off from new stimuli. Open-mindedness +means retention of the childlike attitude; closed-mindedness means +premature intellectual old age. + +Exorbitant desire for uniformity of procedure and for prompt external +results are the chief foes which the open-minded attitude meets in +school. The teacher who does not permit and encourage diversity of +operation in dealing with questions is imposing intellectual blinders +upon pupils--restricting their vision to the one path the teacher's mind +happens to approve. Probably the chief cause of devotion to rigidity +of method is, however, that it seems to promise speedy, accurately +measurable, correct results. The zeal for "answers" is the explanation +of much of the zeal for rigid and mechanical methods. Forcing and +overpressure have the same origin, and the same result upon alert and +varied intellectual interest. + +Open-mindedness is not the same as empty-mindedness. To hang out a sign +saying "Come right in; there is no one at home" is not the equivalent +of hospitality. But there is a kind of passivity, willingness to let +experiences accumulate and sink in and ripen, which is an essential of +development. Results (external answers or solutions) may be hurried; +processes may not be forced. They take their own time to mature. Were +all instructors to realize that the quality of mental process, not +the production of correct answers, is the measure of educative growth +something hardly less than a revolution in teaching would be worked. + +3. Single-mindedness. So far as the word is concerned, much that was +said under the head of "directness" is applicable. But what the word is +here intended to convey is completeness of interest, unity of purpose; +the absence of suppressed but effectual ulterior aims for which the +professed aim is but a mask. It is equivalent to mental integrity. +Absorption, engrossment, full concern with subject matter for its own +sake, nurture it. Divided interest and evasion destroy it. + +Intellectual integrity, honesty, and sincerity are at bottom not +matters of conscious purpose but of quality of active response. +Their acquisition is fostered of course by conscious intent, but +self-deception is very easy. Desires are urgent. When the demands and +wishes of others forbid their direct expression they are easily driven +into subterranean and deep channels. Entire surrender, and wholehearted +adoption of the course of action demanded by others are almost +impossible. Deliberate revolt or deliberate attempts to deceive others +may result. But the more frequent outcome is a confused and divided +state of interest in which one is fooled as to one's own real intent. +One tries to serve two masters at once. Social instincts, the strong +desire to please others and get their approval, social training, the +general sense of duty and of authority, apprehension of penalty, all +lead to a half-hearted effort to conform, to "pay attention to the +lesson," or whatever the requirement is. Amiable individuals want to do +what they are expected to do. Consciously the pupil thinks he is +doing this. But his own desires are not abolished. Only their evident +exhibition is suppressed. Strain of attention to what is hostile to +desire is irksome; in spite of one's conscious wish, the underlying +desires determine the main course of thought, the deeper emotional +responses. The mind wanders from the nominal subject and devotes +itself to what is intrinsically more desirable. A systematized divided +attention expressing the duplicity of the state of desire is the result. +One has only to recall his own experiences in school or at the present +time when outwardly employed in actions which do not engage one's +desires and purposes, to realize how prevalent is this attitude of +divided attention--double-mindedness. We are so used to it that we take +it for granted that a considerable amount of it is necessary. It may be; +if so, it is the more important to face its bad intellectual effects. +Obvious is the loss of energy of thought immediately available when +one is consciously trying (or trying to seem to try) to attend to one +matter, while unconsciously one's imagination is spontaneously going out +to more congenial affairs. More subtle and more permanently crippling +to efficiency of intellectual activity is a fostering of habitual +self-deception, with the confused sense of reality which accompanies it. +A double standard of reality, one for our own private and more or less +concealed interests, and another for public and acknowledged concerns, +hampers, in most of us, integrity and completeness of mental action. +Equally serious is the fact that a split is set up between conscious +thought and attention and impulsive blind affection and desire. +Reflective dealings with the material of instruction is constrained +and half-hearted; attention wanders. The topics to which it wanders are +unavowed and hence intellectually illicit; transactions with them +are furtive. The discipline that comes from regulating response by +deliberate inquiry having a purpose fails; worse than that, the deepest +concern and most congenial enterprises of the imagination (since they +center about the things dearest to desire) are casual, concealed. They +enter into action in ways which are unacknowledged. Not subject to +rectification by consideration of consequences, they are demoralizing. + +School conditions favorable to this division of mind between +avowed, public, and socially responsible undertakings, and private, +ill-regulated, and suppressed indulgences of thought are not hard +to find. What is sometimes called "stern discipline," i.e., external +coercive pressure, has this tendency. Motivation through rewards +extraneous to the thing to be done has a like effect. Everything that +makes schooling merely preparatory (See ante, p. 55) works in this +direction. Ends being beyond the pupil's present grasp, other agencies +have to be found to procure immediate attention to assigned tasks. Some +responses are secured, but desires and affections not enlisted must +find other outlets. Not less serious is exaggerated emphasis upon +drill exercises designed to produce skill in action, independent of any +engagement of thought--exercises have no purpose but the production of +automatic skill. Nature abhors a mental vacuum. What do teachers imagine +is happening to thought and emotion when the latter get no outlet in +the things of immediate activity? Were they merely kept in temporary +abeyance, or even only calloused, it would not be a matter of so much +moment. But they are not abolished; they are not suspended; they are +not suppressed--save with reference to the task in question. They follow +their own chaotic and undisciplined course. What is native, spontaneous, +and vital in mental reaction goes unused and untested, and the habits +formed are such that these qualities become less and less available for +public and avowed ends. + +4. Responsibility. By responsibility as an element in intellectual +attitude is meant the disposition to consider in advance the probable +consequences of any projected step and deliberately to accept them: to +accept them in the sense of taking them into account, acknowledging them +in action, not yielding a mere verbal assent. Ideas, as we have seen, +are intrinsically standpoints and methods for bringing about a solution +of a perplexing situation; forecasts calculated to influence responses. +It is only too easy to think that one accepts a statement or believes a +suggested truth when one has not considered its implications; when one +has made but a cursory and superficial survey of what further things one +is committed to by acceptance. Observation and recognition, belief and +assent, then become names for lazy acquiescence in what is externally +presented. + +It would be much better to have fewer facts and truths in +instruction--that is, fewer things supposedly accepted,--if a smaller +number of situations could be intellectually worked out to the point +where conviction meant something real--some identification of the self +with the type of conduct demanded by facts and foresight of results. The +most permanent bad results of undue complication of school subjects +and congestion of school studies and lessons are not the worry, nervous +strain, and superficial acquaintance that follow (serious as these are), +but the failure to make clear what is involved in really knowing and +believing a thing. Intellectual responsibility means severe standards +in this regard. These standards can be built up only through practice in +following up and acting upon the meaning of what is acquired. + +Intellectual thoroughness is thus another name for the attitude we are +considering. There is a kind of thoroughness which is almost purely +physical: the kind that signifies mechanical and exhausting drill upon +all the details of a subject. Intellectual thoroughness is seeing a +thing through. It depends upon a unity of purpose to which details are +subordinated, not upon presenting a multitude of disconnected details. +It is manifested in the firmness with which the full meaning of the +purpose is developed, not in attention, however "conscientious" it may +be, to the steps of action externally imposed and directed. + +Summary. Method is a statement of the way the subject matter of an +experience develops most effectively and fruitfully. It is derived, +accordingly, from observation of the course of experiences where +there is no conscious distinction of personal attitude and manner from +material dealt with. The assumption that method is something separate +is connected with the notion of the isolation of mind and self from the +world of things. It makes instruction and learning formal, mechanical, +constrained. While methods are individualized, certain features of the +normal course of an experience to its fruition may be discriminated, +because of the fund of wisdom derived from prior experiences and because +of general similarities in the materials dealt with from time to time. +Expressed in terms of the attitude of the individual the traits of +good method are straightforwardness, flexible intellectual interest +or open-minded will to learn, integrity of purpose, and acceptance of +responsibility for the consequences of one's activity including thought. + + +1 This point is developed below in a discussion of what are termed +psychological and logical methods respectively. See p. 219. + + + + +Chapter Fourteen: The Nature of Subject Matter + +1. Subject Matter of Educator and of Learner. So far as the nature of +subject matter in principle is concerned, there is nothing to add +to what has been said (See ante, p. 134). It consists of the facts +observed, recalled, read, and talked about, and the ideas suggested, in +course of a development of a situation having a purpose. This statement +needs to be rendered more specific by connecting it with the materials +of school instruction, the studies which make up the curriculum. What is +the significance of our definition in application to reading, writing, +mathematics, history, nature study, drawing, singing, physics, +chemistry, modern and foreign languages, and so on? Let us recur to two +of the points made earlier in our discussion. The educator's part in the +enterprise of education is to furnish the environment which stimulates +responses and directs the learner's course. In last analysis, all that +the educator can do is modify stimuli so that response will as surely +as is possible result in the formation of desirable intellectual and +emotional dispositions. Obviously studies or the subject matter of the +curriculum have intimately to do with this business of supplying an +environment. The other point is the necessity of a social environment +to give meaning to habits formed. In what we have termed informal +education, subject matter is carried directly in the matrix of social +intercourse. It is what the persons with whom an individual associates +do and say. This fact gives a clew to the understanding of the subject +matter of formal or deliberate instruction. A connecting link is found +in the stories, traditions, songs, and liturgies which accompany the +doings and rites of a primitive social group. They represent the stock +of meanings which have been precipitated out of previous experience, +which are so prized by the group as to be identified with their +conception of their own collective life. Not being obviously a part of +the skill exhibited in the daily occupations of eating, hunting, making +war and peace, constructing rugs, pottery, and baskets, etc., they +are consciously impressed upon the young; often, as in the initiation +ceremonies, with intense emotional fervor. Even more pains are +consciously taken to perpetuate the myths, legends, and sacred verbal +formulae of the group than to transmit the directly useful customs of +the group just because they cannot be picked up, as the latter can be in +the ordinary processes of association. + +As the social group grows more complex, involving a greater number of +acquired skills which are dependent, either in fact or in the belief +of the group, upon standard ideas deposited from past experience, the +content of social life gets more definitely formulated for purposes of +instruction. As we have previously noted, probably the chief motive for +consciously dwelling upon the group life, extracting the meanings which +are regarded as most important and systematizing them in a coherent +arrangement, is just the need of instructing the young so as to +perpetuate group life. Once started on this road of selection, +formulation, and organization, no definite limit exists. The invention +of writing and of printing gives the operation an immense impetus. +Finally, the bonds which connect the subject matter of school study with +the habits and ideals of the social group are disguised and covered up. +The ties are so loosened that it often appears as if there were none; +as if subject matter existed simply as knowledge on its own independent +behoof, and as if study were the mere act of mastering it for its own +sake, irrespective of any social values. Since it is highly important +for practical reasons to counter-act this tendency (See ante, p. 8) +the chief purposes of our theoretical discussion are to make clear the +connection which is so readily lost from sight, and to show in some +detail the social content and function of the chief constituents of the +course of study. + +The points need to be considered from the standpoint of instructor and +of student. To the former, the significance of a knowledge of subject +matter, going far beyond the present knowledge of pupils, is to supply +definite standards and to reveal to him the possibilities of the +crude activities of the immature. (i) The material of school studies +translates into concrete and detailed terms the meanings of current +social life which it is desirable to transmit. It puts clearly +before the instructor the essential ingredients of the culture to +be perpetuated, in such an organized form as to protect him from the +haphazard efforts he would be likely to indulge in if the meanings had +not been standardized. (ii) A knowledge of the ideas which have been +achieved in the past as the outcome of activity places the educator in +a position to perceive the meaning of the seeming impulsive and aimless +reactions of the young, and to provide the stimuli needed to direct them +so that they will amount to something. The more the educator knows of +music the more he can perceive the possibilities of the inchoate musical +impulses of a child. Organized subject matter represents the ripe +fruitage of experiences like theirs, experiences involving the same +world, and powers and needs similar to theirs. It does not represent +perfection or infallible wisdom; but it is the best at command to +further new experiences which may, in some respects at least, surpass +the achievements embodied in existing knowledge and works of art. + +From the standpoint of the educator, in other words, the various studies +represent working resources, available capital. Their remoteness from +the experience of the young is not, however, seeming; it is real. The +subject matter of the learner is not, therefore, it cannot be, identical +with the formulated, the crystallized, and systematized subject matter +of the adult; the material as found in books and in works of art, etc. +The latter represents the possibilities of the former; not its existing +state. It enters directly into the activities of the expert and the +educator, not into that of the beginner, the learner. Failure to bear in +mind the difference in subject matter from the respective standpoints of +teacher and student is responsible for most of the mistakes made in the +use of texts and other expressions of preexistent knowledge. + +The need for a knowledge of the constitution and functions, in the +concrete, of human nature is great just because the teacher's attitude +to subject matter is so different from that of the pupil. The teacher +presents in actuality what the pupil represents only in posse. That is, +the teacher already knows the things which the student is only learning. +Hence the problem of the two is radically unlike. When engaged in the +direct act of teaching, the instructor needs to have subject matter +at his fingers' ends; his attention should be upon the attitude and +response of the pupil. To understand the latter in its interplay with +subject matter is his task, while the pupil's mind, naturally, should be +not on itself but on the topic in hand. Or to state the same point in +a somewhat different manner: the teacher should be occupied not with +subject matter in itself but in its interaction with the pupils' present +needs and capacities. Hence simple scholarship is not enough. In +fact, there are certain features of scholarship or mastered subject +matter--taken by itself--which get in the way of effective teaching +unless the instructor's habitual attitude is one of concern with +its interplay in the pupil's own experience. In the first place, +his knowledge extends indefinitely beyond the range of the pupil's +acquaintance. It involves principles which are beyond the immature +pupil's understanding and interest. In and of itself, it may no +more represent the living world of the pupil's experience than the +astronomer's knowledge of Mars represents a baby's acquaintance with the +room in which he stays. In the second place, the method of organization +of the material of achieved scholarship differs from that of +the beginner. It is not true that the experience of the young is +unorganized--that it consists of isolated scraps. But it is organized in +connection with direct practical centers of interest. The child's home +is, for example, the organizing center of his geographical knowledge. +His own movements about the locality, his journeys abroad, the tales of +his friends, give the ties which hold his items of information together. +But the geography of the geographer, of the one who has already +developed the implications of these smaller experiences, is organized +on the basis of the relationship which the various facts bear to +one another--not the relations which they bear to his house, bodily +movements, and friends. To the one who is learned, subject matter is +extensive, accurately defined, and logically interrelated. To the +one who is learning, it is fluid, partial, and connected through +his personal occupations. 1 The problem of teaching is to keep the +experience of the student moving in the direction of what the expert +already knows. Hence the need that the teacher know both subject matter +and the characteristic needs and capacities of the student. + + +2. The Development of Subject Matter in the Learner. It is possible, +without doing violence to the facts, to mark off three fairly typical +stages in the growth of subject matter in the experience of the learner. +In its first estate, knowledge exists as the content of intelligent +ability--power to do. This kind of subject matter, or known material, is +expressed in familiarity or acquaintance with things. Then this material +gradually is surcharged and deepened through communicated knowledge or +information. Finally, it is enlarged and worked over into rationally or +logically organized material--that of the one who, relatively speaking, +is expert in the subject. + +I. The knowledge which comes first to persons, and that remains most +deeply ingrained, is knowledge of how to do; how to walk, talk, read, +write, skate, ride a bicycle, manage a machine, calculate, drive a +horse, sell goods, manage people, and so on indefinitely. The popular +tendency to regard instinctive acts which are adapted to an end as a +sort of miraculous knowledge, while unjustifiable, is evidence of the +strong tendency to identify intelligent control of the means of action +with knowledge. When education, under the influence of a scholastic +conception of knowledge which ignores everything but scientifically +formulated facts and truths, fails to recognize that primary or initial +subject matter always exists as matter of an active doing, involving +the use of the body and the handling of material, the subject matter of +instruction is isolated from the needs and purposes of the learner, and +so becomes just a something to be memorized and reproduced upon demand. +Recognition of the natural course of development, on the contrary, +always sets out with situations which involve learning by doing. Arts +and occupations form the initial stage of the curriculum, corresponding +as they do to knowing how to go about the accomplishment of ends. +Popular terms denoting knowledge have always retained the connection +with ability in action lost by academic philosophies. Ken and can are +allied words. Attention means caring for a thing, in the sense of both +affection and of looking out for its welfare. Mind means carrying out +instructions in action--as a child minds his mother--and taking care +of something--as a nurse minds the baby. To be thoughtful, considerate, +means to heed the claims of others. Apprehension means dread of +undesirable consequences, as well as intellectual grasp. To have +good sense or judgment is to know the conduct a situation calls for; +discernment is not making distinctions for the sake of making them, an +exercise reprobated as hair splitting, but is insight into an affair +with reference to acting. Wisdom has never lost its association with +the proper direction of life. Only in education, never in the life of +farmer, sailor, merchant, physician, or laboratory experimenter, does +knowledge mean primarily a store of information aloof from doing. +Having to do with things in an intelligent way issues in acquaintance +or familiarity. The things we are best acquainted with are the things we +put to frequent use--such things as chairs, tables, pen, paper, clothes, +food, knives and forks on the commonplace level, differentiating into +more special objects according to a person's occupations in life. +Knowledge of things in that intimate and emotional sense suggested by +the word acquaintance is a precipitate from our employing them with a +purpose. We have acted with or upon the thing so frequently that we can +anticipate how it will act and react--such is the meaning of familiar +acquaintance. We are ready for a familiar thing; it does not catch us +napping, or play unexpected tricks with us. This attitude carries with +it a sense of congeniality or friendliness, of ease and illumination; +while the things with which we are not accustomed to deal are strange, +foreign, cold, remote, "abstract." + +II. But it is likely that elaborate statements regarding this primary +stage of knowledge will darken understanding. It includes practically +all of our knowledge which is not the result of deliberate technical +study. Modes of purposeful doing include dealings with persons as well +as things. Impulses of communication and habits of intercourse have to +be adapted to maintaining successful connections with others; a large +fund of social knowledge accrues. As a part of this intercommunication +one learns much from others. They tell of their experiences and of the +experiences which, in turn, have been told them. In so far as one is +interested or concerned in these communications, their matter becomes a +part of one's own experience. Active connections with others are such +an intimate and vital part of our own concerns that it is impossible to +draw sharp lines, such as would enable us to say, "Here my experience +ends; there yours begins." In so far as we are partners in common +undertakings, the things which others communicate to us as the +consequences of their particular share in the enterprise blend at once +into the experience resulting from our own special doings. The ear is as +much an organ of experience as the eye or hand; the eye is available +for reading reports of what happens beyond its horizon. Things remote in +space and time affect the issue of our actions quite as much as +things which we can smell and handle. They really concern us, and, +consequently, any account of them which assists us in dealing with +things at hand falls within personal experience. + +Information is the name usually given to this kind of subject matter. +The place of communication in personal doing supplies us with a +criterion for estimating the value of informational material in school. +Does it grow naturally out of some question with which the student +is concerned? Does it fit into his more direct acquaintance so as to +increase its efficacy and deepen its meaning? If it meets these two +requirements, it is educative. The amount heard or read is of no +importance--the more the better, provided the student has a need for it +and can apply it in some situation of his own. + +But it is not so easy to fulfill these requirements in actual practice +as it is to lay them down in theory. The extension in modern times of +the area of intercommunication; the invention of appliances for securing +acquaintance with remote parts of the heavens and bygone events of +history; the cheapening of devices, like printing, for recording and +distributing information--genuine and alleged--have created an immense +bulk of communicated subject matter. It is much easier to swamp a +pupil with this than to work it into his direct experiences. All too +frequently it forms another strange world which just overlies the world +of personal acquaintance. The sole problem of the student is to learn, +for school purposes, for purposes of recitations and promotions, the +constituent parts of this strange world. Probably the most conspicuous +connotation of the word knowledge for most persons to-day is just the +body of facts and truths ascertained by others; the material found in +the rows and rows of atlases, cyclopedias, histories, biographies, books +of travel, scientific treatises, on the shelves of libraries. + +The imposing stupendous bulk of this material has unconsciously +influenced men's notions of the nature of knowledge itself. The +statements, the propositions, in which knowledge, the issue of active +concern with problems, is deposited, are taken to be themselves +knowledge. The record of knowledge, independent of its place as an +outcome of inquiry and a resource in further inquiry, is taken to be +knowledge. The mind of man is taken captive by the spoils of its prior +victories; the spoils, not the weapons and the acts of waging the battle +against the unknown, are used to fix the meaning of knowledge, of fact, +and truth. + +If this identification of knowledge with propositions stating +information has fastened itself upon logicians and philosophers, it is +not surprising that the same ideal has almost dominated instruction. +The "course of study" consists largely of information distributed into +various branches of study, each study being subdivided into lessons +presenting in serial cutoff portions of the total store. In the +seventeenth century, the store was still small enough so that men set up +the ideal of a complete encyclopedic mastery of it. It is now so bulky +that the impossibility of any one man's coming into possession of it +all is obvious. But the educational ideal has not been much affected. +Acquisition of a modicum of information in each branch of learning, +or at least in a selected group, remains the principle by which the +curriculum, from elementary school through college, is formed; the +easier portions being assigned to the earlier years, the more difficult +to the later. The complaints of educators that learning does not enter +into character and affect conduct; the protests against memoriter work, +against cramming, against gradgrind preoccupation with "facts," against +devotion to wire-drawn distinctions and ill-understood rules and +principles, all follow from this state of affairs. Knowledge which +is mainly second-hand, other men's knowledge, tends to become merely +verbal. It is no objection to information that it is clothed in words; +communication necessarily takes place through words. But in the degree +in which what is communicated cannot be organized into the existing +experience of the learner, it becomes mere words: that is, pure +sense-stimuli, lacking in meaning. Then it operates to call out +mechanical reactions, ability to use the vocal organs to repeat +statements, or the hand to write or to do "sums." + +To be informed is to be posted; it is to have at command the subject +matter needed for an effective dealing with a problem, and for giving +added significance to the search for solution and to the solution +itself. Informational knowledge is the material which can be fallen back +upon as given, settled, established, assured in a doubtful situation. It +is a kind of bridge for mind in its passage from doubt to discovery. It +has the office of an intellectual middleman. It condenses and records in +available form the net results of the prior experiences of mankind, as +an agency of enhancing the meaning of new experiences. When one is told +that Brutus assassinated Caesar, or that the length of the year is +three hundred sixty-five and one fourth days, or that the ratio of the +diameter of the circle to its circumference is 3.1415. . . one receives +what is indeed knowledge for others, but for him it is a stimulus to +knowing. His acquisition of knowledge depends upon his response to what +is communicated. + +3. Science or Rationalized Knowledge. Science is a name for knowledge in +its most characteristic form. It represents in its degree, the perfected +outcome of learning,--its consummation. What is known, in a given case, +is what is sure, certain, settled, disposed of; that which we think with +rather than that which we think about. In its honorable sense, knowledge +is distinguished from opinion, guesswork, speculation, and mere +tradition. In knowledge, things are ascertained; they are so and +not dubiously otherwise. But experience makes us aware that there is +difference between intellectual certainty of subject matter and our +certainty. We are made, so to speak, for belief; credulity is +natural. The undisciplined mind is averse to suspense and intellectual +hesitation; it is prone to assertion. It likes things undisturbed, +settled, and treats them as such without due warrant. Familiarity, +common repute, and congeniality to desire are readily made measuring +rods of truth. Ignorance gives way to opinionated and current error,--a +greater foe to learning than ignorance itself. A Socrates is thus led +to declare that consciousness of ignorance is the beginning of effective +love of wisdom, and a Descartes to say that science is born of doubting. + +We have already dwelt upon the fact that subject matter, or data, and +ideas have to have their worth tested experimentally: that in themselves +they are tentative and provisional. Our predilection for premature +acceptance and assertion, our aversion to suspended judgment, are signs +that we tend naturally to cut short the process of testing. We are +satisfied with superficial and immediate short-visioned applications. If +these work out with moderate satisfactoriness, we are content to suppose +that our assumptions have been confirmed. Even in the case of failure, +we are inclined to put the blame not on the inadequacy and incorrectness +of our data and thoughts, but upon our hard luck and the hostility of +circumstance. We charge the evil consequence not to the error of our +schemes and our incomplete inquiry into conditions (thereby getting +material for revising the former and stimulus for extending the latter) +but to untoward fate. We even plume ourselves upon our firmness in +clinging to our conceptions in spite of the way in which they work out. + +Science represents the safeguard of the race against these natural +propensities and the evils which flow from them. It consists of the +special appliances and methods which the race has slowly worked out in +order to conduct reflection under conditions whereby its procedures and +results are tested. It is artificial (an acquired art), not spontaneous; +learned, not native. To this fact is due the unique, the invaluable +place of science in education, and also the dangers which threaten its +right use. Without initiation into the scientific spirit one is not +in possession of the best tools which humanity has so far devised for +effectively directed reflection. One in that case not merely conducts +inquiry and learning without the use of the best instruments, but fails +to understand the full meaning of knowledge. For he does not become +acquainted with the traits that mark off opinion and assent from +authorized conviction. On the other hand, the fact that science marks +the perfecting of knowing in highly specialized conditions of technique +renders its results, taken by themselves, remote from ordinary +experience--a quality of aloofness that is popularly designated by the +term abstract. When this isolation appears in instruction, scientific +information is even more exposed to the dangers attendant upon +presenting ready-made subject matter than are other forms of +information. + +Science has been defined in terms of method of inquiry and testing. At +first sight, this definition may seem opposed to the current conception +that science is organized or systematized knowledge. The opposition, +however, is only seeming, and disappears when the ordinary definition +is completed. Not organization but the kind of organization effected by +adequate methods of tested discovery marks off science. The knowledge of +a farmer is systematized in the degree in which he is competent. It +is organized on the basis of relation of means to ends--practically +organized. Its organization as knowledge (that is, in the eulogistic +sense of adequately tested and confirmed) is incidental to its +organization with reference to securing crops, live-stock, etc. But +scientific subject matter is organized with specific reference to the +successful conduct of the enterprise of discovery, to knowing as a +specialized undertaking. Reference to the kind of assurance +attending science will shed light upon this statement. It is rational +assurance,--logical warranty. The ideal of scientific organization is, +therefore, that every conception and statement shall be of such a +kind as to follow from others and to lead to others. Conceptions +and propositions mutually imply and support one another. This double +relation of "leading to and confirming" is what is meant by the terms +logical and rational. The everyday conception of water is more available +for ordinary uses of drinking, washing, irrigation, etc., than the +chemist's notion of it. The latter's description of it as H20 is +superior from the standpoint of place and use in inquiry. It states +the nature of water in a way which connects it with knowledge of other +things, indicating to one who understands it how the knowledge is +arrived at and its bearings upon other portions of knowledge of the +structure of things. Strictly speaking, it does not indicate the +objective relations of water any more than does a statement that water +is transparent, fluid, without taste or odor, satisfying to thirst, +etc. It is just as true that water has these relations as that it is +constituted by two molecules of hydrogen in combination with one of +oxygen. But for the particular purpose of conducting discovery with a +view to ascertainment of fact, the latter relations are fundamental. The +more one emphasizes organization as a mark of science, then, the more he +is committed to a recognition of the primacy of method in the definition +of science. For method defines the kind of organization in virtue of +which science is science. + +4. Subject Matter as Social. Our next chapters will take up various +school activities and studies and discuss them as successive stages +in that evolution of knowledge which we have just been discussing. It +remains to say a few words upon subject matter as social, since our +prior remarks have been mainly concerned with its intellectual aspect. A +difference in breadth and depth exists even in vital knowledge; even +in the data and ideas which are relevant to real problems and which are +motivated by purposes. For there is a difference in the social scope of +purposes and the social importance of problems. With the wide range +of possible material to select from, it is important that education +(especially in all its phases short of the most specialized) should use +a criterion of social worth. All information and systematized scientific +subject matter have been worked out under the conditions of social life +and have been transmitted by social means. But this does not prove that +all is of equal value for the purposes of forming the disposition and +supplying the equipment of members of present society. The scheme of a +curriculum must take account of the adaptation of studies to the needs +of the existing community life; it must select with the intention of +improving the life we live in common so that the future shall be better +than the past. Moreover, the curriculum must be planned with reference +to placing essentials first, and refinements second. The things which +are socially most fundamental, that is, which have to do with the +experiences in which the widest groups share, are the essentials. The +things which represent the needs of specialized groups and technical +pursuits are secondary. There is truth in the saying that education must +first be human and only after that professional. But those who utter +the saying frequently have in mind in the term human only a highly +specialized class: the class of learned men who preserve the classic +traditions of the past. They forget that material is humanized in the +degree in which it connects with the common interests of men as men. +Democratic society is peculiarly dependent for its maintenance upon the +use in forming a course of study of criteria which are broadly human. +Democracy cannot flourish where the chief influences in selecting +subject matter of instruction are utilitarian ends narrowly conceived +for the masses, and, for the higher education of the few, the traditions +of a specialized cultivated class. The notion that the "essentials" of +elementary education are the three R's mechanically treated, is based +upon ignorance of the essentials needed for realization of democratic +ideals. Unconsciously it assumes that these ideals are unrealizable; +it assumes that in the future, as in the past, getting a livelihood, +"making a living," must signify for most men and women doing things +which are not significant, freely chosen, and ennobling to those who +do them; doing things which serve ends unrecognized by those engaged in +them, carried on under the direction of others for the sake of pecuniary +reward. For preparation of large numbers for a life of this sort, and +only for this purpose, are mechanical efficiency in reading, writing, +spelling and figuring, together with attainment of a certain amount +of muscular dexterity, "essentials." Such conditions also infect the +education called liberal, with illiberality. They imply a somewhat +parasitic cultivation bought at the expense of not having the +enlightenment and discipline which come from concern with the deepest +problems of common humanity. A curriculum which acknowledges the social +responsibilities of education must present situations where problems are +relevant to the problems of living together, and where observation and +information are calculated to develop social insight and interest. + +Summary. The subject matter of education consists primarily of the +meanings which supply content to existing social life. The continuity of +social life means that many of these meanings are contributed to present +activity by past collective experience. As social life grows more +complex, these factors increase in number and import. There is need of +special selection, formulation, and organization in order that they may +be adequately transmitted to the new generation. But this very process +tends to set up subject matter as something of value just by itself, +apart from its function in promoting the realization of the meanings +implied in the present experience of the immature. Especially is the +educator exposed to the temptation to conceive his task in terms of the +pupil's ability to appropriate and reproduce the subject matter in set +statements, irrespective of its organization into his activities as a +developing social member. The positive principle is maintained when the +young begin with active occupations having a social origin and use, +and proceed to a scientific insight in the materials and laws involved, +through assimilating into their more direct experience the ideas and +facts communicated by others who have had a larger experience. 1 Since +the learned man should also still be a learner, it will be understood +that these contrasts are relative, not absolute. But in the earlier +stages of learning at least they are practically all-important. + + + + +Chapter Fifteen: Play and Work in the Curriculum + +1. The Place of Active Occupations in Education. In consequence partly +of the efforts of educational reformers, partly of increased interest in +child-psychology, and partly of the direct experience of the schoolroom, +the course of study has in the past generation undergone considerable +modification. The desirability of starting from and with the experience +and capacities of learners, a lesson enforced from all three quarters, +has led to the introduction of forms of activity, in play and work, +similar to those in which children and youth engage outside of school. +Modern psychology has substituted for the general, ready-made faculties +of older theory a complex group of instinctive and impulsive tendencies. +Experience has shown that when children have a chance at physical +activities which bring their natural impulses into play, going to +school is a joy, management is less of a burden, and learning is easier. +Sometimes, perhaps, plays, games, and constructive occupations are +resorted to only for these reasons, with emphasis upon relief from the +tedium and strain of "regular" school work. There is no reason, however, +for using them merely as agreeable diversions. Study of mental life has +made evident the fundamental worth of native tendencies to explore, +to manipulate tools and materials, to construct, to give expression +to joyous emotion, etc. When exercises which are prompted by these +instincts are a part of the regular school program, the whole pupil is +engaged, the artificial gap between life in school and out is reduced, +motives are afforded for attention to a large variety of materials and +processes distinctly educative in effect, and cooperative associations +which give information in a social setting are provided. In short, the +grounds for assigning to play and active work a definite place in +the curriculum are intellectual and social, not matters of temporary +expediency and momentary agreeableness. Without something of the kind, +it is not possible to secure the normal estate of effective learning; +namely, that knowledge-getting be an outgrowth of activities having +their own end, instead of a school task. More specifically, play and +work correspond, point for point, with the traits of the initial stage +of knowing, which consists, as we saw in the last chapter, in learning +how to do things and in acquaintance with things and processes gained +in the doing. It is suggestive that among the Greeks, till the rise +of conscious philosophy, the same word, techne, was used for art and +science. Plato gave his account of knowledge on the basis of an +analysis of the knowledge of cobblers, carpenters, players of musical +instruments, etc., pointing out that their art (so far as it was not +mere routine) involved an end, mastery of material or stuff worked upon, +control of appliances, and a definite order of procedure--all of which +had to be known in order that there be intelligent skill or art. + +Doubtless the fact that children normally engage in play and work out +of school has seemed to many educators a reason why they should concern +themselves in school with things radically different. School time seemed +too precious to spend in doing over again what children were sure to do +any way. In some social conditions, this reason has weight. In pioneer +times, for example, outside occupations gave a definite and valuable +intellectual and moral training. Books and everything concerned with +them were, on the other hand, rare and difficult of access; they were +the only means of outlet from a narrow and crude environment. Wherever +such conditions obtain, much may be said in favor of concentrating +school activity upon books. The situation is very different, however, +in most communities to-day. The kinds of work in which the young +can engage, especially in cities, are largely anti-educational. That +prevention of child labor is a social duty is evidence on this point. +On the other hand, printed matter has been so cheapened and is in such +universal circulation, and all the opportunities of intellectual culture +have been so multiplied, that the older type of book work is far from +having the force it used to possess. + +But it must not be forgotten that an educational result is a by-product +of play and work in most out-of-school conditions. It is incidental, +not primary. Consequently the educative growth secured is more or less +accidental. Much work shares in the defects of existing industrial +society--defects next to fatal to right development. Play tends to +reproduce and affirm the crudities, as well as the excellencies, of +surrounding adult life. It is the business of the school to set up an +environment in which play and work shall be conducted with reference to +facilitating desirable mental and moral growth. It is not enough just +to introduce plays and games, hand work and manual exercises. Everything +depends upon the way in which they are employed. + +2. Available Occupations. A bare catalogue of the list of activities +which have already found their way into schools indicates what a rich +field is at hand. There is work with paper, cardboard, wood, leather, +cloth, yarns, clay and sand, and the metals, with and without tools. +Processes employed are folding, cutting, pricking, measuring, molding, +modeling, pattern-making, heating and cooling, and the operations +characteristic of such tools as the hammer, saw, file, etc. Outdoor +excursions, gardening, cooking, sewing, printing, book-binding, weaving, +painting, drawing, singing, dramatization, story-telling, reading and +writing as active pursuits with social aims (not as mere exercises for +acquiring skill for future use), in addition to a countless variety of +plays and games, designate some of the modes of occupation. + +The problem of the educator is to engage pupils in these activities in +such ways that while manual skill and technical efficiency are gained +and immediate satisfaction found in the work, together with +preparation for later usefulness, these things shall be subordinated +to education--that is, to intellectual results and the forming of a +socialized disposition. What does this principle signify? In the first +place, the principle rules out certain practices. Activities which +follow definite prescription and dictation or which reproduce without +modification ready-made models, may give muscular dexterity, but they +do not require the perception and elaboration of ends, nor (what is +the same thing in other words) do they permit the use of judgment in +selecting and adapting means. Not merely manual training specifically +so called but many traditional kindergarten exercises have erred here. +Moreover, opportunity for making mistakes is an incidental requirement. +Not because mistakes are ever desirable, but because overzeal to select +material and appliances which forbid a chance for mistakes to occur, +restricts initiative, reduces judgment to a minimum, and compels the use +of methods which are so remote from the complex situations of life +that the power gained is of little availability. It is quite true that +children tend to exaggerate their powers of execution and to select +projects that are beyond them. But limitation of capacity is one of the +things which has to be learned; like other things, it is learned through +the experience of consequences. The danger that children undertaking +too complex projects will simply muddle and mess, and produce not merely +crude results (which is a minor matter) but acquire crude standards +(which is an important matter) is great. But it is the fault of the +teacher if the pupil does not perceive in due season the inadequacy of +his performances, and thereby receive a stimulus to attempt exercises +which will perfect his powers. Meantime it is more important to keep +alive a creative and constructive attitude than to secure an external +perfection by engaging the pupil's action in too minute and too closely +regulated pieces of work. Accuracy and finish of detail can be insisted +upon in such portions of a complex work as are within the pupil's +capacity. + +Unconscious suspicion of native experience and consequent overdoing of +external control are shown quite as much in the material supplied as in +the matter of the teacher's orders. The fear of raw material is shown +in laboratory, manual training shop, Froebelian kindergarten, and +Montessori house of childhood. The demand is for materials which have +already been subjected to the perfecting work of mind: a demand which +shows itself in the subject matter of active occupations quite as +well as in academic book learning. That such material will control the +pupil's operations so as to prevent errors is true. The notion that a +pupil operating with such material will somehow absorb the intelligence +that went originally to its shaping is fallacious. Only by starting with +crude material and subjecting it to purposeful handling will he gain the +intelligence embodied in finished material. In practice, overemphasis +upon formed material leads to an exaggeration of mathematical qualities, +since intellect finds its profit in physical things from matters of +size, form, and proportion and the relations that flow from them. But +these are known only when their perception is a fruit of acting upon +purposes which require attention to them. The more human the purpose, or +the more it approximates the ends which appeal in daily experience, the +more real the knowledge. When the purpose of the activity is restricted +to ascertaining these qualities, the resulting knowledge is only +technical. + +To say that active occupations should be concerned primarily with wholes +is another statement of the same principle. Wholes for purposes of +education are not, however, physical affairs. Intellectually the +existence of a whole depends upon a concern or interest; it is +qualitative, the completeness of appeal made by a situation. Exaggerated +devotion to formation of efficient skill irrespective of present purpose +always shows itself in devising exercises isolated from a purpose. +Laboratory work is made to consist of tasks of accurate measurement +with a view to acquiring knowledge of the fundamental units of physics, +irrespective of contact with the problems which make these units +important; or of operations designed to afford facility in the +manipulation of experimental apparatus. The technique is acquired +independently of the purposes of discovery and testing which alone give +it meaning. Kindergarten employments are calculated to give information +regarding cubes, spheres, etc., and to form certain habits of +manipulation of material (for everything must always be done "just so"), +the absence of more vital purposes being supposedly compensated for by +the alleged symbolism of the material used. Manual training is reduced +to a series of ordered assignments calculated to secure the mastery of +one tool after another and technical ability in the various elements of +construction--like the different joints. It is argued that pupils must +know how to use tools before they attack actual making,--assuming that +pupils cannot learn how in the process of making. Pestalozzi's just +insistence upon the active use of the senses, as a substitute for +memorizing words, left behind it in practice schemes for "object +lessons" intended to acquaint pupils with all the qualities of selected +objects. The error is the same: in all these cases it is assumed that +before objects can be intelligently used, their properties must +be known. In fact, the senses are normally used in the course of +intelligent (that is, purposeful) use of things, since the qualities +perceived are factors to be reckoned with in accomplishment. Witness the +different attitude of a boy in making, say, a kite, with respect to +the grain and other properties of wood, the matter of size, angles, and +proportion of parts, to the attitude of a pupil who has an object-lesson +on a piece of wood, where the sole function of wood and its properties +is to serve as subject matter for the lesson. + +The failure to realize that the functional development of a situation +alone constitutes a "whole" for the purpose of mind is the cause of the +false notions which have prevailed in instruction concerning the simple +and the complex. For the person approaching a subject, the simple +thing is his purpose--the use he desires to make of material, tool, or +technical process, no matter how complicated the process of execution +may be. The unity of the purpose, with the concentration upon details +which it entails, confers simplicity upon the elements which have to be +reckoned with in the course of action. It furnishes each with a single +meaning according to its service in carrying on the whole enterprise. +After one has gone through the process, the constituent qualities and +relations are elements, each possessed with a definite meaning of its +own. The false notion referred to takes the standpoint of the expert, +the one for whom elements exist; isolates them from purposeful action, +and presents them to beginners as the "simple" things. But it is time +for a positive statement. Aside from the fact that active occupations +represent things to do, not studies, their educational significance +consists in the fact that they may typify social situations. Men's +fundamental common concerns center about food, shelter, clothing, +household furnishings, and the appliances connected with production, +exchange, and consumption. + +Representing both the necessities of life and the adornments with which +the necessities have been clothed, they tap instincts at a deep level; +they are saturated with facts and principles having a social quality. + +To charge that the various activities of gardening, weaving, +construction in wood, manipulation of metals, cooking, etc., which carry +over these fundamental human concerns into school resources, have a +merely bread and butter value is to miss their point. If the mass of +mankind has usually found in its industrial occupations nothing but +evils which had to be endured for the sake of maintaining existence, the +fault is not in the occupations, but in the conditions under which +they are carried on. The continually increasing importance of economic +factors in contemporary life makes it the more needed that education +should reveal their scientific content and their social value. For in +schools, occupations are not carried on for pecuniary gain but for their +own content. Freed from extraneous associations and from the pressure +of wage-earning, they supply modes of experience which are intrinsically +valuable; they are truly liberalizing in quality. + +Gardening, for example, need not be taught either for the sake of +preparing future gardeners, or as an agreeable way of passing time. +It affords an avenue of approach to knowledge of the place farming and +horticulture have had in the history of the race and which they +occupy in present social organization. Carried on in an environment +educationally controlled, they are means for making a study of the facts +of growth, the chemistry of soil, the role of light, air, and moisture, +injurious and helpful animal life, etc. There is nothing in the +elementary study of botany which cannot be introduced in a vital way in +connection with caring for the growth of seeds. Instead of the subject +matter belonging to a peculiar study called botany, it will then belong +to life, and will find, moreover, its natural correlations with the +facts of soil, animal life, and human relations. As students grow +mature, they will perceive problems of interest which may be pursued for +the sake of discovery, independent of the original direct interest in +gardening--problems connected with the germination and nutrition of +plants, the reproduction of fruits, etc., thus making a transition to +deliberate intellectual investigations. + +The illustration is intended to apply, of course, to other school +occupations,--wood-working, cooking, and on through the list. It is +pertinent to note that in the history of the race the sciences grew +gradually out from useful social occupations. Physics developed slowly +out of the use of tools and machines; the important branch of physics +known as mechanics testifies in its name to its original associations. +The lever, wheel, inclined plane, etc., were among the first great +intellectual discoveries of mankind, and they are none the less +intellectual because they occurred in the course of seeking for means of +accomplishing practical ends. The great advance of electrical science in +the last generation was closely associated, as effect and as cause, +with application of electric agencies to means of communication, +transportation, lighting of cities and houses, and more economical +production of goods. These are social ends, moreover, and if they are +too closely associated with notions of private profit, it is not because +of anything in them, but because they have been deflected to private +uses:--a fact which puts upon the school the responsibility of restoring +their connection, in the mind of the coming generation, with public +scientific and social interests. In like ways, chemistry grew out of +processes of dying, bleaching, metal working, etc., and in recent times +has found innumerable new uses in industry. + +Mathematics is now a highly abstract science; geometry, however, means +literally earth-measuring: the practical use of number in counting to +keep track of things and in measuring is even more important to-day +than in the times when it was invented for these purposes. Such +considerations (which could be duplicated in the history of any science) +are not arguments for a recapitulation of the history of the race or for +dwelling long in the early rule of thumb stage. But they indicate +the possibilities--greater to-day than ever before--of using active +occupations as opportunities for scientific study. The opportunities +are just as great on the social side, whether we look at the life of +collective humanity in its past or in its future. The most direct +road for elementary students into civics and economics is found in +consideration of the place and office of industrial occupations in +social life. Even for older students, the social sciences would be less +abstract and formal if they were dealt with less as sciences (less as +formulated bodies of knowledge) and more in their direct subject-matter +as that is found in the daily life of the social groups in which the +student shares. + +Connection of occupations with the method of science is at least as +close as with its subject matter. The ages when scientific progress was +slow were the ages when learned men had contempt for the material and +processes of everyday life, especially for those concerned with manual +pursuits. Consequently they strove to develop knowledge out of general +principles--almost out of their heads--by logical reasons. It seems +as absurd that learning should come from action on and with physical +things, like dropping acid on a stone to see what would happen, as that +it should come from sticking an awl with waxed thread through a piece of +leather. But the rise of experimental methods proved that, given control +of conditions, the latter operation is more typical of the right way of +knowledge than isolated logical reasonings. Experiment developed in the +seventeenth and succeeding centuries and became the authorized way of +knowing when men's interests were centered in the question of control +of nature for human uses. The active occupations in which appliances +are brought to bear upon physical things with the intention of effecting +useful changes is the most vital introduction to the experimental +method. + +3. Work and Play. What has been termed active occupation includes both +play and work. In their intrinsic meaning, play and industry are by +no means so antithetical to one another as is often assumed, any sharp +contrast being due to undesirable social conditions. Both involve ends +consciously entertained and the selection and adaptations of materials +and processes designed to effect the desired ends. The difference +between them is largely one of time-span, influencing the directness +of the connection of means and ends. In play, the interest is more +direct--a fact frequently indicated by saying that in play the activity +is its own end, instead of its having an ulterior result. The statement +is correct, but it is falsely taken, if supposed to mean that play +activity is momentary, having no element of looking ahead and none of +pursuit. Hunting, for example, is one of the commonest forms of adult +play, but the existence of foresight and the direction of present +activity by what one is watching for are obvious. When an activity is +its own end in the sense that the action of the moment is complete in +itself, it is purely physical; it has no meaning (See p. 77). The +person is either going through motions quite blindly, perhaps purely +imitatively, or else is in a state of excitement which is exhausting to +mind and nerves. Both results may be seen in some types of kindergarten +games where the idea of play is so highly symbolic that only the adult +is conscious of it. Unless the children succeed in reading in some quite +different idea of their own, they move about either as if in a hypnotic +daze, or they respond to a direct excitation. + +The point of these remarks is that play has an end in the sense of a +directing idea which gives point to the successive acts. Persons who +play are not just doing something (pure physical movement); they are +trying to do or effect something, an attitude that involves anticipatory +forecasts which stimulate their present responses. The anticipated +result, however, is rather a subsequent action than the production of +a specific change in things. Consequently play is free, plastic. Where +some definite external outcome is wanted, the end has to be held to with +some persistence, which increases as the contemplated result is complex +and requires a fairly long series of intermediate adaptations. When the +intended act is another activity, it is not necessary to look far ahead +and it is possible to alter it easily and frequently. If a child +is making a toy boat, he must hold on to a single end and direct a +considerable number of acts by that one idea. If he is just "playing +boat" he may change the material that serves as a boat almost at will, +and introduce new factors as fancy suggests. The imagination makes what +it will of chairs, blocks, leaves, chips, if they serve the purpose of +carrying activity forward. + +From a very early age, however, there is no distinction of exclusive +periods of play activity and work activity, but only one of emphasis. +There are definite results which even young children desire, and try +to bring to pass. Their eager interest in sharing the occupations of +others, if nothing else, accomplishes this. Children want to "help"; +they are anxious to engage in the pursuits of adults which effect +external changes: setting the table, washing dishes, helping care for +animals, etc. In their plays, they like to construct their own toys and +appliances. With increasing maturity, activity which does not give back +results of tangible and visible achievement loses its interest. Play +then changes to fooling and if habitually indulged in is demoralizing. +Observable results are necessary to enable persons to get a sense and +a measure of their own powers. When make-believe is recognized to be +make-believe, the device of making objects in fancy alone is too easy +to stimulate intense action. One has only to observe the countenance of +children really playing to note that their attitude is one of serious +absorption; this attitude cannot be maintained when things cease to +afford adequate stimulation. + +When fairly remote results of a definite character are foreseen and +enlist persistent effort for their accomplishment, play passes into +work. Like play, it signifies purposeful activity and differs not in +that activity is subordinated to an external result, but in the fact +that a longer course of activity is occasioned by the idea of a result. +The demand for continuous attention is greater, and more intelligence +must be shown in selecting and shaping means. To extend this account +would be to repeat what has been said under the caption of aim, +interest, and thinking. It is pertinent, however, to inquire why the +idea is so current that work involves subordination of an activity to an +ulterior material result. The extreme form of this subordination, +namely drudgery, offers a clew. Activity carried on under conditions +of external pressure or coercion is not carried on for any significance +attached to the doing. The course of action is not intrinsically +satisfying; it is a mere means for avoiding some penalty, or for gaining +some reward at its conclusion. What is inherently repulsive is endured +for the sake of averting something still more repulsive or of securing a +gain hitched on by others. Under unfree economic conditions, this state +of affairs is bound to exist. Work or industry offers little to engage +the emotions and the imagination; it is a more or less mechanical series +of strains. Only the hold which the completion of the work has upon +a person will keep him going. But the end should be intrinsic to the +action; it should be its end--a part of its own course. Then it affords +a stimulus to effort very different from that arising from the thought +of results which have nothing to do with the intervening action. As +already mentioned, the absence of economic pressure in schools supplies +an opportunity for reproducing industrial situations of mature life +under conditions where the occupation can be carried on for its own +sake. If in some cases, pecuniary recognition is also a result of an +action, though not the chief motive for it, that fact may well increase +the significance of the occupation. Where something approaching drudgery +or the need of fulfilling externally imposed tasks exists, the demand +for play persists, but tends to be perverted. The ordinary course of +action fails to give adequate stimulus to emotion and imagination. So in +leisure time, there is an imperious demand for their stimulation by any +kind of means; gambling, drink, etc., may be resorted to. Or, in less +extreme cases, there is recourse to idle amusement; to anything which +passes time with immediate agreeableness. Recreation, as the word +indicates, is recuperation of energy. No demand of human nature is more +urgent or less to be escaped. The idea that the need can be suppressed +is absolutely fallacious, and the Puritanic tradition which disallows +the need has entailed an enormous crop of evils. If education does +not afford opportunity for wholesome recreation and train capacity +for seeking and finding it, the suppressed instincts find all sorts of +illicit outlets, sometimes overt, sometimes confined to indulgence +of the imagination. Education has no more serious responsibility than +making adequate provision for enjoyment of recreative leisure; not only +for the sake of immediate health, but still more if possible for the +sake of its lasting effect upon habits of mind. Art is again the answer +to this demand. + +Summary. In the previous chapter we found that the primary subject +matter of knowing is that contained in learning how to do things of a +fairly direct sort. The educational equivalent of this principle is the +consistent use of simple occupations which appeal to the powers of youth +and which typify general modes of social activity. Skill and information +about materials, tools, and laws of energy are acquired while activities +are carried on for their own sake. The fact that they are socially +representative gives a quality to the skill and knowledge gained which +makes them transferable to out-of-school situations. It is important not +to confuse the psychological distinction between play and work with the +economic distinction. Psychologically, the defining characteristic of +play is not amusement nor aimlessness. It is the fact that the aim +is thought of as more activity in the same line, without defining +continuity of action in reference to results produced. Activities as +they grow more complicated gain added meaning by greater attention to +specific results achieved. Thus they pass gradually into work. Both +are equally free and intrinsically motivated, apart from false economic +conditions which tend to make play into idle excitement for the well +to do, and work into uncongenial labor for the poor. Work is +psychologically simply an activity which consciously includes regard for +consequences as a part of itself; it becomes constrained labor when the +consequences are outside of the activity as an end to which activity is +merely a means. Work which remains permeated with the play attitude is +art--in quality if not in conventional designation. + + + + +Chapter Sixteen: The Significance of Geography and History + +1. Extension of Meaning of Primary Activities. Nothing is more striking +than the difference between an activity as merely physical and the +wealth of meanings which the same activity may assume. From the outside, +an astronomer gazing through a telescope is like a small boy looking +through the same tube. In each case, there is an arrangement of glass +and metal, an eye, and a little speck of light in the distance. Yet at +a critical moment, the activity of an astronomer might be concerned +with the birth of a world, and have whatever is known about the starry +heavens as its significant content. Physically speaking, what man has +effected on this globe in his progress from savagery is a mere scratch +on its surface, not perceptible at a distance which is slight in +comparison with the reaches even of the solar system. Yet in meaning +what has been accomplished measures just the difference of civilization +from savagery. Although the activities, physically viewed, have changed +somewhat, this change is slight in comparison with the development +of the meanings attaching to the activities. There is no limit to the +meaning which an action may come to possess. It all depends upon the +context of perceived connections in which it is placed; the reach of +imagination in realizing connections is inexhaustible. The advantage +which the activity of man has in appropriating and finding meanings +makes his education something else than the manufacture of a tool or +the training of an animal. The latter increase efficiency; they do +not develop significance. The final educational importance of such +occupations in play and work as were considered in the last chapter is +that they afford the most direct instrumentalities for such extension +of meaning. Set going under adequate conditions they are magnets for +gathering and retaining an indefinitely wide scope of intellectual +considerations. They provide vital centers for the reception and +assimilation of information. When information is purveyed in chunks +simply as information to be retained for its own sake, it tends to +stratify over vital experience. Entering as a factor into an activity +pursued for its own sake--whether as a means or as a widening of the +content of the aim--it is informing. The insight directly gained fuses +with what is told. Individual experience is then capable of taking up +and holding in solution the net results of the experience of the group +to which he belongs--including the results of sufferings and trials over +long stretches of time. And such media have no fixed saturation point +where further absorption is impossible. The more that is taken in, the +greater capacity there is for further assimilation. New receptiveness +follows upon new curiosity, and new curiosity upon information gained. + +The meanings with which activities become charged, concern nature +and man. This is an obvious truism, which however gains meaning when +translated into educational equivalents. So translated, it signifies +that geography and history supply subject matter which gives background +and outlook, intellectual perspective, to what might otherwise be narrow +personal actions or mere forms of technical skill. With every increase +of ability to place our own doings in their time and space connections, +our doings gain in significant content. We realize that we are citizens +of no mean city in discovering the scene in space of which we are +denizens, and the continuous manifestation of endeavor in time of which +we are heirs and continuers. Thus our ordinary daily experiences cease +to be things of the moment and gain enduring substance. Of course if +geography and history are taught as ready-made studies which a person +studies simply because he is sent to school, it easily happens that a +large number of statements about things remote and alien to everyday +experience are learned. Activity is divided, and two separate worlds are +built up, occupying activity at divided periods. No transmutation takes +place; ordinary experience is not enlarged in meaning by getting its +connections; what is studied is not animated and made real by entering +into immediate activity. Ordinary experience is not even left as it +was, narrow but vital. Rather, it loses something of its mobility and +sensitiveness to suggestions. It is weighed down and pushed into +a corner by a load of unassimilated information. It parts with its +flexible responsiveness and alert eagerness for additional meaning. Mere +amassing of information apart from the direct interests of life makes +mind wooden; elasticity disappears. + +Normally every activity engaged in for its own sake reaches out beyond +its immediate self. It does not passively wait for information to be +bestowed which will increase its meaning; it seeks it out. Curiosity is +not an accidental isolated possession; it is a necessary consequence of +the fact that an experience is a moving, changing thing, involving all +kinds of connections with other things. Curiosity is but the tendency +to make these conditions perceptible. It is the business of educators to +supply an environment so that this reaching out of an experience may be +fruitfully rewarded and kept continuously active. Within a certain kind +of environment, an activity may be checked so that the only meaning +which accrues is of its direct and tangible isolated outcome. One may +cook, or hammer, or walk, and the resulting consequences may not take +the mind any farther than the consequences of cooking, hammering, +and walking in the literal--or physical--sense. But nevertheless +the consequences of the act remain far-reaching. To walk involves a +displacement and reaction of the resisting earth, whose thrill is felt +wherever there is matter. It involves the structure of the limbs and the +nervous system; the principles of mechanics. To cook is to utilize heat +and moisture to change the chemical relations of food materials; it has +a bearing upon the assimilation of food and the growth of the body. The +utmost that the most learned men of science know in physics, chemistry, +physiology is not enough to make all these consequences and connections +perceptible. The task of education, once more, is to see to it that +such activities are performed in such ways and under such conditions as +render these conditions as perceptible as possible. To "learn geography" +is to gain in power to perceive the spatial, the natural, connections of +an ordinary act; to "learn history" is essentially to gain in power +to recognize its human connections. For what is called geography as a +formulated study is simply the body of facts and principles which have +been discovered in other men's experience about the natural medium in +which we live, and in connection with which the particular acts of our +life have an explanation. So history as a formulated study is but the +body of known facts about the activities and sufferings of the social +groups with which our own lives are continuous, and through reference to +which our own customs and institutions are illuminated. + +2. The Complementary Nature of History and Geography. History and +geography--including in the latter, for reasons about to be mentioned, +nature study--are the information studies par excellence of the schools. +Examination of the materials and the method of their use will make clear +that the difference between penetration of this information into living +experience and its mere piling up in isolated heaps depends upon whether +these studies are faithful to the interdependence of man and nature +which affords these studies their justification. Nowhere, however, is +there greater danger that subject matter will be accepted as appropriate +educational material simply because it has become customary to teach +and learn it. The idea of a philosophic reason for it, because of the +function of the material in a worthy transformation of experience, is +looked upon as a vain fancy, or as supplying a high-sounding phraseology +in support of what is already done. The words "history" and "geography" +suggest simply the matter which has been traditionally sanctioned in the +schools. The mass and variety of this matter discourage an attempt to +see what it really stands for, and how it can be so taught as to fulfill +its mission in the experience of pupils. But unless the idea that there +is a unifying and social direction in education is a farcical pretense, +subjects that bulk as large in the curriculum as history and geography, +must represent a general function in the development of a truly +socialized and intellectualized experience. The discovery of this +function must be employed as a criterion for trying and sifting the +facts taught and the methods used. + +The function of historical and geographical subject matter has been +stated; it is to enrich and liberate the more direct and personal +contacts of life by furnishing their context, their background and +outlook. While geography emphasizes the physical side and history +the social, these are only emphases in a common topic, namely, the +associated life of men. For this associated life, with its experiments, +its ways and means, its achievements and failures, does not go on in the +sky nor yet in a vacuum. It takes place on the earth. This setting of +nature does not bear to social activities the relation that the scenery +of a theatrical performance bears to a dramatic representation; it +enters into the very make-up of the social happenings that form history. +Nature is the medium of social occurrences. It furnishes original +stimuli; it supplies obstacles and resources. Civilization is the +progressive mastery of its varied energies. When this interdependence of +the study of history, representing the human emphasis, with the study +of geography, representing the natural, is ignored, history sinks to +a listing of dates with an appended inventory of events, labeled +"important"; or else it becomes a literary phantasy--for in purely +literary history the natural environment is but stage scenery. + +Geography, of course, has its educative influence in a counterpart +connection of natural facts with social events and their consequences. +The classic definition of geography as an account of the earth as the +home of man expresses the educational reality. But it is easier to give +this definition than it is to present specific geographical subject +matter in its vital human bearings. The residence, pursuits, successes, +and failures of men are the things that give the geographic data their +reason for inclusion in the material of instruction. But to hold the two +together requires an informed and cultivated imagination. When the ties +are broken, geography presents itself as that hodge-podge of unrelated +fragments too often found. It appears as a veritable rag-bag of +intellectual odds and ends: the height of a mountain here, the course +of a river there, the quantity of shingles produced in this town, the +tonnage of the shipping in that, the boundary of a county, the capital +of a state. The earth as the home of man is humanizing and unified; the +earth viewed as a miscellany of facts is scattering and imaginatively +inert. Geography is a topic that originally appeals to imagination--even +to the romantic imagination. It shares in the wonder and glory that +attach to adventure, travel, and exploration. The variety of peoples and +environments, their contrast with familiar scenes, furnishes infinite +stimulation. The mind is moved from the monotony of the customary. +And while local or home geography is the natural starting point in +the reconstructive development of the natural environment, it is an +intellectual starting point for moving out into the unknown, not an end +in itself. When not treated as a basis for getting at the large world +beyond, the study of the home geography becomes as deadly as do object +lessons which simply summarize the properties of familiar objects. The +reason is the same. The imagination is not fed, but is held down to +recapitulating, cataloguing, and refining what is already known. But +when the familiar fences that mark the limits of the village proprietors +are signs that introduce an understanding of the boundaries of great +nations, even fences are lighted with meaning. Sunlight, air, running +water, inequality of earth's surface, varied industries, civil officers +and their duties--all these things are found in the local environment. +Treated as if their meaning began and ended in those confines, they are +curious facts to be laboriously learned. As instruments for extending +the limits of experience, bringing within its scope peoples and things +otherwise strange and unknown, they are transfigured by the use to which +they are put. Sunlight, wind, stream, commerce, political relations +come from afar and lead the thoughts afar. To follow their course is to +enlarge the mind not by stuffing it with additional information, but by +remaking the meaning of what was previously a matter of course. + +The same principle coordinates branches, or phases, of geographical +study which tend to become specialized and separate. Mathematical +or astronomical, physiographic, topographic, political, commercial, +geography, all make their claims. How are they to be adjusted? By an +external compromise that crowds in so much of each? No other method is +to be found unless it be constantly borne in mind that the educational +center of gravity is in the cultural or humane aspects of the subject. +From this center, any material becomes relevant in so far as it is +needed to help appreciate the significance of human activities and +relations. The differences of civilization in cold and tropical regions, +the special inventions, industrial and political, of peoples in the +temperate regions, cannot be understood without appeal to the earth as a +member of the solar system. Economic activities deeply influence social +intercourse and political organization on one side, and reflect physical +conditions on the other. The specializations of these topics are for the +specialists; their interaction concerns man as a being whose experience +is social. + +To include nature study within geography doubtless seems forced; +verbally, it is. But in educational idea there is but one reality, and +it is pity that in practice we have two names: for the diversity of +names tends to conceal the identity of meaning. Nature and the earth +should be equivalent terms, and so should earth study and nature +study. Everybody knows that nature study has suffered in schools from +scrappiness of subject matter, due to dealing with a large number of +isolated points. The parts of a flower have been studied, for example, +apart from the flower as an organ; the flower apart from the plant; the +plant apart from the soil, air, and light in which and through which it +lives. The result is an inevitable deadness of topics to which attention +is invited, but which are so isolated that they do not feed imagination. +The lack of interest is so great that it was seriously proposed to +revive animism, to clothe natural facts and events with myths in order +that they might attract and hold the mind. In numberless cases, more or +less silly personifications were resorted to. The method was silly, but +it expressed a real need for a human atmosphere. The facts had been torn +to pieces by being taken out of their context. They no longer belonged +to the earth; they had no abiding place anywhere. To compensate, +recourse was had to artificial and sentimental associations. The real +remedy is to make nature study a study of nature, not of fragments made +meaningless through complete removal from the situations in which they +are produced and in which they operate. When nature is treated as a +whole, like the earth in its relations, its phenomena fall into their +natural relations of sympathy and association with human life, and +artificial substitutes are not needed. + +3. History and Present Social Life. The segregation which kills the +vitality of history is divorce from present modes and concerns of social +life. The past just as past is no longer our affair. If it were wholly +gone and done with, there would be only one reasonable attitude toward +it. Let the dead bury their dead. But knowledge of the past is the key +to understanding the present. History deals with the past, but this past +is the history of the present. An intelligent study of the discovery, +explorations, colonization of America, of the pioneer movement westward, +of immigration, etc., should be a study of the United States as it +is to-day: of the country we now live in. Studying it in process of +formation makes much that is too complex to be directly grasped open +to comprehension. Genetic method was perhaps the chief scientific +achievement of the latter half of the nineteenth century. Its principle +is that the way to get insight into any complex product is to trace the +process of its making,--to follow it through the successive stages of +its growth. To apply this method to history as if it meant only the +truism that the present social state cannot be separated from its past, +is one-sided. It means equally that past events cannot be separated +from the living present and retain meaning. The true starting point of +history is always some present situation with its problems. + +This general principle may be briefly applied to a consideration of its +bearing upon a number of points. The biographical method is generally +recommended as the natural mode of approach to historical study. The +lives of great men, of heroes and leaders, make concrete and vital +historic episodes otherwise abstract and incomprehensible. They condense +into vivid pictures complicated and tangled series of events spread over +so much space and time that only a highly trained mind can follow and +unravel them. There can be no doubt of the psychological soundness +of this principle. But it is misused when employed to throw into +exaggerated relief the doings of a few individuals without reference to +the social situations which they represent. When a biography is related +just as an account of the doings of a man isolated from the conditions +that aroused him and to which his activities were a response, we do not +have a study of history, for we have no study of social life, which is +an affair of individuals in association. We get only a sugar coating +which makes it easier to swallow certain fragments of information. Much +attention has been given of late to primitive life as an introduction +to learning history. Here also there is a right and a wrong way of +conceiving its value. The seemingly ready-made character and the +complexity of present conditions, their apparently hard and fast +character, is an almost insuperable obstacle to gaining insight into +their nature. Recourse to the primitive may furnish the fundamental +elements of the present situation in immensely simplified form. It is +like unraveling a cloth so complex and so close to the eyes that its +scheme cannot be seen, until the larger coarser features of the +pattern appear. We cannot simplify the present situations by deliberate +experiment, but resort to primitive life presents us with the sort of +results we should desire from an experiment. Social relationships and +modes of organized action are reduced to their lowest terms. When this +social aim is overlooked, however, the study of primitive life becomes +simply a rehearsing of sensational and exciting features of savagery. +Primitive history suggests industrial history. For one of the chief +reasons for going to more primitive conditions to resolve the present +into more easily perceived factors is that we may realize how the +fundamental problems of procuring subsistence, shelter, and protection +have been met; and by seeing how these were solved in the earlier days +of the human race, form some conception of the long road which has had +to be traveled, and of the successive inventions by which the race has +been brought forward in culture. We do not need to go into disputes +regarding the economic interpretation of history to realize that the +industrial history of mankind gives insight into two important phases of +social life in a way which no other phase of history can possibly do. +It presents us with knowledge of the successive inventions by which +theoretical science has been applied to the control of nature in the +interests of security and prosperity of social life. It thus reveals the +successive causes of social progress. Its other service is to put +before us the things that fundamentally concern all men in common--the +occupations and values connected with getting a living. Economic history +deals with the activities, the career, and fortunes of the common man as +does no other branch of history. The one thing every individual must do +is to live; the one thing that society must do is to secure from each +individual his fair contribution to the general well being and see to it +that a just return is made to him. + +Economic history is more human, more democratic, and hence more +liberalizing than political history. It deals not with the rise and +fall of principalities and powers, but with the growth of the effective +liberties, through command of nature, of the common man for whom powers +and principalities exist. + +Industrial history also offers a more direct avenue of approach to the +realization of the intimate connection of man's struggles, successes, +and failures with nature than does political history--to say nothing of +the military history into which political history so easily runs when +reduced to the level of youthful comprehension. For industrial history +is essentially an account of the way in which man has learned to utilize +natural energy from the time when men mostly exploited the muscular +energies of other men to the time when, in promise if not in actuality, +the resources of nature are so under command as to enable men to +extend a common dominion over her. When the history of work, when +the conditions of using the soil, forest, mine, of domesticating and +cultivating grains and animals, of manufacture and distribution, +are left out of account, history tends to become merely literary--a +systematized romance of a mythical humanity living upon itself instead +of upon the earth. + +Perhaps the most neglected branch of history in general education is +intellectual history. We are only just beginning to realize that the +great heroes who have advanced human destiny are not its politicians, +generals, and diplomatists, but the scientific discoverers and inventors +who have put into man's hands the instrumentalities of an expanding and +controlled experience, and the artists and poets who have celebrated his +struggles, triumphs, and defeats in such language, pictorial, plastic, +or written, that their meaning is rendered universally accessible to +others. One of the advantages of industrial history as a history of +man's progressive adaptation of natural forces to social uses is the +opportunity which it affords for consideration of advance in the methods +and results of knowledge. At present men are accustomed to eulogize +intelligence and reason in general terms; their fundamental importance +is urged. But pupils often come away from the conventional study of +history, and think either that the human intellect is a static quantity +which has not progressed by the invention of better methods, or else +that intelligence, save as a display of personal shrewdness, is a +negligible historic factor. Surely no better way could be devised of +instilling a genuine sense of the part which mind has to play in life +than a study of history which makes plain how the entire advance +of humanity from savagery to civilization has been dependent upon +intellectual discoveries and inventions, and the extent to which the +things which ordinarily figure most largely in historical writings have +been side issues, or even obstructions for intelligence to overcome. + +Pursued in this fashion, history would most naturally become of ethical +value in teaching. Intelligent insight into present forms of associated +life is necessary for a character whose morality is more than colorless +innocence. Historical knowledge helps provide such insight. It is an +organ for analysis of the warp and woof of the present social fabric, of +making known the forces which have woven the pattern. The use of +history for cultivating a socialized intelligence constitutes its moral +significance. It is possible to employ it as a kind of reservoir of +anecdotes to be drawn on to inculcate special moral lessons on this +virtue or that vice. But such teaching is not so much an ethical use of +history as it is an effort to create moral impressions by means of more +or less authentic material. At best, it produces a temporary emotional +glow; at worst, callous indifference to moralizing. The assistance which +may be given by history to a more intelligent sympathetic understanding +of the social situations of the present in which individuals share is a +permanent and constructive moral asset. + +Summary. It is the nature of an experience to have implications which +go far beyond what is at first consciously noted in it. Bringing these +connections or implications to consciousness enhances the meaning of the +experience. Any experience, however trivial in its first appearance, is +capable of assuming an indefinite richness of significance by extending +its range of perceived connections. Normal communication with others is +the readiest way of effecting this development, for it links up the +net results of the experience of the group and even the race with the +immediate experience of an individual. By normal communication is meant +that in which there is a joint interest, a common interest, so that one +is eager to give and the other to take. It contrasts with telling or +stating things simply for the sake of impressing them upon another, +merely in order to test him to see how much he has retained and can +literally reproduce. + +Geography and history are the two great school resources for bringing +about the enlargement of the significance of a direct personal +experience. The active occupations described in the previous chapter +reach out in space and time with respect to both nature and man. Unless +they are taught for external reasons or as mere modes of skill their +chief educational value is that they provide the most direct and +interesting roads out into the larger world of meanings stated in +history and geography. While history makes human implications explicit +and geography natural connections, these subjects are two phases of +the same living whole, since the life of men in association goes on in +nature, not as an accidental setting, but as the material and medium of +development. + + + + +Chapter Seventeen: Science in the Course of Study + +1. The Logical and the Psychological. By science is meant, as already +stated, that knowledge which is the outcome of methods of observation, +reflection, and testing which are deliberately adopted to secure +a settled, assured subject matter. It involves an intelligent and +persistent endeavor to revise current beliefs so as to weed out what is +erroneous, to add to their accuracy, and, above all, to give them such +shape that the dependencies of the various facts upon one another may +be as obvious as possible. It is, like all knowledge, an outcome of +activity bringing about certain changes in the environment. But in its +case, the quality of the resulting knowledge is the controlling factor +and not an incident of the activity. Both logically and educationally, +science is the perfecting of knowing, its last stage. + +Science, in short, signifies a realization of the logical implications +of any knowledge. Logical order is not a form imposed upon what is +known; it is the proper form of knowledge as perfected. For it means +that the statement of subject matter is of a nature to exhibit to +one who understands it the premises from which it follows and the +conclusions to which it points (See ante, p. 190). As from a few bones +the competent zoologist reconstructs an animal; so from the form of a +statement in mathematics or physics the specialist in the subject can +form an idea of the system of truths in which it has its place. + +To the non-expert, however, this perfected form is a stumbling block. +Just because the material is stated with reference to the furtherance +of knowledge as an end in itself, its connections with the material of +everyday life are hidden. To the layman the bones are a mere curiosity. +Until he had mastered the principles of zoology, his efforts to make +anything out of them would be random and blind. From the standpoint of +the learner scientific form is an ideal to be achieved, not a starting +point from which to set out. It is, nevertheless, a frequent practice to +start in instruction with the rudiments of science somewhat simplified. +The necessary consequence is an isolation of science from significant +experience. The pupil learns symbols without the key to their meaning. +He acquires a technical body of information without ability to trace +its connections with the objects and operations with which he is +familiar--often he acquires simply a peculiar vocabulary. There is +a strong temptation to assume that presenting subject matter in its +perfected form provides a royal road to learning. What more natural +than to suppose that the immature can be saved time and energy, and be +protected from needless error by commencing where competent inquirers +have left off? The outcome is written large in the history of education. +Pupils begin their study of science with texts in which the subject +is organized into topics according to the order of the specialist. +Technical concepts, with their definitions, are introduced at the +outset. Laws are introduced at a very early stage, with at best a few +indications of the way in which they were arrived at. The pupils learn +a "science" instead of learning the scientific way of treating the +familiar material of ordinary experience. The method of the advanced +student dominates college teaching; the approach of the college is +transferred into the high school, and so down the line, with such +omissions as may make the subject easier. + +The chronological method which begins with the experience of the learner +and develops from that the proper modes of scientific treatment is often +called the "psychological" method in distinction from the logical method +of the expert or specialist. The apparent loss of time involved is +more than made up for by the superior understanding and vital interest +secured. What the pupil learns he at least understands. Moreover by +following, in connection with problems selected from the material of +ordinary acquaintance, the methods by which scientific men have reached +their perfected knowledge, he gains independent power to deal with +material within his range, and avoids the mental confusion and +intellectual distaste attendant upon studying matter whose meaning +is only symbolic. Since the mass of pupils are never going to become +scientific specialists, it is much more important that they should get +some insight into what scientific method means than that they should +copy at long range and second hand the results which scientific men have +reached. Students will not go so far, perhaps, in the "ground covered," +but they will be sure and intelligent as far as they do go. And it is +safe to say that the few who go on to be scientific experts will have +a better preparation than if they had been swamped with a large mass of +purely technical and symbolically stated information. In fact, those +who do become successful men of science are those who by their own power +manage to avoid the pitfalls of a traditional scholastic introduction +into it. + +The contrast between the expectations of the men who a generation or +two ago strove, against great odds, to secure a place for science +in education, and the result generally achieved is painful. Herbert +Spencer, inquiring what knowledge is of most worth, concluded that +from all points of view scientific knowledge is most valuable. But +his argument unconsciously assumed that scientific knowledge could be +communicated in a ready-made form. Passing over the methods by which the +subject matter of our ordinary activities is transmuted into scientific +form, it ignored the method by which alone science is science. +Instruction has too often proceeded upon an analogous plan. But there is +no magic attached to material stated in technically correct scientific +form. When learned in this condition it remains a body of inert +information. Moreover its form of statement removes it further from +fruitful contact with everyday experiences than does the mode of +statement proper to literature. Nevertheless that the claims made for +instruction in science were unjustifiable does not follow. For material +so taught is not science to the pupil. + +Contact with things and laboratory exercises, while a great improvement +upon textbooks arranged upon the deductive plan, do not of themselves +suffice to meet the need. While they are an indispensable portion +of scientific method, they do not as a matter of course constitute +scientific method. Physical materials may be manipulated with scientific +apparatus, but the materials may be disassociated in themselves and in +the ways in which they are handled, from the materials and processes +used out of school. The problems dealt with may be only problems of +science: problems, that is, which would occur to one already initiated +in the science of the subject. Our attention may be devoted to getting +skill in technical manipulation without reference to the connection of +laboratory exercises with a problem belonging to subject matter. There +is sometimes a ritual of laboratory instruction as well as of heathen +religion. 1 It has been mentioned, incidentally, that scientific +statements, or logical form, implies the use of signs or symbols. +The statement applies, of course, to all use of language. But in the +vernacular, the mind proceeds directly from the symbol to the thing +signified. Association with familiar material is so close that the mind +does not pause upon the sign. The signs are intended only to stand for +things and acts. But scientific terminology has an additional use. It is +designed, as we have seen, not to stand for the things directly in their +practical use in experience, but for the things placed in a cognitive +system. Ultimately, of course, they denote the things of our common +sense acquaintance. But immediately they do not designate them in their +common context, but translated into terms of scientific inquiry. Atoms, +molecules, chemical formulae, the mathematical propositions in the study +of physics--all these have primarily an intellectual value and only +indirectly an empirical value. They represent instruments for +the carrying on of science. As in the case of other tools, their +significance can be learned only by use. We cannot procure understanding +of their meaning by pointing to things, but only by pointing to their +work when they are employed as part of the technique of knowledge. Even +the circle, square, etc., of geometry exhibit a difference from the +squares and circles of familiar acquaintance, and the further one +proceeds in mathematical science the greater the remoteness from the +everyday empirical thing. Qualities which do not count for the pursuit +of knowledge about spatial relations are left out; those which are +important for this purpose are accentuated. If one carries his study +far enough, he will find even the properties which are significant for +spatial knowledge giving way to those which facilitate knowledge of +other things--perhaps a knowledge of the general relations of number. +There will be nothing in the conceptual definitions even to suggest +spatial form, size, or direction. This does not mean that they are +unreal mental inventions, but it indicates that direct physical +qualities have been transmuted into tools for a special end--the end +of intellectual organization. In every machine the primary state of +material has been modified by subordinating it to use for a purpose. +Not the stuff in its original form but in its adaptation to an end +is important. No one would have a knowledge of a machine who could +enumerate all the materials entering into its structure, but only he +who knew their uses and could tell why they are employed as they are. In +like fashion one has a knowledge of mathematical conceptions only when +he sees the problems in which they function and their specific utility +in dealing with these problems. "Knowing" the definitions, rules, +formulae, etc., is like knowing the names of parts of a machine without +knowing what they do. In one case, as in the other, the meaning, or +intellectual content, is what the element accomplishes in the system of +which it is a member. + +2. Science and Social Progress. Assuming that the development of the +direct knowledge gained in occupations of social interest is carried +to a perfected logical form, the question arises as to its place in +experience. In general, the reply is that science marks the emancipation +of mind from devotion to customary purposes and makes possible the +systematic pursuit of new ends. It is the agency of progress in action. +Progress is sometimes thought of as consisting in getting nearer to ends +already sought. But this is a minor form of progress, for it requires +only improvement of the means of action or technical advance. More +important modes of progress consist in enriching prior purposes and in +forming new ones. Desires are not a fixed quantity, nor does progress +mean only an increased amount of satisfaction. With increased culture +and new mastery of nature, new desires, demands for new qualities +of satisfaction, show themselves, for intelligence perceives new +possibilities of action. This projection of new possibilities leads to +search for new means of execution, and progress takes place; while the +discovery of objects not already used leads to suggestion of new ends. + +That science is the chief means of perfecting control of means of action +is witnessed by the great crop of inventions which followed intellectual +command of the secrets of nature. The wonderful transformation of +production and distribution known as the industrial revolution is the +fruit of experimental science. Railways, steamboats, electric motors, +telephone and telegraph, automobiles, aeroplanes and dirigibles are +conspicuous evidences of the application of science in life. But none +of them would be of much importance without the thousands of less +sensational inventions by means of which natural science has been +rendered tributary to our daily life. + +It must be admitted that to a considerable extent the progress thus +procured has been only technical: it has provided more efficient means +for satisfying preexistent desires, rather than modified the quality of +human purposes. There is, for example, no modern civilization which is +the equal of Greek culture in all respects. Science is still too recent +to have been absorbed into imaginative and emotional disposition. Men +move more swiftly and surely to the realization of their ends, but +their ends too largely remain what they were prior to scientific +enlightenment. This fact places upon education the responsibility of +using science in a way to modify the habitual attitude of imagination +and feeling, not leave it just an extension of our physical arms and +legs. + +The advance of science has already modified men's thoughts of the +purposes and goods of life to a sufficient extent to give some idea of +the nature of this responsibility and the ways of meeting it. Science +taking effect in human activity has broken down physical barriers +which formerly separated men; it has immensely widened the area of +intercourse. It has brought about interdependence of interests on an +enormous scale. It has brought with it an established conviction of the +possibility of control of nature in the interests of mankind and thus +has led men to look to the future, instead of the past. The coincidence +of the ideal of progress with the advance of science is not a mere +coincidence. Before this advance men placed the golden age in remote +antiquity. Now they face the future with a firm belief that intelligence +properly used can do away with evils once thought inevitable. To +subjugate devastating disease is no longer a dream; the hope of +abolishing poverty is not utopian. Science has familiarized men with +the idea of development, taking effect practically in persistent gradual +amelioration of the estate of our common humanity. + + +The problem of an educational use of science is then to create an +intelligence pregnant with belief in the possibility of the direction +of human affairs by itself. The method of science engrained through +education in habit means emancipation from rule of thumb and from the +routine generated by rule of thumb procedure. The word empirical in its +ordinary use does not mean "connected with experiment," but rather +crude and unrational. Under the influence of conditions created by the +non-existence of experimental science, experience was opposed in all +the ruling philosophies of the past to reason and the truly rational. +Empirical knowledge meant the knowledge accumulated by a multitude of +past instances without intelligent insight into the principles of any +of them. To say that medicine was empirical meant that it was not +scientific, but a mode of practice based upon accumulated observations +of diseases and of remedies used more or less at random. Such a mode of +practice is of necessity happy-go-lucky; success depends upon chance. It +lends itself to deception and quackery. Industry that is "empirically" +controlled forbids constructive applications of intelligence; it depends +upon following in an imitative slavish manner the models set in +the past. Experimental science means the possibility of using past +experiences as the servant, not the master, of mind. It means that +reason operates within experience, not beyond it, to give it an +intelligent or reasonable quality. Science is experience becoming +rational. The effect of science is thus to change men's idea of the +nature and inherent possibilities of experience. By the same token, it +changes the idea and the operation of reason. Instead of being something +beyond experience, remote, aloof, concerned with a sublime region +that has nothing to do with the experienced facts of life, it is found +indigenous in experience:--the factor by which past experiences are +purified and rendered into tools for discovery and advance. + +The term "abstract" has a rather bad name in popular speech, being used +to signify not only that which is abstruse and hard to understand, +but also that which is far away from life. But abstraction is an +indispensable trait in reflective direction of activity. Situations do +not literally repeat themselves. Habit treats new occurrences as if +they were identical with old ones; it suffices, accordingly, when the +different or novel element is negligible for present purposes. But when +the new element requires especial attention, random reaction is the +sole recourse unless abstraction is brought into play. For abstraction +deliberately selects from the subject matter of former experiences that +which is thought helpful in dealing with the new. It signifies conscious +transfer of a meaning embedded in past experience for use in a new one. +It is the very artery of intelligence, of the intentional rendering of +one experience available for guidance of another. + +Science carries on this working over of prior subject matter on a large +scale. It aims to free an experience from all which is purely personal +and strictly immediate; it aims to detach whatever it has in common with +the subject matter of other experiences, and which, being common, may +be saved for further use. It is, thus, an indispensable factor in social +progress. In any experience just as it occurs there is much which, +while it may be of precious import to the individual implicated in +the experience, is peculiar and unreduplicable. From the standpoint +of science, this material is accidental, while the features which are +widely shared are essential. Whatever is unique in the situation, since +dependent upon the peculiarities of the individual and the coincidence +of circumstance, is not available for others; so that unless what is +shared is abstracted and fixed by a suitable symbol, practically all the +value of the experience may perish in its passing. But abstraction +and the use of terms to record what is abstracted put the net value of +individual experience at the permanent disposal of mankind. No one +can foresee in detail when or how it may be of further use. The man of +science in developing his abstractions is like a manufacturer of tools +who does not know who will use them nor when. But intellectual tools +are indefinitely more flexible in their range of adaptation than other +mechanical tools. + +Generalization is the counterpart of abstraction. It is the functioning +of an abstraction in its application to a new concrete experience,--its +extension to clarify and direct new situations. Reference to these +possible applications is necessary in order that the abstraction may be +fruitful, instead of a barren formalism ending in itself. Generalization +is essentially a social device. When men identified their interests +exclusively with the concerns of a narrow group, their generalizations +were correspondingly restricted. The viewpoint did not permit a wide and +free survey. Men's thoughts were tied down to a contracted space and a +short time,--limited to their own established customs as a measure +of all possible values. Scientific abstraction and generalization are +equivalent to taking the point of view of any man, whatever his location +in time and space. While this emancipation from the conditions and +episodes of concrete experiences accounts for the remoteness, the +"abstractness," of science, it also accounts for its wide and free +range of fruitful novel applications in practice. Terms and propositions +record, fix, and convey what is abstracted. A meaning detached from a +given experience cannot remain hanging in the air. It must acquire a +local habitation. Names give abstract meanings a physical locus and +body. Formulation is thus not an after-thought or by-product; it is +essential to the completion of the work of thought. Persons know many +things which they cannot express, but such knowledge remains practical, +direct, and personal. An individual can use it for himself; he may be +able to act upon it with efficiency. Artists and executives often have +their knowledge in this state. But it is personal, untransferable, and, +as it were, instinctive. To formulate the significance of an experience +a man must take into conscious account the experiences of others. He +must try to find a standpoint which includes the experience of others +as well as his own. Otherwise his communication cannot be understood. He +talks a language which no one else knows. While literary art furnishes +the supreme successes in stating of experiences so that they are vitally +significant to others, the vocabulary of science is designed, in another +fashion, to express the meaning of experienced things in symbols which +any one will know who studies the science. Aesthetic formulation reveals +and enhances the meaning of experiences one already has; scientific +formulation supplies one with tools for constructing new experiences +with transformed meanings. + +To sum up: Science represents the office of intelligence, in projection +and control of new experiences, pursued systematically, intentionally, +and on a scale due to freedom from limitations of habit. It is the sole +instrumentality of conscious, as distinct from accidental, progress. +And if its generality, its remoteness from individual conditions, confer +upon it a certain technicality and aloofness, these qualities are very +different from those of merely speculative theorizing. The latter are in +permanent dislocation from practice; the former are temporarily detached +for the sake of wider and freer application in later concrete action. +There is a kind of idle theory which is antithetical to practice; but +genuinely scientific theory falls within practice as the agency of its +expansion and its direction to new possibilities. + +3. Naturalism and Humanism in Education. There exists an educational +tradition which opposes science to literature and history in the +curriculum. The quarrel between the representatives of the two interests +is easily explicable historically. Literature and language and a +literary philosophy were entrenched in all higher institutions of +learning before experimental science came into being. The latter had +naturally to win its way. No fortified and protected interest readily +surrenders any monopoly it may possess. But the assumption, from +whichever side, that language and literary products are exclusively +humanistic in quality, and that science is purely physical in import, +is a false notion which tends to cripple the educational use of both +studies. Human life does not occur in a vacuum, nor is nature a mere +stage setting for the enactment of its drama (ante, p. 211). Man's +life is bound up in the processes of nature; his career, for success or +defeat, depends upon the way in which nature enters it. Man's power of +deliberate control of his own affairs depends upon ability to direct +natural energies to use: an ability which is in turn dependent upon +insight into nature's processes. Whatever natural science may be for the +specialist, for educational purposes it is knowledge of the conditions +of human action. To be aware of the medium in which social intercourse +goes on, and of the means and obstacles to its progressive development +is to be in command of a knowledge which is thoroughly humanistic in +quality. One who is ignorant of the history of science is ignorant of +the struggles by which mankind has passed from routine and caprice, from +superstitious subjection to nature, from efforts to use it magically, +to intellectual self-possession. That science may be taught as a set of +formal and technical exercises is only too true. This happens whenever +information about the world is made an end in itself. The failure of +such instruction to procure culture is not, however, evidence of the +antithesis of natural knowledge to humanistic concern, but evidence of a +wrong educational attitude. Dislike to employ scientific knowledge as it +functions in men's occupations is itself a survival of an aristocratic +culture. The notion that "applied" knowledge is somehow less worthy than +"pure" knowledge, was natural to a society in which all useful work was +performed by slaves and serfs, and in which industry was controlled by +the models set by custom rather than by intelligence. Science, or the +highest knowing, was then identified with pure theorizing, apart from +all application in the uses of life; and knowledge relating to useful +arts suffered the stigma attaching to the classes who engaged in them +(See below, Ch. XIX). The idea of science thus generated persisted after +science had itself adopted the appliances of the arts, using them for +the production of knowledge, and after the rise of democracy. Taking +theory just as theory, however, that which concerns humanity is of more +significance for man than that which concerns a merely physical world. +In adopting the criterion of knowledge laid down by a literary culture, +aloof from the practical needs of the mass of men, the educational +advocates of scientific education put themselves at a strategic +disadvantage. So far as they adopt the idea of science appropriate +to its experimental method and to the movements of a democratic and +industrial society, they have no difficulty in showing that natural +science is more humanistic than an alleged humanism which bases its +educational schemes upon the specialized interests of a leisure +class. For, as we have already stated, humanistic studies when set +in opposition to study of nature are hampered. They tend to reduce +themselves to exclusively literary and linguistic studies, which in turn +tend to shrink to "the classics," to languages no longer spoken. For +modern languages may evidently be put to use, and hence fall under the +ban. It would be hard to find anything in history more ironical than the +educational practices which have identified the "humanities" +exclusively with a knowledge of Greek and Latin. Greek and Roman art and +institutions made such important contributions to our civilization +that there should always be the amplest opportunities for making their +acquaintance. But to regard them as par excellence the humane studies +involves a deliberate neglect of the possibilities of the subject matter +which is accessible in education to the masses, and tends to cultivate +a narrow snobbery: that of a learned class whose insignia are the +accidents of exclusive opportunity. Knowledge is humanistic in quality +not because it is about human products in the past, but because of what +it does in liberating human intelligence and human sympathy. Any subject +matter which accomplishes this result is humane, and any subject matter +which does not accomplish it is not even educational. + +Summary. Science represents the fruition of the cognitive factors in +experience. Instead of contenting itself with a mere statement of +what commends itself to personal or customary experience, it aims at a +statement which will reveal the sources, grounds, and consequences of +a belief. The achievement of this aim gives logical character to +the statements. Educationally, it has to be noted that logical +characteristics of method, since they belong to subject matter which has +reached a high degree of intellectual elaboration, are different from +the method of the learner--the chronological order of passing from a +cruder to a more refined intellectual quality of experience. When this +fact is ignored, science is treated as so much bare information, which +however is less interesting and more remote than ordinary information, +being stated in an unusual and technical vocabulary. The function which +science has to perform in the curriculum is that which it has performed +for the race: emancipation from local and temporary incidents of +experience, and the opening of intellectual vistas unobscured by the +accidents of personal habit and predilection. The logical traits of +abstraction, generalization, and definite formulation are all associated +with this function. In emancipating an idea from the particular context +in which it originated and giving it a wider reference the results of +the experience of any individual are put at the disposal of all men. +Thus ultimately and philosophically science is the organ of general +social progress. 1 Upon the positive side, the value of problems arising +in work in the garden, the shop, etc., may be referred to (See p. +200). The laboratory may be treated as an additional resource to supply +conditions and appliances for the better pursuit of these problems. + + + + +Chapter Eighteen: Educational Values + +The considerations involved in a discussion of educational values have +already been brought out in the discussion of aims and interests. + +The specific values usually discussed in educational theories coincide +with aims which are usually urged. They are such things as utility, +culture, information, preparation for social efficiency, mental +discipline or power, and so on. The aspect of these aims in virtue of +which they are valuable has been treated in our analysis of the nature +of interest, and there is no difference between speaking of art as an +interest or concern and referring to it as a value. It happens, +however, that discussion of values has usually been centered about a +consideration of the various ends subserved by specific subjects of the +curriculum. It has been a part of the attempt to justify those subjects +by pointing out the significant contributions to life accruing from +their study. An explicit discussion of educational values thus affords +an opportunity for reviewing the prior discussion of aims and interests +on one hand and of the curriculum on the other, by bringing them into +connection with one another. + +1. The Nature of Realization or Appreciation. Much of our experience is +indirect; it is dependent upon signs which intervene between the things +and ourselves, signs which stand for or represent the former. It is +one thing to have been engaged in war, to have shared its dangers and +hardships; it is another thing to hear or read about it. All language, +all symbols, are implements of an indirect experience; in technical +language the experience which is procured by their means is "mediated." +It stands in contrast with an immediate, direct experience, something +in which we take part vitally and at first hand, instead of through +the intervention of representative media. As we have seen, the scope of +personal, vitally direct experience is very limited. If it were not +for the intervention of agencies for representing absent and distant +affairs, our experience would remain almost on the level of that of the +brutes. Every step from savagery to civilization is dependent upon +the invention of media which enlarge the range of purely immediate +experience and give it deepened as well as wider meaning by connecting +it with things which can only be signified or symbolized. It is +doubtless this fact which is the cause of the disposition to identify +an uncultivated person with an illiterate person--so dependent are we on +letters for effective representative or indirect experience. + +At the same time (as we have also had repeated occasion to see) there +is always a danger that symbols will not be truly representative; danger +that instead of really calling up the absent and remote in a way to make +it enter a present experience, the linguistic media of representation +will become an end in themselves. Formal education is peculiarly exposed +to this danger, with the result that when literacy supervenes, mere +bookishness, what is popularly termed the academic, too often comes +with it. In colloquial speech, the phrase a "realizing sense" is used +to express the urgency, warmth, and intimacy of a direct experience +in contrast with the remote, pallid, and coldly detached quality of +a representative experience. The terms "mental realization" and +"appreciation" (or genuine appreciation) are more elaborate names for +the realizing sense of a thing. It is not possible to define these ideas +except by synonyms, like "coming home to one" "really taking it +in," etc., for the only way to appreciate what is meant by a direct +experience of a thing is by having it. But it is the difference between +reading a technical description of a picture, and seeing it; or between +just seeing it and being moved by it; between learning mathematical +equations about light and being carried away by some peculiarly glorious +illumination of a misty landscape. We are thus met by the danger of the +tendency of technique and other purely representative forms to encroach +upon the sphere of direct appreciations; in other words, the tendency to +assume that pupils have a foundation of direct realization of situations +sufficient for the superstructure of representative experience erected +by formulated school studies. This is not simply a matter of quantity or +bulk. Sufficient direct experience is even more a matter of quality; it +must be of a sort to connect readily and fruitfully with the symbolic +material of instruction. Before teaching can safely enter upon conveying +facts and ideas through the media of signs, schooling must provide +genuine situations in which personal participation brings home the +import of the material and the problems which it conveys. From the +standpoint of the pupil, the resulting experiences are worth while on +their own account; from the standpoint of the teacher they are also +means of supplying subject matter required for understanding instruction +involving signs, and of evoking attitudes of open-mindedness and concern +as to the material symbolically conveyed. + +In the outline given of the theory of educative subject matter, the +demand for this background of realization or appreciation is met by +the provision made for play and active occupations embodying typical +situations. Nothing need be added to what has already been said except +to point out that while the discussion dealt explicitly with the +subject matter of primary education, where the demand for the available +background of direct experience is most obvious, the principle applies +to the primary or elementary phase of every subject. The first and basic +function of laboratory work, for example, in a high school or college in +a new field, is to familiarize the student at first hand with a certain +range of facts and problems--to give him a "feeling" for them. +Getting command of technique and of methods of reaching and testing +generalizations is at first secondary to getting appreciation. As +regards the primary school activities, it is to be borne in mind that +the fundamental intent is not to amuse nor to convey information with a +minimum of vexation nor yet to acquire skill,--though these results +may accrue as by-products,--but to enlarge and enrich the scope of +experience, and to keep alert and effective the interest in intellectual +progress. + +The rubric of appreciation supplies an appropriate head for bringing out +three further principles: the nature of effective or real (as distinct +from nominal) standards of value; the place of the imagination in +appreciative realizations; and the place of the fine arts in the course +of study. + +1. The nature of standards of valuation. Every adult has acquired, in +the course of his prior experience and education, certain measures of +the worth of various sorts of experience. He has learned to look upon +qualities like honesty, amiability, perseverance, loyalty, as moral +goods; upon certain classics of literature, painting, music, as +aesthetic values, and so on. Not only this, but he has learned certain +rules for these values--the golden rule in morals; harmony, balance, +etc., proportionate distribution in aesthetic goods; definition, +clarity, system in intellectual accomplishments. These principles are +so important as standards of judging the worth of new experiences that +parents and instructors are always tending to teach them directly to the +young. They overlook the danger that standards so taught will be merely +symbolic; that is, largely conventional and verbal. In reality, working +as distinct from professed standards depend upon what an individual has +himself specifically appreciated to be deeply significant in concrete +situations. An individual may have learned that certain characteristics +are conventionally esteemed in music; he may be able to converse with +some correctness about classic music; he may even honestly believe that +these traits constitute his own musical standards. But if in his own +past experience, what he has been most accustomed to and has most +enjoyed is ragtime, his active or working measures of valuation are +fixed on the ragtime level. The appeal actually made to him in his own +personal realization fixes his attitude much more deeply than what he +has been taught as the proper thing to say; his habitual disposition +thus fixed forms his real "norm" of valuation in subsequent musical +experiences. + +Probably few would deny this statement as to musical taste. But it +applies equally well in judgments of moral and intellectual worth. A +youth who has had repeated experience of the full meaning of the value +of kindliness toward others built into his disposition has a measure +of the worth of generous treatment of others. Without this vital +appreciation, the duty and virtue of unselfishness impressed upon him by +others as a standard remains purely a matter of symbols which he cannot +adequately translate into realities. His "knowledge" is second-handed; +it is only a knowledge that others prize unselfishness as an excellence, +and esteem him in the degree in which he exhibits it. Thus there grows +up a split between a person's professed standards and his actual ones. +A person may be aware of the results of this struggle between his +inclinations and his theoretical opinions; he suffers from the conflict +between doing what is really dear to him and what he has learned will +win the approval of others. But of the split itself he is unaware; +the result is a kind of unconscious hypocrisy, an instability of +disposition. In similar fashion, a pupil who has worked through some +confused intellectual situation and fought his way to clearing up +obscurities in a definite outcome, appreciates the value of clarity +and definition. He has a standard which can be depended upon. He may +be trained externally to go through certain motions of analysis and +division of subject matter and may acquire information about the value +of these processes as standard logical functions, but unless it somehow +comes home to him at some point as an appreciation of his own, the +significance of the logical norms--so-called--remains as much an +external piece of information as, say, the names of rivers in China. He +may be able to recite, but the recital is a mechanical rehearsal. + +It is, then, a serious mistake to regard appreciation as if it were +confined to such things as literature and pictures and music. Its scope +is as comprehensive as the work of education itself. The formation +of habits is a purely mechanical thing unless habits are also +tastes--habitual modes of preference and esteem, an effective sense of +excellence. There are adequate grounds for asserting that the premium +so often put in schools upon external "discipline," and upon marks and +rewards, upon promotion and keeping back, are the obverse of the lack of +attention given to life situations in which the meaning of facts, ideas, +principles, and problems is vitally brought home. + +2. Appreciative realizations are to be distinguished from symbolic or +representative experiences. They are not to be distinguished from +the work of the intellect or understanding. Only a personal response +involving imagination can possibly procure realization even of pure +"facts." The imagination is the medium of appreciation in every field. +The engagement of the imagination is the only thing that makes any +activity more than mechanical. Unfortunately, it is too customary to +identify the imaginative with the imaginary, rather than with a warm and +intimate taking in of the full scope of a situation. This leads to an +exaggerated estimate of fairy tales, myths, fanciful symbols, verse, and +something labeled "Fine Art," as agencies for developing imagination and +appreciation; and, by neglecting imaginative vision in other matters, +leads to methods which reduce much instruction to an unimaginative +acquiring of specialized skill and amassing of a load of information. +Theory, and--to some extent--practice, have advanced far enough to +recognize that play-activity is an imaginative enterprise. But it is +still usual to regard this activity as a specially marked-off stage of +childish growth, and to overlook the fact that the difference between +play and what is regarded as serious employment should be not a +difference between the presence and absence of imagination, but a +difference in the materials with which imagination is occupied. The +result is an unwholesome exaggeration of the phantastic and "unreal" +phases of childish play and a deadly reduction of serious occupation to +a routine efficiency prized simply for its external tangible results. +Achievement comes to denote the sort of thing that a well-planned +machine can do better than a human being can, and the main effect of +education, the achieving of a life of rich significance, drops by the +wayside. Meantime mind-wandering and wayward fancy are nothing but the +unsuppressible imagination cut loose from concern with what is done. + +An adequate recognition of the play of imagination as the medium of +realization of every kind of thing which lies beyond the scope of direct +physical response is the sole way of escape from mechanical methods in +teaching. The emphasis put in this book, in accord with many tendencies +in contemporary education, upon activity, will be misleading if it is +not recognized that the imagination is as much a normal and integral +part of human activity as is muscular movement. The educative value +of manual activities and of laboratory exercises, as well as of play, +depends upon the extent in which they aid in bringing about a sensing +of the meaning of what is going on. In effect, if not in name, they are +dramatizations. Their utilitarian value in forming habits of skill to be +used for tangible results is important, but not when isolated from the +appreciative side. Were it not for the accompanying play of imagination, +there would be no road from a direct activity to representative +knowledge; for it is by imagination that symbols are translated over +into a direct meaning and integrated with a narrower activity so as to +expand and enrich it. When the representative creative imagination is +made merely literary and mythological, symbols are rendered mere means +of directing physical reactions of the organs of speech. + +3. In the account previously given nothing was explicitly said about +the place of literature and the fine arts in the course of study. The +omission at that point was intentional. At the outset, there is no sharp +demarcation of useful, or industrial, arts and fine arts. The activities +mentioned in Chapter XV contain within themselves the factors later +discriminated into fine and useful arts. As engaging the emotions and +the imagination, they have the qualities which give the fine arts +their quality. As demanding method or skill, the adaptation of tools +to materials with constantly increasing perfection, they involve the +element of technique indispensable to artistic production. From the +standpoint of product, or the work of art, they are naturally defective, +though even in this respect when they comprise genuine appreciation +they often have a rudimentary charm. As experiences they have both an +artistic and an esthetic quality. When they emerge into activities which +are tested by their product and when the socially serviceable value of +the product is emphasized, they pass into useful or industrial arts. +When they develop in the direction of an enhanced appreciation of the +immediate qualities which appeal to taste, they grow into fine arts. + +In one of its meanings, appreciation is opposed to depreciation. It +denotes an enlarged, an intensified prizing, not merely a prizing, +much less--like depreciation--a lowered and degraded prizing. This +enhancement of the qualities which make any ordinary experience +appealing, appropriable--capable of full assimilation--and enjoyable, +constitutes the prime function of literature, music, drawing, painting, +etc., in education. They are not the exclusive agencies of appreciation +in the most general sense of that word; but they are the chief agencies +of an intensified, enhanced appreciation. As such, they are not only +intrinsically and directly enjoyable, but they serve a purpose +beyond themselves. They have the office, in increased degree, of all +appreciation in fixing taste, in forming standards for the worth of +later experiences. They arouse discontent with conditions which fall +below their measure; they create a demand for surroundings coming up to +their own level. They reveal a depth and range of meaning in experiences +which otherwise might be mediocre and trivial. They supply, that +is, organs of vision. Moreover, in their fullness they represent the +concentration and consummation of elements of good which are otherwise +scattered and incomplete. They select and focus the elements of +enjoyable worth which make any experience directly enjoyable. They are +not luxuries of education, but emphatic expressions of that which makes +any education worth while. + +2. The Valuation of Studies. The theory of educational values involves +not only an account of the nature of appreciation as fixing the measure +of subsequent valuations, but an account of the specific directions +in which these valuations occur. To value means primarily to prize, to +esteem; but secondarily it means to apprise, to estimate. It means, that +is, the act of cherishing something, holding it dear, and also the act +of passing judgment upon the nature and amount of its value as compared +with something else. To value in the latter sense is to valuate or +evaluate. The distinction coincides with that sometimes made between +intrinsic and instrumental values. Intrinsic values are not objects of +judgment, they cannot (as intrinsic) be compared, or regarded as greater +and less, better or worse. They are invaluable; and if a thing is +invaluable, it is neither more nor less so than any other invaluable. +But occasions present themselves when it is necessary to choose, when +we must let one thing go in order to take another. This establishes an +order of preference, a greater and less, better and worse. Things judged +or passed upon have to be estimated in relation to some third thing, +some further end. With respect to that, they are means, or instrumental +values. + +We may imagine a man who at one time thoroughly enjoys converse with his +friends, at another the hearing of a symphony; at another the eating of +his meals; at another the reading of a book; at another the earning of +money, and so on. As an appreciative realization, each of these is an +intrinsic value. It occupies a particular place in life; it serves its +own end, which cannot be supplied by a substitute. There is no question +of comparative value, and hence none of valuation. Each is the specific +good which it is, and that is all that can be said. In its own place, +none is a means to anything beyond itself. But there may arise a +situation in which they compete or conflict, in which a choice has to be +made. Now comparison comes in. Since a choice has to be made, we want +to know the respective claims of each competitor. What is to be said +for it? What does it offer in comparison with, as balanced over against, +some other possibility? Raising these questions means that a particular +good is no longer an end in itself, an intrinsic good. For if it were, +its claims would be incomparable, imperative. The question is now as +to its status as a means of realizing something else, which is then the +invaluable of that situation. If a man has just eaten, or if he is well +fed generally and the opportunity to hear music is a rarity, he will +probably prefer the music to eating. In the given situation that will +render the greater contribution. If he is starving, or if he is satiated +with music for the time being, he will naturally judge food to have the +greater worth. In the abstract or at large, apart from the needs of a +particular situation in which choice has to be made, there is no such +thing as degrees or order of value. Certain conclusions follow with +respect to educational values. We cannot establish a hierarchy of values +among studies. It is futile to attempt to arrange them in an order, +beginning with one having least worth and going on to that of maximum +value. In so far as any study has a unique or irreplaceable function in +experience, in so far as it marks a characteristic enrichment of life, +its worth is intrinsic or incomparable. Since education is not a means +to living, but is identical with the operation of living a life which is +fruitful and inherently significant, the only ultimate value which can +be set up is just the process of living itself. And this is not an end +to which studies and activities are subordinate means; it is the whole +of which they are ingredients. And what has been said about appreciation +means that every study in one of its aspects ought to have just such +ultimate significance. It is true of arithmetic as it is of poetry that +in some place and at some time it ought to be a good to be appreciated +on its own account--just as an enjoyable experience, in short. If it is +not, then when the time and place come for it to be used as a means or +instrumentality, it will be in just that much handicapped. Never having +been realized or appreciated for itself, one will miss something of its +capacity as a resource for other ends. + +It equally follows that when we compare studies as to their values, +that is, treat them as means to something beyond themselves, that which +controls their proper valuation is found in the specific situation in +which they are to be used. The way to enable a student to apprehend the +instrumental value of arithmetic is not to lecture him upon the benefit +it will be to him in some remote and uncertain future, but to let him +discover that success in something he is interested in doing depends +upon ability to use number. + +It also follows that the attempt to distribute distinct sorts of value +among different studies is a misguided one, in spite of the amount of +time recently devoted to the undertaking. Science for example may have +any kind of value, depending upon the situation into which it enters +as a means. To some the value of science may be military; it may be +an instrument in strengthening means of offense or defense; it may be +technological, a tool for engineering; or it may be commercial--an aid +in the successful conduct of business; under other conditions, its +worth may be philanthropic--the service it renders in relieving +human suffering; or again it may be quite conventional--of value in +establishing one's social status as an "educated" person. As matter of +fact, science serves all these purposes, and it would be an arbitrary +task to try to fix upon one of them as its "real" end. All that we can +be sure of educationally is that science should be taught so as to be an +end in itself in the lives of students--something worth while on account +of its own unique intrinsic contribution to the experience of life. +Primarily it must have "appreciation value." If we take something +which seems to be at the opposite pole, like poetry, the same sort of +statement applies. It may be that, at the present time, its chief value +is the contribution it makes to the enjoyment of leisure. But that may +represent a degenerate condition rather than anything necessary. Poetry +has historically been allied with religion and morals; it has served the +purpose of penetrating the mysterious depths of things. It has had an +enormous patriotic value. Homer to the Greeks was a Bible, a textbook +of morals, a history, and a national inspiration. In any case, it may +be said that an education which does not succeed in making poetry +a resource in the business of life as well as in its leisure, has +something the matter with it--or else the poetry is artificial poetry. + +The same considerations apply to the value of a study or a topic of +a study with reference to its motivating force. Those responsible +for planning and teaching the course of study should have grounds +for thinking that the studies and topics included furnish both direct +increments to the enriching of lives of the pupils and also materials +which they can put to use in other concerns of direct interest. Since +the curriculum is always getting loaded down with purely inherited +traditional matter and with subjects which represent mainly the energy +of some influential person or group of persons in behalf of something +dear to them, it requires constant inspection, criticism, and revision +to make sure it is accomplishing its purpose. Then there is always the +probability that it represents the values of adults rather than those +of children and youth, or those of pupils a generation ago rather than +those of the present day. Hence a further need for a critical outlook +and survey. But these considerations do not mean that for a subject to +have motivating value to a pupil (whether intrinsic or instrumental) +is the same thing as for him to be aware of the value, or to be able to +tell what the study is good for. + +In the first place, as long as any topic makes an immediate appeal, it +is not necessary to ask what it is good for. This is a question which +can be asked only about instrumental values. Some goods are not good for +anything; they are just goods. Any other notion leads to an absurdity. +For we cannot stop asking the question about an instrumental good, one +whose value lies in its being good for something, unless there is at +some point something intrinsically good, good for itself. To a hungry, +healthy child, food is a good of the situation; we do not have to bring +him to consciousness of the ends subserved by food in order to supply a +motive to eat. The food in connection with his appetite is a motive. The +same thing holds of mentally eager pupils with respect to many topics. +Neither they nor the teacher could possibly foretell with any exactness +the purposes learning is to accomplish in the future; nor as long as the +eagerness continues is it advisable to try to specify particular goods +which are to come of it. The proof of a good is found in the fact that +the pupil responds; his response is use. His response to the material +shows that the subject functions in his life. It is unsound to urge +that, say, Latin has a value per se in the abstract, just as a study, as +a sufficient justification for teaching it. But it is equally absurd +to argue that unless teacher or pupil can point out some definite +assignable future use to which it is to be put, it lacks justifying +value. When pupils are genuinely concerned in learning Latin, that is of +itself proof that it possesses value. The most which one is entitled to +ask in such cases is whether in view of the shortness of time, there +are not other things of intrinsic value which in addition have greater +instrumental value. + +This brings us to the matter of instrumental values--topics studied +because of some end beyond themselves. If a child is ill and his +appetite does not lead him to eat when food is presented, or if his +appetite is perverted so that he prefers candy to meat and vegetables, +conscious reference to results is indicated. He needs to be made +conscious of consequences as a justification of the positive or negative +value of certain objects. Or the state of things may be normal enough, +and yet an individual not be moved by some matter because he does not +grasp how his attainment of some intrinsic good depends upon active +concern with what is presented. In such cases, it is obviously the part +of wisdom to establish consciousness of connection. In general what is +desirable is that a topic be presented in such a way that it either have +an immediate value, and require no justification, or else be perceived +to be a means of achieving something of intrinsic value. An instrumental +value then has the intrinsic value of being a means to an end. It may +be questioned whether some of the present pedagogical interest in the +matter of values of studies is not either excessive or else too narrow. +Sometimes it appears to be a labored effort to furnish an apologetic for +topics which no longer operate to any purpose, direct or indirect, in +the lives of pupils. At other times, the reaction against useless lumber +seems to have gone to the extent of supposing that no subject or topic +should be taught unless some quite definite future utility can be +pointed out by those making the course of study or by the pupil himself, +unmindful of the fact that life is its own excuse for being; and that +definite utilities which can be pointed out are themselves justified +only because they increase the experienced content of life itself. 3. +The Segregation and Organization of Values. It is of course possible to +classify in a general way the various valuable phases of life. In order +to get a survey of aims sufficiently wide (See ante, p. 110) to give +breadth and flexibility to the enterprise of education, there is some +advantage in such a classification. But it is a great mistake to regard +these values as ultimate ends to which the concrete satisfactions of +experience are subordinate. They are nothing but generalizations, +more or less adequate, of concrete goods. Health, wealth, efficiency, +sociability, utility, culture, happiness itself are only abstract +terms which sum up a multitude of particulars. To regard such things as +standards for the valuation of concrete topics and process of education +is to subordinate to an abstraction the concrete facts from which the +abstraction is derived. They are not in any true sense standards of +valuation; these are found, as we have previously seen, in the specific +realizations which form tastes and habits of preference. They are, +however, of significance as points of view elevated above the details of +life whence to survey the field and see how its constituent details are +distributed, and whether they are well proportioned. No classification +can have other than a provisional validity. The following may prove of +some help. We may say that the kind of experience to which the work of +the schools should contribute is one marked by executive competency in +the management of resources and obstacles encountered (efficiency); +by sociability, or interest in the direct companionship of others; by +aesthetic taste or capacity to appreciate artistic excellence in at +least some of its classic forms; by trained intellectual method, or +interest in some mode of scientific achievement; and by sensitiveness +to the rights and claims of others--conscientiousness. And while these +considerations are not standards of value, they are useful criteria +for survey, criticism, and better organization of existing methods and +subject matter of instruction. + +The need of such general points of view is the greater because of a +tendency to segregate educational values due to the isolation from one +another of the various pursuits of life. The idea is prevalent that +different studies represent separate kinds of values, and that the +curriculum should, therefore, be constituted by gathering together +various studies till a sufficient variety of independent values have +been cared for. The following quotation does not use the word value, +but it contains the notion of a curriculum constructed on the idea that +there are a number of separate ends to be reached, and that various +studies may be evaluated by referring each study to its respective end. +"Memory is trained by most studies, but best by languages and history; +taste is trained by the more advanced study of languages, and still +better by English literature; imagination by all higher language +teaching, but chiefly by Greek and Latin poetry; observation by science +work in the laboratory, though some training is to be got from the +earlier stages of Latin and Greek; for expression, Greek and Latin +composition comes first and English composition next; for abstract +reasoning, mathematics stands almost alone; for concrete reasoning, +science comes first, then geometry; for social reasoning, the Greek and +Roman historians and orators come first, and general history next. Hence +the narrowest education which can claim to be at all complete includes +Latin, one modern language, some history, some English literature, and +one science." There is much in the wording of this passage which is +irrelevant to our point and which must be discounted to make it clear. +The phraseology betrays the particular provincial tradition within +which the author is writing. There is the unquestioned assumption +of "faculties" to be trained, and a dominant interest in the ancient +languages; there is comparative disregard of the earth on which men +happen to live and the bodies they happen to carry around with them. +But with allowances made for these matters (even with their complete +abandonment) we find much in contemporary educational philosophy which +parallels the fundamental notion of parceling out special values to +segregated studies. Even when some one end is set up as a standard of +value, like social efficiency or culture, it will often be found to be +but a verbal heading under which a variety of disconnected factors +are comprised. And although the general tendency is to allow a greater +variety of values to a given study than does the passage quoted, yet the +attempt to inventory a number of values attaching to each study and +to state the amount of each value which the given study possesses +emphasizes an implied educational disintegration. + +As matter of fact, such schemes of values of studies are largely but +unconscious justifications of the curriculum with which one is familiar. +One accepts, for the most part, the studies of the existing course +and then assigns values to them as a sufficient reason for their being +taught. Mathematics is said to have, for example, disciplinary value +in habituating the pupil to accuracy of statement and closeness of +reasoning; it has utilitarian value in giving command of the arts +of calculation involved in trade and the arts; culture value in +its enlargement of the imagination in dealing with the most general +relations of things; even religious value in its concept of the infinite +and allied ideas. But clearly mathematics does not accomplish such +results, because it is endowed with miraculous potencies called values; +it has these values if and when it accomplishes these results, and not +otherwise. The statements may help a teacher to a larger vision of the +possible results to be effected by instruction in mathematical topics. +But unfortunately, the tendency is to treat the statement as indicating +powers inherently residing in the subject, whether they operate or not, +and thus to give it a rigid justification. If they do not operate, the +blame is put not on the subject as taught, but on the indifference and +recalcitrancy of pupils. + +This attitude toward subjects is the obverse side of the conception of +experience or life as a patchwork of independent interests which exist +side by side and limit one another. Students of politics are familiar +with a check and balance theory of the powers of government. There are +supposed to be independent separate functions, like the legislative, +executive, judicial, administrative, and all goes well if each of these +checks all the others and thus creates an ideal balance. There is a +philosophy which might well be called the check and balance theory of +experience. Life presents a diversity of interests. Left to themselves, +they tend to encroach on one another. The ideal is to prescribe a +special territory for each till the whole ground of experience is +covered, and then see to it each remains within its own boundaries. +Politics, business, recreation, art, science, the learned professions, +polite intercourse, leisure, represent such interests. Each of these +ramifies into many branches: business into manual occupations, executive +positions, bookkeeping, railroading, banking, agriculture, trade and +commerce, etc., and so with each of the others. An ideal education +would then supply the means of meeting these separate and pigeon-holed +interests. And when we look at the schools, it is easy to get the +impression that they accept this view of the nature of adult life, and +set for themselves the task of meeting its demands. Each interest is +acknowledged as a kind of fixed institution to which something in the +course of study must correspond. The course of study must then have +some civics and history politically and patriotically viewed: some +utilitarian studies; some science; some art (mainly literature of +course); some provision for recreation; some moral education; and so +on. And it will be found that a large part of current agitation about +schools is concerned with clamor and controversy about the due meed of +recognition to be given to each of these interests, and with struggles +to secure for each its due share in the course of study; or, if this +does not seem feasible in the existing school system, then to secure a +new and separate kind of schooling to meet the need. In the multitude of +educations education is forgotten. + +The obvious outcome is congestion of the course of study, overpressure +and distraction of pupils, and a narrow specialization fatal to the very +idea of education. But these bad results usually lead to more of the +same sort of thing as a remedy. When it is perceived that after all the +requirements of a full life experience are not met, the deficiency is +not laid to the isolation and narrowness of the teaching of the existing +subjects, and this recognition made the basis of reorganization of the +system. No, the lack is something to be made up for by the introduction +of still another study, or, if necessary, another kind of school. And +as a rule those who object to the resulting overcrowding and consequent +superficiality and distraction usually also have recourse to a merely +quantitative criterion: the remedy is to cut off a great many studies as +fads and frills, and return to the good old curriculum of the three R's +in elementary education and the equally good and equally old-fashioned +curriculum of the classics and mathematics in higher education. + +The situation has, of course, its historic explanation. Various epochs +of the past have had their own characteristic struggles and interests. +Each of these great epochs has left behind itself a kind of cultural +deposit, like a geologic stratum. These deposits have found their way +into educational institutions in the form of studies, distinct courses +of study, distinct types of schools. With the rapid change of political, +scientific, and economic interests in the last century, provision had to +be made for new values. Though the older courses resisted, they have had +at least in this country to retire their pretensions to a monopoly. They +have not, however, been reorganized in content and aim; they have only +been reduced in amount. The new studies, representing the new interests, +have not been used to transform the method and aim of all instruction; +they have been injected and added on. The result is a conglomerate, the +cement of which consists in the mechanics of the school program or time +table. Thence arises the scheme of values and standards of value which +we have mentioned. + +This situation in education represents the divisions and separations +which obtain in social life. The variety of interests which should mark +any rich and balanced experience have been torn asunder and deposited in +separate institutions with diverse and independent purposes and methods. +Business is business, science is science, art is art, politics is +politics, social intercourse is social intercourse, morals is morals, +recreation is recreation, and so on. Each possesses a separate and +independent province with its own peculiar aims and ways of proceeding. +Each contributes to the others only externally and accidentally. All of +them together make up the whole of life by just apposition and addition. +What does one expect from business save that it should furnish money, +to be used in turn for making more money and for support of self and +family, for buying books and pictures, tickets to concerts which may +afford culture, and for paying taxes, charitable gifts and other things +of social and ethical value? How unreasonable to expect that the pursuit +of business should be itself a culture of the imagination, in breadth +and refinement; that it should directly, and not through the money which +it supplies, have social service for its animating principle and be +conducted as an enterprise in behalf of social organization! The same +thing is to be said, mutatis mutandis, of the pursuit of art or science +or politics or religion. Each has become specialized not merely in +its appliances and its demands upon time, but in its aim and animating +spirit. Unconsciously, our course of studies and our theories of the +educational values of studies reflect this division of interests. The +point at issue in a theory of educational value is then the unity or +integrity of experience. How shall it be full and varied without losing +unity of spirit? How shall it be one and yet not narrow and monotonous +in its unity? Ultimately, the question of values and a standard of +values is the moral question of the organization of the interests of +life. Educationally, the question concerns that organization of schools, +materials, and methods which will operate to achieve breadth and +richness of experience. How shall we secure breadth of outlook without +sacrificing efficiency of execution? How shall we secure the diversity +of interests, without paying the price of isolation? How shall the +individual be rendered executive in his intelligence instead of at the +cost of his intelligence? How shall art, science, and politics reinforce +one another in an enriched temper of mind instead of constituting ends +pursued at one another's expense? How can the interests of life and the +studies which enforce them enrich the common experience of men instead +of dividing men from one another? With the questions of reorganization +thus suggested, we shall be concerned in the concluding chapters. + +Summary. Fundamentally, the elements involved in a discussion of value +have been covered in the prior discussion of aims and interests. But +since educational values are generally discussed in connection with the +claims of the various studies of the curriculum, the consideration +of aim and interest is here resumed from the point of view of special +studies. The term "value" has two quite different meanings. On the one +hand, it denotes the attitude of prizing a thing finding it worth +while, for its own sake, or intrinsically. This is a name for a full +or complete experience. To value in this sense is to appreciate. But +to value also means a distinctively intellectual act--an operation +of comparing and judging--to valuate. This occurs when direct full +experience is lacking, and the question arises which of the various +possibilities of a situation is to be preferred in order to reach a full +realization, or vital experience. + +We must not, however, divide the studies of the curriculum into +the appreciative, those concerned with intrinsic value, and the +instrumental, concerned with those which are of value or ends beyond +themselves. The formation of proper standards in any subject depends +upon a realization of the contribution which it makes to the immediate +significance of experience, upon a direct appreciation. Literature and +the fine arts are of peculiar value because they represent appreciation +at its best--a heightened realization of meaning through selection and +concentration. But every subject at some phase of its development should +possess, what is for the individual concerned with it, an aesthetic +quality. + +Contribution to immediate intrinsic values in all their variety +in experience is the only criterion for determining the worth of +instrumental and derived values in studies. The tendency to assign +separate values to each study and to regard the curriculum in its +entirety as a kind of composite made by the aggregation of segregated +values is a result of the isolation of social groups and classes. Hence +it is the business of education in a democratic social group to struggle +against this isolation in order that the various interests may reinforce +and play into one another. + + + + +Chapter Nineteen: Labor and Leisure + +1. The Origin of the Opposition. + +The isolation of aims and values which we have been considering leads to +opposition between them. Probably the most deep-seated antithesis which +has shown itself in educational history is that between education in +preparation for useful labor and education for a life of leisure. The +bare terms "useful labor" and "leisure" confirm the statement already +made that the segregation and conflict of values are not self-inclosed, +but reflect a division within social life. Were the two functions +of gaining a livelihood by work and enjoying in a cultivated way the +opportunities of leisure, distributed equally among the different +members of a community, it would not occur to any one that there was +any conflict of educational agencies and aims involved. It would be +self-evident that the question was how education could contribute most +effectively to both. And while it might be found that some materials of +instruction chiefly accomplished one result and other subject matter +the other, it would be evident that care must be taken to secure as +much overlapping as conditions permit; that is, the education which had +leisure more directly in view should indirectly reinforce as much as +possible the efficiency and the enjoyment of work, while that aiming at +the latter should produce habits of emotion and intellect which would +procure a worthy cultivation of leisure. These general considerations +are amply borne out by the historical development of educational +philosophy. The separation of liberal education from professional +and industrial education goes back to the time of the Greeks, and was +formulated expressly on the basis of a division of classes into those +who had to labor for a living and those who were relieved from this +necessity. The conception that liberal education, adapted to men in the +latter class, is intrinsically higher than the servile training given +to the latter class reflected the fact that one class was free and the +other servile in its social status. The latter class labored not only +for its own subsistence, but also for the means which enabled the +superior class to live without personally engaging in occupations +taking almost all the time and not of a nature to engage or reward +intelligence. + +That a certain amount of labor must be engaged in goes without saying. +Human beings have to live and it requires work to supply the resources +of life. Even if we insist that the interests connected with getting +a living are only material and hence intrinsically lower than those +connected with enjoyment of time released from labor, and even if it +were admitted that there is something engrossing and insubordinate +in material interests which leads them to strive to usurp the place +belonging to the higher ideal interests, this would not--barring +the fact of socially divided classes--lead to neglect of the kind of +education which trains men for the useful pursuits. It would rather lead +to scrupulous care for them, so that men were trained to be efficient in +them and yet to keep them in their place; education would see to it +that we avoided the evil results which flow from their being allowed to +flourish in obscure purlieus of neglect. Only when a division of these +interests coincides with a division of an inferior and a superior social +class will preparation for useful work be looked down upon with contempt +as an unworthy thing: a fact which prepares one for the conclusion that +the rigid identification of work with material interests, and leisure +with ideal interests is itself a social product. The educational +formulations of the social situation made over two thousand years ago +have been so influential and give such a clear and logical recognition +of the implications of the division into laboring and leisure classes, +that they deserve especial note. According to them, man occupies the +highest place in the scheme of animate existence. In part, he shares +the constitution and functions of plants and animals--nutritive, +reproductive, motor or practical. The distinctively human function is +reason existing for the sake of beholding the spectacle of the universe. +Hence the truly human end is the fullest possible of this distinctive +human prerogative. The life of observation, meditation, cogitation, and +speculation pursued as an end in itself is the proper life of man. From +reason moreover proceeds the proper control of the lower elements +of human nature--the appetites and the active, motor, impulses. In +themselves greedy, insubordinate, lovers of excess, aiming only at their +own satiety, they observe moderation--the law of the mean--and serve +desirable ends as they are subjected to the rule of reason. + +Such is the situation as an affair of theoretical psychology and as most +adequately stated by Aristotle. But this state of things is reflected +in the constitution of classes of men and hence in the organization of +society. Only in a comparatively small number is the function of reason +capable of operating as a law of life. In the mass of people, vegetative +and animal functions dominate. Their energy of intelligence is so feeble +and inconstant that it is constantly overpowered by bodily appetite and +passion. Such persons are not truly ends in themselves, for only reason +constitutes a final end. Like plants, animals and physical tools, they +are means, appliances, for the attaining of ends beyond themselves, +although unlike them they have enough intelligence to exercise a certain +discretion in the execution of the tasks committed to them. Thus by +nature, and not merely by social convention, there are those who are +slaves--that is, means for the ends of others. 1 The great body of +artisans are in one important respect worse off than even slaves. +Like the latter they are given up to the service of ends external to +themselves; but since they do not enjoy the intimate association with +the free superior class experienced by domestic slaves they remain on a +lower plane of excellence. Moreover, women are classed with slaves and +craftsmen as factors among the animate instrumentalities of production +and reproduction of the means for a free or rational life. + +Individually and collectively there is a gulf between merely living and +living worthily. In order that one may live worthily he must first live, +and so with collective society. The time and energy spent upon mere +life, upon the gaining of subsistence, detracts from that available for +activities that have an inherent rational meaning; they also unfit for +the latter. Means are menial, the serviceable is servile. The true life +is possible only in the degree in which the physical necessities are had +without effort and without attention. Hence slaves, artisans, and +women are employed in furnishing the means of subsistence in order that +others, those adequately equipped with intelligence, may live the life +of leisurely concern with things intrinsically worth while. + +To these two modes of occupation, with their distinction of servile and +free activities (or "arts") correspond two types of education: the base +or mechanical and the liberal or intellectual. Some persons are trained +by suitable practical exercises for capacity in doing things, for +ability to use the mechanical tools involved in turning out physical +commodities and rendering personal service. This training is a +mere matter of habituation and technical skill; it operates through +repetition and assiduity in application, not through awakening and +nurturing thought. Liberal education aims to train intelligence for its +proper office: to know. The less this knowledge has to do with practical +affairs, with making or producing, the more adequately it engages +intelligence. So consistently does Aristotle draw the line between +menial and liberal education that he puts what are now called the "fine" +arts, music, painting, sculpture, in the same class with menial arts +so far as their practice is concerned. They involve physical agencies, +assiduity of practice, and external results. In discussing, for example, +education in music he raises the question how far the young should +be practiced in the playing of instruments. His answer is that such +practice and proficiency may be tolerated as conduce to appreciation; +that is, to understanding and enjoyment of music when played by slaves +or professionals. When professional power is aimed at, music sinks from +the liberal to the professional level. One might then as well teach +cooking, says Aristotle. Even a liberal concern with the works of fine +art depends upon the existence of a hireling class of practitioners who +have subordinated the development of their own personality to attaining +skill in mechanical execution. The higher the activity the more purely +mental is it; the less does it have to do with physical things or +with the body. The more purely mental it is, the more independent or +self-sufficing is it. + +These last words remind us that Aristotle again makes a distinction of +superior and inferior even within those living the life of reason. For +there is a distinction in ends and in free action, according as one's +life is merely accompanied by reason or as it makes reason its own +medium. That is to say, the free citizen who devotes himself to the +public life of his community, sharing in the management of its affairs +and winning personal honor and distinction, lives a life accompanied +by reason. But the thinker, the man who devotes himself to scientific +inquiry and philosophic speculation, works, so to speak, in reason, not +simply by *. Even the activity of the citizen in his civic relations, +in other words, retains some of the taint of practice, of external or +merely instrumental doing. This infection is shown by the fact that +civic activity and civic excellence need the help of others; one cannot +engage in public life all by himself. But all needs, all desires imply, +in the philosophy of Aristotle, a material factor; they involve lack, +privation; they are dependent upon something beyond themselves for +completion. A purely intellectual life, however, one carries on by +himself, in himself; such assistance as he may derive from others is +accidental, rather than intrinsic. In knowing, in the life of theory, +reason finds its own full manifestation; knowing for the sake of knowing +irrespective of any application is alone independent, or self-sufficing. +Hence only the education that makes for power to know as an end in +itself, without reference to the practice of even civic duties, is +truly liberal or free. 2. The Present Situation. If the Aristotelian +conception represented just Aristotle's personal view, it would be a +more or less interesting historical curiosity. It could be dismissed +as an illustration of the lack of sympathy or the amount of academic +pedantry which may coexist with extraordinary intellectual gifts. +But Aristotle simply described without confusion and without that +insincerity always attendant upon mental confusion, the life that was +before him. That the actual social situation has greatly changed since +his day there is no need to say. But in spite of these changes, in spite +of the abolition of legal serfdom, and the spread of democracy, with +the extension of science and of general education (in books, newspapers, +travel, and general intercourse as well as in schools), there remains +enough of a cleavage of society into a learned and an unlearned class, +a leisure and a laboring class, to make his point of view a most +enlightening one from which to criticize the separation between culture +and utility in present education. Behind the intellectual and abstract +distinction as it figures in pedagogical discussion, there looms a +social distinction between those whose pursuits involve a minimum of +self-directive thought and aesthetic appreciation, and those who are +concerned more directly with things of the intelligence and with the +control of the activities of others. + +Aristotle was certainly permanently right when he said that "any +occupation or art or study deserves to be called mechanical if it +renders the body or soul or intellect of free persons unfit for the +exercise and practice of excellence." The force of the statement is +almost infinitely increased when we hold, as we nominally do at present, +that all persons, instead of a comparatively few, are free. For when the +mass of men and all women were regarded as unfree by the very nature +of their bodies and minds, there was neither intellectual confusion nor +moral hypocrisy in giving them only the training which fitted them +for mechanical skill, irrespective of its ulterior effect upon their +capacity to share in a worthy life. He was permanently right also when +he went on to say that "all mercenary employments as well as those which +degrade the condition of the body are mechanical, since they deprive +the intellect of leisure and dignity,"--permanently right, that is, +if gainful pursuits as matter of fact deprive the intellect of the +conditions of its exercise and so of its dignity. If his statements +are false, it is because they identify a phase of social custom with +a natural necessity. But a different view of the relations of mind and +matter, mind and body, intelligence and social service, is better than +Aristotle's conception only if it helps render the old idea obsolete +in fact--in the actual conduct of life and education. Aristotle was +permanently right in assuming the inferiority and subordination of +mere skill in performance and mere accumulation of external products to +understanding, sympathy of appreciation, and the free play of ideas. If +there was an error, it lay in assuming the necessary separation of the +two: in supposing that there is a natural divorce between efficiency in +producing commodities and rendering service, and self-directive thought; +between significant knowledge and practical achievement. We hardly +better matters if we just correct his theoretical misapprehension, and +tolerate the social state of affairs which generated and sanctioned +his conception. We lose rather than gain in change from serfdom to +free citizenship if the most prized result of the change is simply an +increase in the mechanical efficiency of the human tools of production. +So we lose rather than gain in coming to think of intelligence as an +organ of control of nature through action, if we are content that an +unintelligent, unfree state persists in those who engage directly in +turning nature to use, and leave the intelligence which controls to be +the exclusive possession of remote scientists and captains of industry. +We are in a position honestly to criticize the division of life into +separate functions and of society into separate classes only so far +as we are free from responsibility for perpetuating the educational +practices which train the many for pursuits involving mere skill in +production, and the few for a knowledge that is an ornament and a +cultural embellishment. In short, ability to transcend the Greek +philosophy of life and education is not secured by a mere shifting about +of the theoretical symbols meaning free, rational, and worthy. It is not +secured by a change of sentiment regarding the dignity of labor, and +the superiority of a life of service to that of an aloof self-sufficing +independence. Important as these theoretical and emotional changes +are, their importance consists in their being turned to account in the +development of a truly democratic society, a society in which all share +in useful service and all enjoy a worthy leisure. It is not a mere +change in the concepts of culture--or a liberal mind--and social service +which requires an educational reorganization; but the educational +transformation is needed to give full and explicit effect to the +changes implied in social life. The increased political and economic +emancipation of the "masses" has shown itself in education; it has +effected the development of a common school system of education, public +and free. It has destroyed the idea that learning is properly a monopoly +of the few who are predestined by nature to govern social affairs. But +the revolution is still incomplete. The idea still prevails that a truly +cultural or liberal education cannot have anything in common, directly +at least, with industrial affairs, and that the education which is fit +for the masses must be a useful or practical education in a sense which +opposes useful and practical to nurture of appreciation and liberation +of thought. As a consequence, our actual system is an inconsistent +mixture. Certain studies and methods are retained on the supposition +that they have the sanction of peculiar liberality, the chief content +of the term liberal being uselessness for practical ends. This aspect +is chiefly visible in what is termed the higher education--that of the +college and of preparation for it. But it has filtered through into +elementary education and largely controls its processes and aims. But, +on the other hand, certain concessions have been made to the masses +who must engage in getting a livelihood and to the increased role of +economic activities in modern life. These concessions are exhibited in +special schools and courses for the professions, for engineering, for +manual training and commerce, in vocational and prevocational courses; +and in the spirit in which certain elementary subjects, like the three +R's, are taught. The result is a system in which both "cultural" and +"utilitarian" subjects exist in an inorganic composite where the former +are not by dominant purpose socially serviceable and the latter not +liberative of imagination or thinking power. + +In the inherited situation, there is a curious intermingling, in even +the same study, of concession to usefulness and a survival of traits +once exclusively attributed to preparation for leisure. The "utility" +element is found in the motives assigned for the study, the "liberal" +element in methods of teaching. The outcome of the mixture is perhaps +less satisfactory than if either principle were adhered to in its +purity. The motive popularly assigned for making the studies of the +first four or five years consist almost entirely of reading, spelling, +writing, and arithmetic, is, for example, that ability to read, write, +and figure accurately is indispensable to getting ahead. These studies +are treated as mere instruments for entering upon a gainful employment +or of later progress in the pursuit of learning, according as pupils do +not or do remain in school. This attitude is reflected in the emphasis +put upon drill and practice for the sake of gaining automatic skill. +If we turn to Greek schooling, we find that from the earliest years the +acquisition of skill was subordinated as much as possible to acquisition +of literary content possessed of aesthetic and moral significance. Not +getting a tool for subsequent use but present subject matter was the +emphasized thing. Nevertheless the isolation of these studies from +practical application, their reduction to purely symbolic devices, +represents a survival of the idea of a liberal training divorced from +utility. A thorough adoption of the idea of utility would have led to +instruction which tied up the studies to situations in which they +were directly needed and where they were rendered immediately and not +remotely helpful. It would be hard to find a subject in the curriculum +within which there are not found evil results of a compromise between +the two opposed ideals. Natural science is recommended on the ground +of its practical utility, but is taught as a special accomplishment in +removal from application. On the other hand, music and literature are +theoretically justified on the ground of their culture value and are +then taught with chief emphasis upon forming technical modes of skill. + +If we had less compromise and resulting confusion, if we analyzed more +carefully the respective meanings of culture and utility, we might find +it easier to construct a course of study which should be useful and +liberal at the same time. Only superstition makes us believe that the +two are necessarily hostile so that a subject is illiberal because it +is useful and cultural because it is useless. It will generally be found +that instruction which, in aiming at utilitarian results, sacrifices the +development of imagination, the refining of taste and the deepening of +intellectual insight--surely cultural values--also in the same degree +renders what is learned limited in its use. Not that it makes it +wholly unavailable but that its applicability is restricted to routine +activities carried on under the supervision of others. Narrow modes of +skill cannot be made useful beyond themselves; any mode of skill which +is achieved with deepening of knowledge and perfecting of judgment is +readily put to use in new situations and is under personal control. It +was not the bare fact of social and economic utility which made certain +activities seem servile to the Greeks but the fact that the activities +directly connected with getting a livelihood were not, in their days, +the expression of a trained intelligence nor carried on because of a +personal appreciation of their meaning. So far as farming and the trades +were rule-of-thumb occupations and so far as they were engaged in for +results external to the minds of agricultural laborers and mechanics, +they were illiberal--but only so far. The intellectual and social +context has now changed. The elements in industry due to mere custom and +routine have become subordinate in most economic callings to elements +derived from scientific inquiry. The most important occupations of today +represent and depend upon applied mathematics, physics, and chemistry. +The area of the human world influenced by economic production +and influencing consumption has been so indefinitely widened that +geographical and political considerations of an almost infinitely wide +scope enter in. It was natural for Plato to deprecate the learning of +geometry and arithmetic for practical ends, because as matter of fact +the practical uses to which they were put were few, lacking in content +and mostly mercenary in quality. But as their social uses have increased +and enlarged, their liberalizing or "intellectual" value and their +practical value approach the same limit. + +Doubtless the factor which chiefly prevents our full recognition and +employment of this identification is the conditions under which so much +work is still carried on. The invention of machines has extended the +amount of leisure which is possible even while one is at work. It is a +commonplace that the mastery of skill in the form of established habits +frees the mind for a higher order of thinking. Something of the same +kind is true of the introduction of mechanically automatic operations in +industry. They may release the mind for thought upon other topics. But +when we confine the education of those who work with their hands to a +few years of schooling devoted for the most part to acquiring the use of +rudimentary symbols at the expense of training in science, literature, +and history, we fail to prepare the minds of workers to take advantage +of this opportunity. More fundamental is the fact that the great +majority of workers have no insight into the social aims of their +pursuits and no direct personal interest in them. The results actually +achieved are not the ends of their actions, but only of their employers. +They do what they do, not freely and intelligently, but for the sake of +the wage earned. It is this fact which makes the action illiberal, and +which will make any education designed simply to give skill in such +undertakings illiberal and immoral. The activity is not free because not +freely participated in. + +Nevertheless, there is already an opportunity for an education which, +keeping in mind the larger features of work, will reconcile liberal +nurture with training in social serviceableness, with ability to share +efficiently and happily in occupations which are productive. And such an +education will of itself tend to do away with the evils of the existing +economic situation. In the degree in which men have an active concern +in the ends that control their activity, their activity becomes free or +voluntary and loses its externally enforced and servile quality, even +though the physical aspect of behavior remain the same. In what is +termed politics, democratic social organization makes provision for this +direct participation in control: in the economic region, control remains +external and autocratic. Hence the split between inner mental action and +outer physical action of which the traditional distinction between the +liberal and the utilitarian is the reflex. An education which should +unify the disposition of the members of society would do much to unify +society itself. + +Summary. Of the segregations of educational values discussed in the +last chapter, that between culture and utility is probably the most +fundamental. While the distinction is often thought to be intrinsic and +absolute, it is really historical and social. It originated, so far as +conscious formulation is concerned, in Greece, and was based upon the +fact that the truly human life was lived only by a few who subsisted +upon the results of the labor of others. This fact affected the +psychological doctrine of the relation of intelligence and desire, +theory and practice. It was embodied in a political theory of a +permanent division of human beings into those capable of a life of +reason and hence having their own ends, and those capable only of desire +and work, and needing to have their ends provided by others. The two +distinctions, psychological and political, translated into educational +terms, effected a division between a liberal education, having to do +with the self-sufficing life of leisure devoted to knowing for its +own sake, and a useful, practical training for mechanical occupations, +devoid of intellectual and aesthetic content. While the present +situation is radically diverse in theory and much changed in fact, the +factors of the older historic situation still persist sufficiently to +maintain the educational distinction, along with compromises which +often reduce the efficacy of the educational measures. The problem of +education in a democratic society is to do away with the dualism and +to construct a course of studies which makes thought a guide of +free practice for all and which makes leisure a reward of accepting +responsibility for service, rather than a state of exemption from it. + +1 Aristotle does not hold that the class of actual slaves and of natural +slaves necessarily coincide. + + + + +Chapter Twenty: Intellectual and Practical Studies + +1. The Opposition of Experience and True Knowledge. As livelihood +and leisure are opposed, so are theory and practice, intelligence +and execution, knowledge and activity. The latter set of oppositions +doubtless springs from the same social conditions which produce the +former conflict; but certain definite problems of education connected +with them make it desirable to discuss explicitly the matter of the +relationship and alleged separation of knowing and doing. + +The notion that knowledge is derived from a higher source than is +practical activity, and possesses a higher and more spiritual worth, has +a long history. The history so far as conscious statement is concerned +takes us back to the conceptions of experience and of reason formulated +by Plato and Aristotle. Much as these thinkers differed in many +respects, they agreed in identifying experience with purely practical +concerns; and hence with material interests as to its purpose and with +the body as to its organ. Knowledge, on the other hand, existed for its +own sake free from practical reference, and found its source and organ +in a purely immaterial mind; it had to do with spiritual or ideal +interests. Again, experience always involved lack, need, desire; it was +never self-sufficing. Rational knowing on the other hand, was complete +and comprehensive within itself. Hence the practical life was in a +condition of perpetual flux, while intellectual knowledge concerned +eternal truth. + +This sharp antithesis is connected with the fact that Athenian +philosophy began as a criticism of custom and tradition as standards of +knowledge and conduct. In a search for something to replace them, it +hit upon reason as the only adequate guide of belief and activity. Since +custom and tradition were identified with experience, it followed at +once that reason was superior to experience. Moreover, experience, not +content with its proper position of subordination, was the great foe +to the acknowledgment of the authority of reason. Since custom and +traditionary beliefs held men in bondage, the struggle of reason for +its legitimate supremacy could be won only by showing the inherently +unstable and inadequate nature of experience. The statement of Plato +that philosophers should be kings may best be understood as a statement +that rational intelligence and not habit, appetite, impulse, and emotion +should regulate human affairs. The former secures unity, order, and law; +the latter signify multiplicity and discord, irrational fluctuations +from one estate to another. + +The grounds for the identification of experience with the unsatisfactory +condition of things, the state of affairs represented by rule of mere +custom, are not far to seek. Increasing trade and travel, colonizations, +migrations and wars, had broadened the intellectual horizon. The customs +and beliefs of different communities were found to diverge sharply +from one another. Civil disturbance had become a custom in Athens; +the fortunes of the city seemed given over to strife of factions. The +increase of leisure coinciding with the broadening of the horizon had +brought into ken many new facts of nature and had stimulated curiosity +and speculation. The situation tended to raise the question as to the +existence of anything constant and universal in the realm of nature and +society. Reason was the faculty by which the universal principle and +essence is apprehended; while the senses were the organs of perceiving +change,--the unstable and the diverse as against the permanent and +uniform. The results of the work of the senses, preserved in memory +and imagination, and applied in the skill given by habit, constituted +experience. + +Experience at its best is thus represented in the various +handicrafts--the arts of peace and war. The cobbler, the flute player, +the soldier, have undergone the discipline of experience to acquire the +skill they have. This means that the bodily organs, particularly the +senses, have had repeated contact with things and that the result of +these contacts has been preserved and consolidated till ability in +foresight and in practice had been secured. Such was the essential +meaning of the term "empirical." It suggested a knowledge and an ability +not based upon insight into principles, but expressing the result of a +large number of separate trials. It expressed the idea now conveyed by +"method of trial and error," with especial emphasis upon the more or +less accidental character of the trials. So far as ability of control, +of management, was concerned, it amounted to rule-of-thumb procedure, +to routine. If new circumstances resembled the past, it might work well +enough; in the degree in which they deviated, failure was likely. Even +to-day to speak of a physician as an empiricist is to imply that he +lacks scientific training, and that he is proceeding simply on the basis +of what he happens to have got out of the chance medley of his past +practice. Just because of the lack of science or reason in "experience" +it is hard to keep it at its poor best. The empiric easily degenerates +into the quack. He does not know where his knowledge begins or leaves +off, and so when he gets beyond routine conditions he begins to +pretend--to make claims for which there is no justification, and +to trust to luck and to ability to impose upon others--to "bluff." +Moreover, he assumes that because he has learned one thing, he knows +others--as the history of Athens showed that the common craftsmen +thought they could manage household affairs, education, and politics, +because they had learned to do the specific things of their trades. +Experience is always hovering, then, on the edge of pretense, of sham, +of seeming, and appearance, in distinction from the reality upon which +reason lays hold. + +The philosophers soon reached certain generalizations from this state +of affairs. The senses are connected with the appetites, with wants and +desires. They lay hold not on the reality of things but on the relation +which things have to our pleasures and pains, to the satisfaction of +wants and the welfare of the body. They are important only for the +life of the body, which is but a fixed substratum for a higher life. +Experience thus has a definitely material character; it has to do +with physical things in relation to the body. In contrast, reason, or +science, lays hold of the immaterial, the ideal, the spiritual. There is +something morally dangerous about experience, as such words as sensual, +carnal, material, worldly, interests suggest; while pure reason and +spirit connote something morally praiseworthy. Moreover, ineradicable +connection with the changing, the inexplicably shifting, and with the +manifold, the diverse, clings to experience. Its material is inherently +variable and untrustworthy. It is anarchic, because unstable. The man +who trusts to experience does not know what he depends upon, since it +changes from person to person, from day to day, to say nothing of +from country to country. Its connection with the "many," with various +particulars, has the same effect, and also carries conflict in its +train. + +Only the single, the uniform, assures coherence and harmony. Out of +experience come warrings, the conflict of opinions and acts within +the individual and between individuals. From experience no standard +of belief can issue, because it is the very nature of experience to +instigate all kinds of contrary beliefs, as varieties of local custom +proved. Its logical outcome is that anything is good and true to the +particular individual which his experience leads him to believe true and +good at a particular time and place. Finally practice falls of necessity +within experience. Doing proceeds from needs and aims at change. To +produce or to make is to alter something; to consume is to alter. All +the obnoxious characters of change and diversity thus attach themselves +to doing while knowing is as permanent as its object. To know, to grasp +a thing intellectually or theoretically, is to be out of the region of +vicissitude, chance, and diversity. Truth has no lack; it is untouched +by the perturbations of the world of sense. It deals with the eternal +and the universal. And the world of experience can be brought under +control, can be steadied and ordered, only through subjection to its law +of reason. + +It would not do, of course, to say that all these distinctions persisted +in full technical definiteness. But they all of them profoundly +influenced men's subsequent thinking and their ideas about education. +The contempt for physical as compared with mathematical and logical +science, for the senses and sense observation; the feeling that +knowledge is high and worthy in the degree in which it deals with ideal +symbols instead of with the concrete; the scorn of particulars except +as they are deductively brought under a universal; the disregard for +the body; the depreciation of arts and crafts as intellectual +instrumentalities, all sought shelter and found sanction under this +estimate of the respective values of experience and reason--or, what +came to the same thing, of the practical and the intellectual. Medieval +philosophy continued and reinforced the tradition. To know reality +meant to be in relation to the supreme reality, or God, and to enjoy the +eternal bliss of that relation. Contemplation of supreme reality was the +ultimate end of man to which action is subordinate. Experience had to +do with mundane, profane, and secular affairs, practically necessary +indeed, but of little import in comparison with supernatural objects +of knowledge. When we add to this motive the force derived from the +literary character of the Roman education and the Greek philosophic +tradition, and conjoin to them the preference for studies which +obviously demarcated the aristocratic class from the lower classes, we +can readily understand the tremendous power exercised by the persistent +preference of the "intellectual" over the "practical" not simply in +educational philosophies but in the higher schools. 2. The Modern Theory +of Experience and Knowledge. As we shall see later, the development of +experimentation as a method of knowledge makes possible and necessitates +a radical transformation of the view just set forth. But before +coming to that, we have to note the theory of experience and knowledge +developed in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. In general, it +presents us with an almost complete reversal of the classic doctrine +of the relations of experience and reason. To Plato experience meant +habituation, or the conservation of the net product of a lot of past +chance trials. Reason meant the principle of reform, of progress, of +increase of control. Devotion to the cause of reason meant breaking +through the limitations of custom and getting at things as they really +were. To the modern reformers, the situation was the other way around. +Reason, universal principles, a priori notions, meant either blank forms +which had to be filled in by experience, by sense observations, in +order to get significance and validity; or else were mere indurated +prejudices, dogmas imposed by authority, which masqueraded and found +protection under august names. The great need was to break way from +captivity to conceptions which, as Bacon put it, "anticipated nature" +and imposed merely human opinions upon her, and to resort to experience +to find out what nature was like. Appeal to experience marked the breach +with authority. It meant openness to new impressions; eagerness +in discovery and invention instead of absorption in tabulating and +systematizing received ideas and "proving" them by means of the +relations they sustained to one another. It was the irruption into the +mind of the things as they really were, free from the veil cast over +them by preconceived ideas. + +The change was twofold. Experience lost the practical meaning which it +had borne from the time of Plato. It ceased to mean ways of doing +and being done to, and became a name for something intellectual and +cognitive. It meant the apprehension of material which should ballast +and check the exercise of reasoning. By the modern philosophic +empiricist and by his opponent, experience has been looked upon just as +a way of knowing. The only question was how good a way it is. The +result was an even greater "intellectualism" than is found in ancient +philosophy, if that word be used to designate an emphatic and almost +exclusive interest in knowledge in its isolation. Practice was not +so much subordinated to knowledge as treated as a kind of tag-end or +aftermath of knowledge. The educational result was only to confirm the +exclusion of active pursuits from the school, save as they might be +brought in for purely utilitarian ends--the acquisition by drill of +certain habits. In the second place, the interest in experience as a +means of basing truth upon objects, upon nature, led to looking at the +mind as purely receptive. The more passive the mind is, the more truly +objects will impress themselves upon it. For the mind to take a hand, so +to speak, would be for it in the very process of knowing to vitiate +true knowledge--to defeat its own purpose. The ideal was a maximum of +receptivity. Since the impressions made upon the mind by objects were +generally termed sensations, empiricism thus became a doctrine of +sensationalism--that is to say, a doctrine which identified knowledge +with the reception and association of sensory impressions. In +John Locke, the most influential of the empiricists, we find this +sensationalism mitigated by a recognition of certain mental faculties, +like discernment or discrimination, comparison, abstraction, and +generalization which work up the material of sense into definite and +organized forms and which even evolve new ideas on their own account, +such as the fundamental conceptions of morals and mathematics. (See +ante, p. 61.) But some of his successors, especially in France in the +latter part of the eighteenth century, carried his doctrine to the +limit; they regarded discernment and judgment as peculiar sensations +made in us by the conjoint presence of other sensations. Locke had held +that the mind is a blank piece of paper, or a wax tablet with nothing +engraved on it at birth (a tabula rasa) so far as any contents of ideas +were concerned, but had endowed it with activities to be exercised upon +the material received. His French successors razed away the powers and +derived them also from impressions received. + +As we have earlier noted, this notion was fostered by the new interest +in education as method of social reform. (See ante, p. 93.) The emptier +the mind to begin with, the more it may be made anything we wish by +bringing the right influences to bear upon it. Thus Helvetius, perhaps +the most extreme and consistent sensationalist, proclaimed that +education could do anything--that it was omnipotent. Within the sphere +of school instruction, empiricism found its directly beneficial office +in protesting against mere book learning. If knowledge comes from the +impressions made upon us by natural objects, it is impossible to procure +knowledge without the use of objects which impress the mind. Words, +all kinds of linguistic symbols, in the lack of prior presentations of +objects with which they may be associated, convey nothing but sensations +of their own shape and color--certainly not a very instructive kind of +knowledge. Sensationalism was an extremely handy weapon with which +to combat doctrines and opinions resting wholly upon tradition and +authority. With respect to all of them, it set up a test: Where are the +real objects from which these ideas and beliefs are received? If such +objects could not be produced, ideas were explained as the result of +false associations and combinations. Empiricism also insisted upon a +first-hand element. The impression must be made upon me, upon my +mind. The further we get away from this direct, first-hand source of +knowledge, the more numerous the sources of error, and the vaguer the +resulting idea. + + +As might be expected, however, the philosophy was weak upon the positive +side. Of course, the value of natural objects and firsthand acquaintance +was not dependent upon the truth of the theory. Introduced into the +schools they would do their work, even if the sensational theory about +the way in which they did it was quite wrong. So far, there is nothing +to complain of. But the emphasis upon sensationalism also operated to +influence the way in which natural objects were employed, and to prevent +full good being got from them. "Object lessons" tended to isolate the +mere sense-activity and make it an end in itself. The more isolated the +object, the more isolated the sensory quality, the more distinct the +sense-impression as a unit of knowledge. The theory worked not only +in the direction of this mechanical isolation, which tended to reduce +instruction to a kind of physical gymnastic of the sense-organs (good +like any gymnastic of bodily organs, but not more so), but also to +the neglect of thinking. According to the theory there was no need of +thinking in connection with sense-observation; in fact, in strict +theory such thinking would be impossible till afterwards, for thinking +consisted simply in combining and separating sensory units which had +been received without any participation of judgment. + +As a matter of fact, accordingly, practically no scheme of education +upon a purely sensory basis has ever been systematically tried, at least +after the early years of infancy. Its obvious deficiencies have caused +it to be resorted to simply for filling in "rationalistic" knowledge +(that is to say, knowledge of definitions, rules, classifications, and +modes of application conveyed through symbols), and as a device for +lending greater "interest" to barren symbols. There are at least +three serious defects of sensationalistic empiricism as an educational +philosophy of knowledge. (a) the historical value of the theory was +critical; it was a dissolvent of current beliefs about the world and +political institutions. It was a destructive organ of criticism of +hard and fast dogmas. But the work of education is constructive, not +critical. It assumes not old beliefs to be eliminated and revised, but +the need of building up new experience into intellectual habitudes as +correct as possible from the start. Sensationalism is highly unfitted +for this constructive task. Mind, understanding, denotes responsiveness +to meanings (ante, p. 29), not response to direct physical stimuli. And +meaning exists only with reference to a context, which is excluded +by any scheme which identifies knowledge with a combination of +sense-impressions. The theory, so far as educationally applied, led +either to a magnification of mere physical excitations or else to a mere +heaping up of isolated objects and qualities. + +(b) While direct impression has the advantage of being first hand, it +also has the disadvantage of being limited in range. Direct acquaintance +with the natural surroundings of the home environment so as to give +reality to ideas about portions of the earth beyond the reach of the +senses, and as a means of arousing intellectual curiosity, is one +thing. As an end-all and be-all of geographical knowledge it is fatally +restricted. In precisely analogous fashion, beans, shoe pegs, and +counters may be helpful aids to a realization of numerical relations, +but when employed except as aids to thought--the apprehension of +meaning--they become an obstacle to the growth of arithmetical +understanding. They arrest growth on a low plane, the plane of specific +physical symbols. Just as the race developed especial symbols as tools +of calculation and mathematical reasonings, because the use of the +fingers as numerical symbols got in the way, so the individual must +progress from concrete to abstract symbols--that is, symbols whose +meaning is realized only through conceptual thinking. And undue +absorption at the outset in the physical object of sense hampers this +growth. (c) A thoroughly false psychology of mental development +underlay sensationalistic empiricism. Experience is in truth a matter +of activities, instinctive and impulsive, in their interactions with +things. What even an infant "experiences" is not a passively received +quality impressed by an object, but the effect which some activity of +handling, throwing, pounding, tearing, etc., has upon an object, and the +consequent effect of the object upon the direction of activities. (See +ante, p. 140.) Fundamentally (as we shall see in more detail), the +ancient notion of experience as a practical matter is truer to fact that +the modern notion of it as a mode of knowing by means of sensations. The +neglect of the deep-seated active and motor factors of experience is a +fatal defect of the traditional empirical philosophy. Nothing is more +uninteresting and mechanical than a scheme of object lessons which +ignores and as far as may be excludes the natural tendency to learn +about the qualities of objects by the uses to which they are put through +trying to do something with them. + +It is obvious, accordingly, that even if the philosophy of experience +represented by modern empiricism had received more general theoretical +assent than has been accorded to it, it could not have furnished +a satisfactory philosophy of the learning process. Its educational +influence was confined to injecting a new factor into the older +curriculum, with incidental modifications of the older studies and +methods. It introduced greater regard for observation of things directly +and through pictures and graphic descriptions, and it reduced the +importance attached to verbal symbolization. But its own scope was +so meager that it required supplementation by information concerning +matters outside of sense-perception and by matters which appealed +more directly to thought. Consequently it left unimpaired the scope of +informational and abstract, or "rationalistic" studies. + +3. Experience as Experimentation. It has already been intimated that +sensational empiricism represents neither the idea of experience +justified by modern psychology nor the idea of knowledge suggested by +modern scientific procedure. With respect to the former, it omits the +primary position of active response which puts things to use and which +learns about them through discovering the consequences that result from +use. It would seem as if five minutes' unprejudiced observation of +the way an infant gains knowledge would have sufficed to overthrow the +notion that he is passively engaged in receiving impressions of isolated +ready-made qualities of sound, color, hardness, etc. For it would +be seen that the infant reacts to stimuli by activities of handling, +reaching, etc., in order to see what results follow upon motor response +to a sensory stimulation; it would be seen that what is learned are not +isolated qualities, but the behavior which may be expected from a thing, +and the changes in things and persons which an activity may be expected +to produce. In other words, what he learns are connections. Even such +qualities as red color, sound of a high pitch, have to be discriminated +and identified on the basis of the activities they call forth and the +consequences these activities effect. We learn what things are hard and +what are soft by finding out through active experimentation what they +respectively will do and what can be done and what cannot be done with +them. In like fashion, children learn about persons by finding out what +responsive activities these persons exact and what these persons will +do in reply to the children's activities. And the combination of what +things do to us (not in impressing qualities on a passive mind) in +modifying our actions, furthering some of them and resisting and +checking others, and what we can do to them in producing new changes +constitutes experience. The methods of science by which the revolution +in our knowledge of the world dating from the seventeenth century, was +brought about, teach the same lesson. For these methods are nothing but +experimentation carried out under conditions of deliberate control. To +the Greek, it seemed absurd that such an activity as, say, the cobbler +punching holes in leather, or using wax and needle and thread, could +give an adequate knowledge of the world. It seemed almost axiomatic +that for true knowledge we must have recourse to concepts coming from a +reason above experience. But the introduction of the experimental method +signified precisely that such operations, carried on under conditions +of control, are just the ways in which fruitful ideas about nature are +obtained and tested. In other words, it is only needed to conduct such +an operation as the pouring of an acid on a metal for the purpose of +getting knowledge instead of for the purpose of getting a trade result, +in order to lay hold of the principle upon which the science of nature +was henceforth to depend. Sense perceptions were indeed indispensable, +but there was less reliance upon sense perceptions in their natural or +customary form than in the older science. They were no longer regarded +as containing within themselves some "form" or "species" of universal +kind in a disguised mask of sense which could be stripped off by +rational thought. On the contrary, the first thing was to alter and +extend the data of sense perception: to act upon the given objects of +sense by the lens of the telescope and microscope, and by all sorts of +experimental devices. To accomplish this in a way which would arouse +new ideas (hypotheses, theories) required even more general ideas (like +those of mathematics) than were at the command of ancient science. But +these general conceptions were no longer taken to give knowledge +in themselves. They were implements for instituting, conducting, +interpreting experimental inquiries and formulating their results. + +The logical outcome is a new philosophy of experience and knowledge, +a philosophy which no longer puts experience in opposition to rational +knowledge and explanation. Experience is no longer a mere summarizing +of what has been done in a more or less chance way in the past; it is a +deliberate control of what is done with reference to making what happens +to us and what we do to things as fertile as possible of suggestions +(of suggested meanings) and a means for trying out the validity of the +suggestions. When trying, or experimenting, ceases to be blinded by +impulse or custom, when it is guided by an aim and conducted by measure +and method, it becomes reasonable--rational. When what we suffer from +things, what we undergo at their hands, ceases to be a matter of chance +circumstance, when it is transformed into a consequence of our own prior +purposive endeavors, it becomes rationally significant--enlightening +and instructive. The antithesis of empiricism and rationalism loses the +support of the human situation which once gave it meaning and relative +justification. + +The bearing of this change upon the opposition of purely practical and +purely intellectual studies is self-evident. The distinction is not +intrinsic but is dependent upon conditions, and upon conditions which +can be regulated. Practical activities may be intellectually narrow and +trivial; they will be so in so far as they are routine, carried on +under the dictates of authority, and having in view merely some external +result. But childhood and youth, the period of schooling, is just the +time when it is possible to carry them on in a different spirit. It +is inexpedient to repeat the discussions of our previous chapters on +thinking and on the evolution of educative subject matter from childlike +work and play to logically organized subject matter. The discussions of +this chapter and the prior one should, however, give an added meaning to +those results. + +(i) Experience itself primarily consists of the active relations +subsisting between a human being and his natural and social +surroundings. In some cases, the initiative in activity is on the +side of the environment; the human being undergoes or suffers certain +checkings and deflections of endeavors. In other cases, the behavior of +surrounding things and persons carries to a successful issue the active +tendencies of the individual, so that in the end what the individual +undergoes are consequences which he has himself tried to produce. +In just the degree in which connections are established between what +happens to a person and what he does in response, and between what he +does to his environment and what it does in response to him, his acts +and the things about him acquire meaning. He learns to understand +both himself and the world of men and things. Purposive education or +schooling should present such an environment that this interaction will +effect acquisition of those meanings which are so important that they +become, in turn, instruments of further learnings. (ante, Ch. XI.) As +has been repeatedly pointed out, activity out of school is carried on +under conditions which have not been deliberately adapted to promoting +the function of understanding and formation of effective intellectual +dispositions. The results are vital and genuine as far as they go, but +they are limited by all kinds of circumstances. Some powers are left +quite undeveloped and undirected; others get only occasional and +whimsical stimulations; others are formed into habits of a routine skill +at the expense of aims and resourceful initiative and inventiveness. It +is not the business of the school to transport youth from an environment +of activity into one of cramped study of the records of other men's +learning; but to transport them from an environment of relatively chance +activities (accidental in the relation they bear to insight and thought) +into one of activities selected with reference to guidance of learning. +A slight inspection of the improved methods which have already shown +themselves effective in education will reveal that they have laid hold, +more or less consciously, upon the fact that "intellectual" +studies instead of being opposed to active pursuits represent an +intellectualizing of practical pursuits. It remains to grasp the +principle with greater firmness. + +(ii) The changes which are taking place in the content of social life +tremendously facilitate selection of the sort of activities which will +intellectualize the play and work of the school. When one bears in mind +the social environment of the Greeks and the people of the Middle Ages, +where such practical activities as could be successfully carried on were +mostly of a routine and external sort and even servile in nature, one is +not surprised that educators turned their backs upon them as unfitted +to cultivate intelligence. But now that even the occupations of the +household, agriculture, and manufacturing as well as transportation +and intercourse are instinct with applied science, the case stands +otherwise. It is true that many of those who now engage in them are +not aware of the intellectual content upon which their personal actions +depend. But this fact only gives an added reason why schooling should +use these pursuits so as to enable the coming generation to acquire +a comprehension now too generally lacking, and thus enable persons to +carry on their pursuits intelligently instead of blindly. (iii) The most +direct blow at the traditional separation of doing and knowing and at +the traditional prestige of purely "intellectual" studies, however, has +been given by the progress of experimental science. If this progress +has demonstrated anything, it is that there is no such thing as genuine +knowledge and fruitful understanding except as the offspring of doing. +The analysis and rearrangement of facts which is indispensable to the +growth of knowledge and power of explanation and right classification +cannot be attained purely mentally--just inside the head. Men have to do +something to the things when they wish to find out something; they have +to alter conditions. This is the lesson of the laboratory method, +and the lesson which all education has to learn. The laboratory is a +discovery of the condition under which labor may become intellectually +fruitful and not merely externally productive. If, in too many cases +at present, it results only in the acquisition of an additional mode +of technical skill, that is because it still remains too largely but an +isolated resource, not resorted to until pupils are mostly too old +to get the full advantage of it, and even then is surrounded by other +studies where traditional methods isolate intellect from activity. + +Summary. The Greeks were induced to philosophize by the increasing +failure of their traditional customs and beliefs to regulate life. Thus +they were led to criticize custom adversely and to look for some other +source of authority in life and belief. Since they desired a rational +standard for the latter, and had identified with experience the customs +which had proved unsatisfactory supports, they were led to a flat +opposition of reason and experience. The more the former was exalted, +the more the latter was depreciated. Since experience was identified +with what men do and suffer in particular and changing situations of +life, doing shared in the philosophic depreciation. This influence fell +in with many others to magnify, in higher education, all the methods +and topics which involved the least use of sense-observation and bodily +activity. The modern age began with a revolt against this point of +view, with an appeal to experience, and an attack upon so-called purely +rational concepts on the ground that they either needed to be ballasted +by the results of concrete experiences, or else were mere expressions +of prejudice and institutionalized class interest, calling themselves +rational for protection. But various circumstances led to considering +experience as pure cognition, leaving out of account its intrinsic +active and emotional phases, and to identifying it with a passive +reception of isolated "sensations." Hence the education reform effected +by the new theory was confined mainly to doing away with some of +the bookishness of prior methods; it did not accomplish a consistent +reorganization. + +Meantime, the advance of psychology, of industrial methods, and of the +experimental method in science makes another conception of experience +explicitly desirable and possible. This theory reinstates the idea of +the ancients that experience is primarily practical, not cognitive--a +matter of doing and undergoing the consequences of doing. But the +ancient theory is transformed by realizing that doing may be directed so +as to take up into its own content all which thought suggests, and so as +to result in securely tested knowledge. "Experience" then ceases to be +empirical and becomes experimental. Reason ceases to be a remote and +ideal faculty, and signifies all the resources by which activity is made +fruitful in meaning. Educationally, this change denotes such a plan +for the studies and method of instruction as has been developed in the +previous chapters. + + + + +Chapter Twenty-one: Physical and Social Studies: Naturalism and Humanism + +ALLUSION has already been made to the conflict of natural science with +literary studies for a place in the curriculum. The solution thus far +reached consists essentially in a somewhat mechanical compromise whereby +the field is divided between studies having nature and studies having +man as their theme. The situation thus presents us with another instance +of the external adjustment of educational values, and focuses attention +upon the philosophy of the connection of nature with human affairs. In +general, it may be said that the educational division finds a reflection +in the dualistic philosophies. Mind and the world are regarded as two +independent realms of existence having certain points of contact with +each other. From this point of view it is natural that each sphere of +existence should have its own separate group of studies connected with +it; it is even natural that the growth of scientific studies should be +viewed with suspicion as marking a tendency of materialistic philosophy +to encroach upon the domain of spirit. Any theory of education which +contemplates a more unified scheme of education than now exists is under +the necessity of facing the question of the relation of man to nature. + +1. The Historic Background of Humanistic Study. It is noteworthy that +classic Greek philosophy does not present the problem in its modern +form. Socrates indeed appears to have thought that science of nature was +not attainable and not very important. The chief thing to know is the +nature and end of man. Upon that knowledge hangs all that is of deep +significance--all moral and social achievement. Plato, however, +makes right knowledge of man and society depend upon knowledge of the +essential features of nature. His chief treatise, entitled the Republic, +is at once a treatise on morals, on social organization, and on the +metaphysics and science of nature. Since he accepts the Socratic +doctrine that right achievement in the former depends upon rational +knowledge, he is compelled to discuss the nature of knowledge. Since he +accepts the idea that the ultimate object of knowledge is the discovery +of the good or end of man, and is discontented with the Socratic +conviction that all we know is our own ignorance, he connects the +discussion of the good of man with consideration of the essential good +or end of nature itself. To attempt to determine the end of man apart +from a knowledge of the ruling end which gives law and unity to nature +is impossible. It is thus quite consistent with his philosophy that he +subordinates literary studies (under the name of music) to mathematics +and to physics as well as to logic and metaphysics. But on the other +hand, knowledge of nature is not an end in itself; it is a necessary +stage in bringing the mind to a realization of the supreme purpose of +existence as the law of human action, corporate and individual. To use +the modern phraseology, naturalistic studies are indispensable, but they +are in the interests of humanistic and ideal ends. + +Aristotle goes even farther, if anything, in the direction of +naturalistic studies. He subordinates (ante, p. 254) civic relations +to the purely cognitive life. The highest end of man is not human but +divine--participation in pure knowing which constitutes the divine life. +Such knowing deals with what is universal and necessary, and finds, +therefore, a more adequate subject matter in nature at its best than in +the transient things of man. If we take what the philosophers stood +for in Greek life, rather than the details of what they say, we might +summarize by saying that the Greeks were too much interested in free +inquiry into natural fact and in the aesthetic enjoyment of nature, and +were too deeply conscious of the extent in which society is rooted in +nature and subject to its laws, to think of bringing man and nature +into conflict. Two factors conspire in the later period of ancient +life, however, to exalt literary and humanistic studies. One is the +increasingly reminiscent and borrowed character of culture; the other is +the political and rhetorical bent of Roman life. + +Greek achievement in civilization was native; the civilization of the +Alexandrians and Romans was inherited from alien sources. Consequently +it looked back to the records upon which it drew, instead of looking +out directly upon nature and society, for material and inspiration. +We cannot do better than quote the words of Hatch to indicate the +consequences for educational theory and practice. "Greece on one hand +had lost political power, and on the other possessed in her splendid +literature an inalienable heritage. It was natural that she should turn +to letters. It was natural also that the study of letters should be +reflected upon speech. The mass of men in the Greek world tended to lay +stress on that acquaintance with the literature of bygone generations, +and that habit of cultivated speech, which has ever since been commonly +spoken of as education. Our own comes by direct tradition from it. It +set a fashion which until recently has uniformly prevailed over the +entire civilized world. We study literature rather than nature because +the Greeks did so, and because when the Romans and the Roman provincials +resolved to educate their sons, they employed Greek teachers and +followed in Greek paths." 1 + +The so-called practical bent of the Romans worked in the same direction. +In falling back upon the recorded ideas of the Greeks, they not only +took the short path to attaining a cultural development, but they +procured just the kind of material and method suited to their +administrative talents. For their practical genius was not directed to +the conquest and control of nature but to the conquest and control of +men. + +Mr. Hatch, in the passage quoted, takes a good deal of history for +granted in saying that we have studied literature rather than nature +because the Greeks, and the Romans whom they taught, did so. What is the +link that spans the intervening centuries? The question suggests that +barbarian Europe but repeated on a larger scale and with increased +intensity the Roman situation. It had to go to school to Greco-Roman +civilization; it also borrowed rather than evolved its culture. Not +merely for its general ideas and their artistic presentation but for +its models of law it went to the records of alien peoples. And its +dependence upon tradition was increased by the dominant theological +interests of the period. For the authorities to which the Church +appealed were literatures composed in foreign tongues. Everything +converged to identify learning with linguistic training and to make +the language of the learned a literary language instead of the mother +speech. + +The full scope of this fact escapes us, moreover, until we recognize +that this subject matter compelled recourse to a dialectical method. +Scholasticism frequently has been used since the time of the revival of +learning as a term of reproach. But all that it means is the method of +The Schools, or of the School Men. In its essence, it is nothing but a +highly effective systematization of the methods of teaching and learning +which are appropriate to transmit an authoritative body of truths. +Where literature rather than contemporary nature and society furnishes +material of study, methods must be adapted to defining, expounding, and +interpreting the received material, rather than to inquiry, discovery, +and invention. And at bottom what is called Scholasticism is the +whole-hearted and consistent formulation and application of the methods +which are suited to instruction when the material of instruction is +taken ready-made, rather than as something which students are to find +out for themselves. So far as schools still teach from textbooks and +rely upon the principle of authority and acquisition rather than upon +that of discovery and inquiry, their methods are Scholastic--minus the +logical accuracy and system of Scholasticism at its best. Aside from +laxity of method and statement, the only difference is that geographies +and histories and botanies and astronomies are now part of the +authoritative literature which is to be mastered. + +As a consequence, the Greek tradition was lost in which a humanistic +interest was used as a basis of interest in nature, and a knowledge of +nature used to support the distinctively human aims of man. Life found +its support in authority, not in nature. The latter was moreover an +object of considerable suspicion. Contemplation of it was dangerous, for +it tended to draw man away from reliance upon the documents in which the +rules of living were already contained. Moreover nature could be known +only through observation; it appealed to the senses--which were merely +material as opposed to a purely immaterial mind. Furthermore, the +utilities of a knowledge of nature were purely physical and secular; +they connected with the bodily and temporal welfare of man, while the +literary tradition concerned his spiritual and eternal well-being. + +2. The Modern Scientific Interest in Nature. The movement of the +fifteenth century which is variously termed the revival of learning +and the renascence was characterized by a new interest in man's present +life, and accordingly by a new interest in his relationships with +nature. It was naturalistic, in the sense that it turned against the +dominant supernaturalistic interest. It is possible that the influence +of a return to classic Greek pagan literature in bringing about this +changed mind has been overestimated. Undoubtedly the change was mainly +a product of contemporary conditions. But there can be no doubt that +educated men, filled with the new point of view, turned eagerly to +Greek literature for congenial sustenance and reinforcement. And to +a considerable extent, this interest in Greek thought was not in +literature for its own sake, but in the spirit it expressed. The mental +freedom, the sense of the order and beauty of nature, which animated +Greek expression, aroused men to think and observe in a similar +untrammeled fashion. The history of science in the sixteenth century +shows that the dawning sciences of physical nature largely borrowed +their points of departure from the new interest in Greek literature. +As Windelband has said, the new science of nature was the daughter of +humanism. The favorite notion of the time was that man was in microcosm +that which the universe was in macrocosm. + +This fact raises anew the question of how it was that nature and man +were later separated and a sharp division made between language and +literature and the physical sciences. Four reasons may be suggested. (a) +The old tradition was firmly entrenched in institutions. Politics, +law, and diplomacy remained of necessity branches of authoritative +literature, for the social sciences did not develop until the methods of +the sciences of physics and chemistry, to say nothing of biology, were +much further advanced. The same is largely true of history. Moreover, +the methods used for effective teaching of the languages were well +developed; the inertia of academic custom was on their side. Just as the +new interest in literature, especially Greek, had not been allowed at +first to find lodgment in the scholastically organized universities, so +when it found its way into them it joined hands with the older learning +to minimize the influence of experimental science. The men who taught +were rarely trained in science; the men who were scientifically +competent worked in private laboratories and through the medium of +academies which promoted research, but which were not organized as +teaching bodies. Finally, the aristocratic tradition which looked down +upon material things and upon the senses and the hands was still mighty. + +(b) The Protestant revolt brought with it an immense increase of +interest in theological discussion and controversies. The appeal on both +sides was to literary documents. Each side had to train men in ability +to study and expound the records which were relied upon. The demand for +training men who could defend the chosen faith against the other side, +who were able to propagandize and to prevent the encroachments of the +other side, was such that it is not too much to say that by the middle +of the seventeenth century the linguistic training of gymnasia and +universities had been captured by the revived theological interest, and +used as a tool of religious education and ecclesiastical controversy. +Thus the educational descent of the languages as they are found in +education to-day is not direct from the revival of learning, but from +its adaptation to theological ends. + +(c) The natural sciences were themselves conceived in a way which +sharpened the opposition of man and nature. Francis Bacon presents +an almost perfect example of the union of naturalistic and +humanistic interest. Science, adopting the methods of observation and +experimentation, was to give up the attempt to "anticipate" nature--to +impose preconceived notions upon her--and was to become her humble +interpreter. In obeying nature intellectually, man would learn to +command her practically. "Knowledge is power." This aphorism meant that +through science man is to control nature and turn her energies to the +execution of his own ends. Bacon attacked the old learning and logic as +purely controversial, having to do with victory in argument, not with +discovery of the unknown. Through the new method of thought which +was set forth in his new logic an era of expansive discoveries was to +emerge, and these discoveries were to bear fruit in inventions for the +service of man. Men were to give up their futile, never-finished effort +to dominate one another to engage in the cooperative task of dominating +nature in the interests of humanity. + +In the main, Bacon prophesied the direction of subsequent progress. But +he "anticipated" the advance. He did not see that the new science +was for a long time to be worked in the interest of old ends of human +exploitation. He thought that it would rapidly give man new ends. +Instead, it put at the disposal of a class the means to secure their old +ends of aggrandizement at the expense of another class. The industrial +revolution followed, as he foresaw, upon a revolution in scientific +method. But it is taking the revolution many centuries to produce a new +mind. Feudalism was doomed by the applications of the new science, for +they transferred power from the landed nobility to the manufacturing +centers. But capitalism rather than a social humanism took its place. +Production and commerce were carried on as if the new science had no +moral lesson, but only technical lessons as to economies in production +and utilization of saving in self-interest. Naturally, this application +of physical science (which was the most conspicuously perceptible +one) strengthened the claims of professed humanists that science +was materialistic in its tendencies. It left a void as to man's +distinctively human interests which go beyond making, saving, and +expending money; and languages and literature put in their claim to +represent the moral and ideal interests of humanity. + +(d) Moreover, the philosophy which professed itself based upon science, +which gave itself out as the accredited representative of the net +significance of science, was either dualistic in character, marked by +a sharp division between mind (characterizing man) and matter, +constituting nature; or else it was openly mechanical, reducing the +signal features of human life to illusion. In the former case, it +allowed the claims of certain studies to be peculiar consignees of +mental values, and indirectly strengthened their claim to superiority, +since human beings would incline to regard human affairs as of chief +importance at least to themselves. In the latter case, it called out +a reaction which threw doubt and suspicion upon the value of physical +science, giving occasion for treating it as an enemy to man's higher +interests. + +Greek and medieval knowledge accepted the world in its qualitative +variety, and regarded nature's processes as having ends, or in technical +phrase as teleological. New science was expounded so as to deny the +reality of all qualities in real, or objective, existence. Sounds, +colors, ends, as well as goods and bads, were regarded as purely +subjective--as mere impressions in the mind. Objective existence was +then treated as having only quantitative aspects--as so much mass in +motion, its only differences being that at one point in space there was +a larger aggregate mass than at another, and that in some spots there +were greater rates of motion than at others. Lacking qualitative +distinctions, nature lacked significant variety. Uniformities were +emphasized, not diversities; the ideal was supposed to be the discovery +of a single mathematical formula applying to the whole universe at once +from which all the seeming variety of phenomena could be derived. This +is what a mechanical philosophy means. + +Such a philosophy does not represent the genuine purport of science. +It takes the technique for the thing itself; the apparatus and the +terminology for reality, the method for its subject matter. Science +does confine its statements to conditions which enable us to predict and +control the happening of events, ignoring the qualities of the events. +Hence its mechanical and quantitative character. But in leaving them out +of account, it does not exclude them from reality, nor relegate them +to a purely mental region; it only furnishes means utilizable for ends. +Thus while in fact the progress of science was increasing man's power +over nature, enabling him to place his cherished ends on a firmer basis +than ever before, and also to diversify his activities almost at will, +the philosophy which professed to formulate its accomplishments reduced +the world to a barren and monotonous redistribution of matter in space. +Thus the immediate effect of modern science was to accentuate the +dualism of matter and mind, and thereby to establish the physical and +the humanistic studies as two disconnected groups. Since the difference +between better and worse is bound up with the qualities of experience, +any philosophy of science which excludes them from the genuine content +of reality is bound to leave out what is most interesting and most +important to mankind. + +3. The Present Educational Problem. In truth, experience knows no +division between human concerns and a purely mechanical physical world. +Man's home is nature; his purposes and aims are dependent for execution +upon natural conditions. Separated from such conditions they become +empty dreams and idle indulgences of fancy. From the standpoint of human +experience, and hence of educational endeavor, any distinction which +can be justly made between nature and man is a distinction between the +conditions which have to be reckoned with in the formation and execution +of our practical aims, and the aims themselves. This philosophy is +vouched for by the doctrine of biological development which shows that +man is continuous with nature, not an alien entering her processes from +without. It is reinforced by the experimental method of science which +shows that knowledge accrues in virtue of an attempt to direct physical +energies in accord with ideas suggested in dealing with natural objects +in behalf of social uses. Every step forward in the social sciences--the +studies termed history, economics, politics, sociology--shows that +social questions are capable of being intelligently coped with only +in the degree in which we employ the method of collected data, forming +hypotheses, and testing them in action which is characteristic of +natural science, and in the degree in which we utilize in behalf of +the promotion of social welfare the technical knowledge ascertained by +physics and chemistry. Advanced methods of dealing with such perplexing +problems as insanity, intemperance, poverty, public sanitation, city +planning, the conservation of natural resources, the constructive use of +governmental agencies for furthering the public good without weakening +personal initiative, all illustrate the direct dependence of our +important social concerns upon the methods and results of natural +science. + +With respect then to both humanistic and naturalistic studies, education +should take its departure from this close interdependence. It should aim +not at keeping science as a study of nature apart from literature as +a record of human interests, but at cross-fertilizing both the natural +sciences and the various human disciplines such as history, literature, +economics, and politics. Pedagogically, the problem is simpler than the +attempt to teach the sciences as mere technical bodies of information +and technical forms of physical manipulation, on one side; and to teach +humanistic studies as isolated subjects, on the other. For the latter +procedure institutes an artificial separation in the pupils' experience. +Outside of school pupils meet with natural facts and principles in +connection with various modes of human action. (See ante, p. 30.) In +all the social activities in which they have shared they have had to +understand the material and processes involved. To start them in school +with a rupture of this intimate association breaks the continuity of +mental development, makes the student feel an indescribable unreality in +his studies, and deprives him of the normal motive for interest in them. + +There is no doubt, of course, that the opportunities of education +should be such that all should have a chance who have the disposition to +advance to specialized ability in science, and thus devote themselves to +its pursuit as their particular occupation in life. But at present, the +pupil too often has a choice only between beginning with a study of the +results of prior specialization where the material is isolated from his +daily experiences, or with miscellaneous nature study, where material +is presented at haphazard and does not lead anywhere in particular. The +habit of introducing college pupils into segregated scientific subject +matter, such as is appropriate to the man who wishes to become an expert +in a given field, is carried back into the high schools. Pupils in the +latter simply get a more elementary treatment of the same thing, with +difficulties smoothed over and topics reduced to the level of their +supposed ability. The cause of this procedure lies in following +tradition, rather than in conscious adherence to a dualistic philosophy. +But the effect is the same as if the purpose were to inculcate an idea +that the sciences which deal with nature have nothing to do with man, +and vice versa. A large part of the comparative ineffectiveness of +the teaching of the sciences, for those who never become scientific +specialists, is the result of a separation which is unavoidable when one +begins with technically organized subject matter. Even if all students +were embryonic scientific specialists, it is questionable whether this +is the most effective procedure. Considering that the great majority +are concerned with the study of sciences only for its effect upon +their mental habits--in making them more alert, more open-minded, more +inclined to tentative acceptance and to testing of ideas propounded +or suggested,--and for achieving a better understanding of their daily +environment, it is certainly ill-advised. Too often the pupil comes +out with a smattering which is too superficial to be scientific and too +technical to be applicable to ordinary affairs. + +The utilization of ordinary experience to secure an advance into +scientific material and method, while keeping the latter connected with +familiar human interests, is easier to-day than it ever was before. +The usual experience of all persons in civilized communities to-day is +intimately associated with industrial processes and results. These in +turn are so many cases of science in action. The stationary and traction +steam engine, gasoline engine, automobile, telegraph and telephone, the +electric motor enter directly into the lives of most individuals. Pupils +at an early age are practically acquainted with these things. Not only +does the business occupation of their parents depend upon scientific +applications, but household pursuits, the maintenance of health, +the sights seen upon the streets, embody scientific achievements and +stimulate interest in the connected scientific principles. The obvious +pedagogical starting point of scientific instruction is not to teach +things labeled science, but to utilize the familiar occupations and +appliances to direct observation and experiment, until pupils have +arrived at a knowledge of some fundamental principles by understanding +them in their familiar practical workings. + +The opinion sometimes advanced that it is a derogation from the +"purity" of science to study it in its active incarnation, instead of +in theoretical abstraction, rests upon a misunderstanding. AS matter of +fact, any subject is cultural in the degree in which it is apprehended +in its widest possible range of meanings. Perception of meanings depends +upon perception of connections, of context. To see a scientific fact or +law in its human as well as in its physical and technical context is +to enlarge its significance and give it increased cultural value. Its +direct economic application, if by economic is meant something having +money worth, is incidental and secondary, but a part of its actual +connections. The important thing is that the fact be grasped in its +social connections--its function in life. + +On the other hand, "humanism" means at bottom being imbued with an +intelligent sense of human interests. The social interest, identical in +its deepest meaning with a moral interest, is necessarily supreme with +man. Knowledge about man, information as to his past, familiarity with +his documented records of literature, may be as technical a possession +as the accumulation of physical details. Men may keep busy in a variety +of ways, making money, acquiring facility in laboratory manipulation, or +in amassing a store of facts about linguistic matters, or the chronology +of literary productions. Unless such activity reacts to enlarge the +imaginative vision of life, it is on a level with the busy work of +children. It has the letter without the spirit of activity. It readily +degenerates itself into a miser's accumulation, and a man prides himself +on what he has, and not on the meaning he finds in the affairs of life. +Any study so pursued that it increases concern for the values of life, +any study producing greater sensitiveness to social well-being and +greater ability to promote that well-being is humane study. The +humanistic spirit of the Greeks was native and intense but it was narrow +in scope. Everybody outside the Hellenic circle was a barbarian, +and negligible save as a possible enemy. Acute as were the social +observations and speculations of Greek thinkers, there is not a word in +their writings to indicate that Greek civilization was not self-inclosed +and self-sufficient. There was, apparently, no suspicion that its future +was at the mercy of the despised outsider. Within the Greek community, +the intense social spirit was limited by the fact that higher culture +was based on a substratum of slavery and economic serfdom--classes +necessary to the existence of the state, as Aristotle declared, and +yet not genuine parts of it. The development of science has produced an +industrial revolution which has brought different peoples in such close +contact with one another through colonization and commerce that no +matter how some nations may still look down upon others, no country can +harbor the illusion that its career is decided wholly within itself. The +same revolution has abolished agricultural serfdom, and created a class +of more or less organized factory laborers with recognized political +rights, and who make claims for a responsible role in the control of +industry--claims which receive sympathetic attention from many among the +well-to-do, since they have been brought into closer connections with +the less fortunate classes through the breaking down of class barriers. + +This state of affairs may be formulated by saying that the older +humanism omitted economic and industrial conditions from its purview. +Consequently, it was one sided. Culture, under such circumstances, +inevitably represented the intellectual and moral outlook of the class +which was in direct social control. Such a tradition as to culture is, +as we have seen (ante, p. 260), aristocratic; it emphasizes what marks +off one class from another, rather than fundamental common interests. +Its standards are in the past; for the aim is to preserve what has been +gained rather than widely to extend the range of culture. + +The modifications which spring from taking greater account of industry +and of whatever has to do with making a living are frequently condemned +as attacks upon the culture derived from the past. But a wider +educational outlook would conceive industrial activities as agencies for +making intellectual resources more accessible to the masses, and giving +greater solidity to the culture of those having superior resources. +In short, when we consider the close connection between science and +industrial development on the one hand, and between literary and +aesthetic cultivation and an aristocratic social organization on the +other, we get light on the opposition between technical scientific +studies and refining literary studies. We have before us the need +of overcoming this separation in education if society is to be truly +democratic. + +Summary. The philosophic dualism between man and nature is reflected in +the division of studies between the naturalistic and the humanistic with +a tendency to reduce the latter to the literary records of the past. +This dualism is not characteristic (as were the others which we have +noted) of Greek thought. It arose partly because of the fact that the +culture of Rome and of barbarian Europe was not a native product, +being borrowed directly or indirectly from Greece, and partly because +political and ecclesiastic conditions emphasized dependence upon +the authority of past knowledge as that was transmitted in literary +documents. + +At the outset, the rise of modern science prophesied a restoration of +the intimate connection of nature and humanity, for it viewed knowledge +of nature as the means of securing human progress and well-being. But +the more immediate applications of science were in the interests of +a class rather than of men in common; and the received philosophic +formulations of scientific doctrine tended either to mark it off as +merely material from man as spiritual and immaterial, or else to reduce +mind to a subjective illusion. In education, accordingly, the tendency +was to treat the sciences as a separate body of studies, consisting of +technical information regarding the physical world, and to reserve +the older literary studies as distinctively humanistic. The account +previously given of the evolution of knowledge, and of the educational +scheme of studies based upon it, are designed to overcome the +separation, and to secure recognition of the place occupied by the +subject matter of the natural sciences in human affairs. + +1 The Influence of Greek Ideas and Usages upon the Christian Church. pp. +43-44. + + + + +Chapter Twenty-two: The Individual and the World + +1. Mind as Purely Individual. We have been concerned with the influences +which have effected a division between work and leisure, knowing and +doing, man and nature. These influences have resulted in splitting up +the subject matter of education into separate studies. They have also +found formulation in various philosophies which have opposed to each +other body and mind, theoretical knowledge and practice, physical +mechanism and ideal purpose. Upon the philosophical side, these various +dualisms culminate in a sharp demarcation of individual minds from +the world, and hence from one another. While the connection of this +philosophical position with educational procedure is not so obvious as +is that of the points considered in the last three chapters, there are +certain educational considerations which correspond to it; such as the +antithesis supposed to exist between subject matter (the counterpart of +the world) and method (the counterpart of mind); such as the tendency to +treat interest as something purely private, without intrinsic connection +with the material studied. Aside from incidental educational bearings, +it will be shown in this chapter that the dualistic philosophy of +mind and the world implies an erroneous conception of the relationship +between knowledge and social interests, and between individuality or +freedom, and social control and authority. The identification of the +mind with the individual self and of the latter with a private psychic +consciousness is comparatively modern. In both the Greek and medieval +periods, the rule was to regard the individual as a channel through +which a universal and divine intelligence operated. The individual was +in no true sense the knower; the knower was the "Reason" which operated +through him. The individual interfered at his peril, and only to the +detriment of the truth. In the degree in which the individual rather +than reason "knew," conceit, error, and opinion were substituted for +true knowledge. In Greek life, observation was acute and alert; and +thinking was free almost to the point of irresponsible speculations. +Accordingly the consequences of the theory were only such as were +consequent upon the lack of an experimental method. Without such a +method individuals could not engage in knowing, and be checked up by the +results of the inquiries of others. Without such liability to test +by others, the minds of men could not be intellectually responsible; +results were to be accepted because of their aesthetic consistency, +agreeable quality, or the prestige of their authors. In the barbarian +period, individuals were in a still more humble attitude to truth; +important knowledge was supposed to be divinely revealed, and nothing +remained for the minds of individuals except to work it over after +it had been received on authority. Aside from the more consciously +philosophic aspects of these movements, it never occurs to any one to +identify mind and the personal self wherever beliefs are transmitted by +custom. + +In the medieval period there was a religious individualism. The deepest +concern of life was the salvation of the individual soul. In the later +Middle Ages, this latent individualism found conscious formulation in +the nominalistic philosophies, which treated the structure of knowledge +as something built up within the individual through his own acts, and +mental states. With the rise of economic and political individualism +after the sixteenth century, and with the development of Protestantism, +the times were ripe for an emphasis upon the rights and duties of the +individual in achieving knowledge for himself. This led to the view that +knowledge is won wholly through personal and private experiences. As a +consequence, mind, the source and possessor of knowledge, was thought +of as wholly individual. Thus upon the educational side, we find +educational reformers, like Montaigne, Bacon, Locke, henceforth +vehemently denouncing all learning which is acquired on hearsay, and +asserting that even if beliefs happen to be true, they do not constitute +knowledge unless they have grown up in and been tested by personal +experience. The reaction against authority in all spheres of life, and +the intensity of the struggle, against great odds, for freedom of action +and inquiry, led to such an emphasis upon personal observations and +ideas as in effect to isolate mind, and set it apart from the world to +be known. + +This isolation is reflected in the great development of that branch +of philosophy known as epistemology--the theory of knowledge. The +identification of mind with the self, and the setting up of the self as +something independent and self-sufficient, created such a gulf between +the knowing mind and the world that it became a question how knowledge +was possible at all. Given a subject--the knower--and an object--the +thing to be known--wholly separate from one another, it is necessary to +frame a theory to explain how they get into connection with each other +so that valid knowledge may result. This problem, with the allied one +of the possibility of the world acting upon the mind and the mind acting +upon the world, became almost the exclusive preoccupation of philosophic +thought. + +The theories that we cannot know the world as it really is but only the +impressions made upon the mind, or that there is no world beyond the +individual mind, or that knowledge is only a certain association of +the mind's own states, were products of this preoccupation. We are not +directly concerned with their truth; but the fact that such desperate +solutions were widely accepted is evidence of the extent to which mind +had been set over the world of realities. The increasing use of the term +"consciousness" as an equivalent for mind, in the supposition that there +is an inner world of conscious states and processes, independent of +any relationship to nature and society, an inner world more truly and +immediately known than anything else, is evidence of the same fact. +In short, practical individualism, or struggle for greater freedom of +thought in action, was translated into philosophic subjectivism. + +2. Individual Mind as the Agent of Reorganization. It should be obvious +that this philosophic movement misconceived the significance of +the practical movement. Instead of being its transcript, it was a +perversion. Men were not actually engaged in the absurdity of striving +to be free from connection with nature and one another. They were +striving for greater freedom in nature and society. They wanted greater +power to initiate changes in the world of things and fellow beings; +greater scope of movement and consequently greater freedom in +observations and ideas implied in movement. They wanted not isolation +from the world, but a more intimate connection with it. They wanted to +form their beliefs about it at first hand, instead of through tradition. +They wanted closer union with their fellows so that they might influence +one another more effectively and might combine their respective actions +for mutual aims. + +So far as their beliefs were concerned, they felt that a great deal +which passed for knowledge was merely the accumulated opinions of the +past, much of it absurd and its correct portions not understood when +accepted on authority. Men must observe for themselves, and form their +own theories and personally test them. Such a method was the only +alternative to the imposition of dogma as truth, a procedure which +reduced mind to the formal act of acquiescing in truth. Such is the +meaning of what is sometimes called the substitution of inductive +experimental methods of knowing for deductive. In some sense, men +had always used an inductive method in dealing with their immediate +practical concerns. Architecture, agriculture, manufacture, etc., had +to be based upon observation of the activities of natural objects, and +ideas about such affairs had to be checked, to some extent, by results. +But even in such things there was an undue reliance upon mere +custom, followed blindly rather than understandingly. And this +observational-experimental method was restricted to these "practical" +matters, and a sharp distinction maintained between practice and +theoretical knowledge or truth. (See Ch. XX.) The rise of free cities, +the development of travel, exploration, and commerce, the evolution +of new methods of producing commodities and doing business, threw men +definitely upon their own resources. The reformers of science like +Galileo, Descartes, and their successors, carried analogous methods into +ascertaining the facts about nature. An interest in discovery took the +place of an interest in systematizing and "proving" received beliefs. + +A just philosophic interpretation of these movements would, indeed, have +emphasized the rights and responsibilities of the individual in gaining +knowledge and personally testing beliefs, no matter by what authorities +they were vouched for. But it would not have isolated the individual +from the world, and consequently isolated individuals--in theory--from +one another. It would have perceived that such disconnection, such +rupture of continuity, denied in advance the possibility of success in +their endeavors. As matter of fact every individual has grown up, and +always must grow up, in a social medium. His responses grow intelligent, +or gain meaning, simply because he lives and acts in a medium of +accepted meanings and values. (See ante, p. 30.) Through social +intercourse, through sharing in the activities embodying beliefs, he +gradually acquires a mind of his own. The conception of mind as a purely +isolated possession of the self is at the very antipodes of the truth. +The self achieves mind in the degree in which knowledge of things +is incarnate in the life about him; the self is not a separate mind +building up knowledge anew on its own account. + +Yet there is a valid distinction between knowledge which is objective +and impersonal, and thinking which is subjective and personal. In one +sense, knowledge is that which we take for granted. It is that which is +settled, disposed of, established, under control. What we fully know, +we do not need to think about. In common phrase, it is certain, assured. +And this does not mean a mere feeling of certainty. It denotes not a +sentiment, but a practical attitude, a readiness to act without +reserve or quibble. Of course we may be mistaken. What is taken for +knowledge--for fact and truth--at a given time may not be such. But +everything which is assumed without question, which is taken for granted +in our intercourse with one another and nature is what, at the given +time, is called knowledge. Thinking on the contrary, starts, as we +have seen, from doubt or uncertainty. It marks an inquiring, hunting, +searching attitude, instead of one of mastery and possession. Through +its critical process true knowledge is revised and extended, and our +convictions as to the state of things reorganized. Clearly the last few +centuries have been typically a period of revision and reorganization +of beliefs. Men did not really throw away all transmitted beliefs +concerning the realities of existence, and start afresh upon the basis +of their private, exclusive sensations and ideas. They could not have +done so if they had wished to, and if it had been possible general +imbecility would have been the only outcome. Men set out from what had +passed as knowledge, and critically investigated the grounds upon which +it rested; they noted exceptions; they used new mechanical appliances to +bring to light data inconsistent with what had been believed; they used +their imaginations to conceive a world different from that in which +their forefathers had put their trust. The work was a piecemeal, a +retail, business. One problem was tackled at a time. The net results +of all the revisions amounted, however, to a revolution of prior +conceptions of the world. What occurred was a reorganization of prior +intellectual habitudes, infinitely more efficient than a cutting loose +from all connections would have been. + +This state of affairs suggests a definition of the role of the +individual, or the self, in knowledge; namely, the redirection, or +reconstruction of accepted beliefs. Every new idea, every conception of +things differing from that authorized by current belief, must have its +origin in an individual. New ideas are doubtless always sprouting, but a +society governed by custom does not encourage their development. On the +contrary, it tends to suppress them, just because they are deviations +from what is current. The man who looks at things differently from +others is in such a community a suspect character; for him to persist +is generally fatal. Even when social censorship of beliefs is not so +strict, social conditions may fail to provide the appliances which are +requisite if new ideas are to be adequately elaborated; or they may fail +to provide any material support and reward to those who entertain them. +Hence they remain mere fancies, romantic castles in the air, or aimless +speculations. The freedom of observation and imagination involved in +the modern scientific revolution were not easily secured; they had to be +fought for; many suffered for their intellectual independence. But, upon +the whole, modern European society first permitted, and then, in some +fields at least, deliberately encouraged the individual reactions which +deviate from what custom prescribes. Discovery, research, inquiry in new +lines, inventions, finally came to be either the social fashion, or in +some degree tolerable. However, as we have already noted, philosophic +theories of knowledge were not content to conceive mind in the +individual as the pivot upon which reconstruction of beliefs turned, +thus maintaining the continuity of the individual with the world of +nature and fellow men. They regarded the individual mind as a separate +entity, complete in each person, and isolated from nature and hence from +other minds. Thus a legitimate intellectual individualism, the attitude +of critical revision of former beliefs which is indispensable to +progress, was explicitly formulated as a moral and social individualism. +When the activities of mind set out from customary beliefs and strive +to effect transformations of them which will in turn win general +conviction, there is no opposition between the individual and the +social. The intellectual variations of the individual in observation, +imagination, judgment, and invention are simply the agencies of +social progress, just as conformity to habit is the agency of social +conservation. But when knowledge is regarded as originating and +developing within an individual, the ties which bind the mental life of +one to that of his fellows are ignored and denied. + +When the social quality of individualized mental operations is denied, +it becomes a problem to find connections which will unite an individual +with his fellows. Moral individualism is set up by the conscious +separation of different centers of life. It has its roots in the notion +that the consciousness of each person is wholly private, a self-inclosed +continent, intrinsically independent of the ideas, wishes, purposes of +everybody else. But when men act, they act in a common and public world. +This is the problem to which the theory of isolated and independent +conscious minds gave rise: Given feelings, ideas, desires, which have +nothing to do with one another, how can actions proceeding from them +be controlled in a social or public interest? Given an egoistic +consciousness, how can action which has regard for others take place? + +Moral philosophies which have started from such premises have developed +four typical ways of dealing with the question. (i) One method +represents the survival of the older authoritative position, with +such concessions and compromises as the progress of events has made +absolutely inevitable. The deviations and departures characterizing an +individual are still looked upon with suspicion; in principle they are +evidences of the disturbances, revolts, and corruptions inhering in +an individual apart from external authoritative guidance. In fact, as +distinct from principle, intellectual individualism is tolerated in +certain technical regions--in subjects like mathematics and physics and +astronomy, and in the technical inventions resulting therefrom. But +the applicability of a similar method to morals, social, legal, and +political matters, is denied. In such matters, dogma is still to be +supreme; certain eternal truths made known by revelation, intuition, +or the wisdom of our forefathers set unpassable limits to individual +observation and speculation. The evils from which society suffers are +set down to the efforts of misguided individuals to transgress +these boundaries. Between the physical and the moral sciences, lie +intermediate sciences of life, where the territory is only grudgingly +yielded to freedom of inquiry under the pressure of accomplished fact. +Although past history has demonstrated that the possibilities of human +good are widened and made more secure by trusting to a responsibility +built up within the very process of inquiry, the "authority" theory sets +apart a sacred domain of truth which must be protected from the inroads +of variation of beliefs. Educationally, emphasis may not be put on +eternal truth, but it is put on the authority of book and teacher, and +individual variation is discouraged. + +(ii) Another method is sometimes termed rationalism or abstract +intellectualism. A formal logical faculty is set up in distinction from +tradition and history and all concrete subject matter. This faculty of +reason is endowed with power to influence conduct directly. Since it +deals wholly with general and impersonal forms, when different persons +act in accord with logical findings, their activities will be externally +consistent. There is no doubt of the services rendered by this +philosophy. It was a powerful factor in the negative and dissolving +criticism of doctrines having nothing but tradition and class interest +behind them; it accustomed men to freedom of discussion and to the +notion that beliefs had to be submitted to criteria of reasonableness. +It undermined the power of prejudice, superstition, and brute force, by +habituating men to reliance upon argument, discussion, and persuasion. +It made for clarity and order of exposition. But its influence was +greater in destruction of old falsities than in the construction of new +ties and associations among men. Its formal and empty nature, due to +conceiving reason as something complete in itself apart from subject +matter, its hostile attitude toward historical institutions, its +disregard of the influence of habit, instinct, and emotion, as operative +factors in life, left it impotent in the suggestion of specific aims +and methods. Bare logic, however important in arranging and criticizing +existing subject matter, cannot spin new subject matter out of itself. +In education, the correlative is trust in general ready-made rules and +principles to secure agreement, irrespective of seeing to it that the +pupil's ideas really agree with one another. + +(iii) While this rationalistic philosophy was developing in France, +English thought appealed to the intelligent self-interest of individuals +in order to secure outer unity in the acts which issued from isolated +streams of consciousness. Legal arrangements, especially penal +administration, and governmental regulations, were to be such as to +prevent the acts which proceeded from regard for one's own private +sensations from interfering with the feelings of others. Education was +to instill in individuals a sense that non-interference with others +and some degree of positive regard for their welfare were necessary for +security in the pursuit of one's own happiness. Chief emphasis was +put, however, upon trade as a means of bringing the conduct of one into +harmony with that of others. In commerce, each aims at the satisfaction +of his own wants, but can gain his own profit only by furnishing some +commodity or service to another. Thus in aiming at the increase of his +own private pleasurable states of consciousness, he contributes to +the consciousness of others. Again there is no doubt that this view +expressed and furthered a heightened perception of the values of +conscious life, and a recognition that institutional arrangements +are ultimately to be judged by the contributions which they make to +intensifying and enlarging the scope of conscious experience. It also +did much to rescue work, industry, and mechanical devices from the +contempt in which they had been held in communities founded upon the +control of a leisure class. In both ways, this philosophy promoted a +wider and more democratic social concern. But it was tainted by +the narrowness of its fundamental premise: the doctrine that every +individual acts only from regard for his own pleasures and pains, and +that so-called generous and sympathetic acts are only indirect ways +of procuring and assuring one's own comfort. In other words, it made +explicit the consequences inhering in any doctrine which makes mental +life a self-inclosed thing, instead of an attempt to redirect and +readapt common concerns. It made union among men a matter of calculation +of externals. It lent itself to the contemptuous assertions of Carlyle +that it was a doctrine of anarchy plus a constable, and recognized only +a "cash nexus" among men. The educational equivalents of this doctrine +in the uses made of pleasurable rewards and painful penalties are only +too obvious. (iv) Typical German philosophy followed another path. +It started from what was essentially the rationalistic philosophy of +Descartes and his French successors. But while French thought upon +the whole developed the idea of reason in opposition to the religious +conception of a divine mind residing in individuals, German thought (as +in Hegel) made a synthesis of the two. Reason is absolute. Nature is +incarnate reason. History is reason in its progressive unfolding in +man. An individual becomes rational only as he absorbs into himself +the content of rationality in nature and in social institutions. For an +absolute reason is not, like the reason of rationalism, purely formal +and empty; as absolute it must include all content within itself. Thus +the real problem is not that of controlling individual freedom so that +some measure of social order and concord may result, but of achieving +individual freedom through developing individual convictions in accord +with the universal law found in the organization of the state as +objective Reason. While this philosophy is usually termed absolute or +objective idealism, it might better be termed, for educational purposes +at least, institutional idealism. (See ante, p. 59.) It idealized +historical institutions by conceiving them as incarnations of an +immanent absolute mind. There can be no doubt that this philosophy was +a powerful influence in rescuing philosophy in the beginning of the +nineteenth century from the isolated individualism into which it had +fallen in France and England. It served also to make the organization of +the state more constructively interested in matters of public concern. +It left less to chance, less to mere individual logical conviction, less +to the workings of private self-interest. It brought intelligence to +bear upon the conduct of affairs; it accentuated the need of nationally +organized education in the interests of the corporate state. It +sanctioned and promoted freedom of inquiry in all technical details of +natural and historical phenomena. But in all ultimate moral matters, it +tended to reinstate the principle of authority. It made for efficiency +of organization more than did any of the types of philosophy previously +mentioned, but it made no provision for free experimental modification +of this organization. Political democracy, with its belief in the right +of individual desire and purpose to take part in readapting even the +fundamental constitution of society, was foreign to it. + +3. Educational Equivalents. It is not necessary to consider in detail +the educational counterparts of the various defects found in these +various types of philosophy. It suffices to say that in general the +school has been the institution which exhibited with greatest clearness +the assumed antithesis between purely individualistic methods of +learning and social action, and between freedom and social control. The +antithesis is reflected in the absence of a social atmosphere and motive +for learning, and the consequent separation, in the conduct of the +school, between method of instruction and methods of government; and in +the slight opportunity afforded individual variations. When learning +is a phase of active undertakings which involve mutual exchange, social +control enters into the very process of learning. When the social factor +is absent, learning becomes a carrying over of some presented material +into a purely individual consciousness, and there is no inherent reason +why it should give a more socialized direction to mental and emotional +disposition. There is tendency on the part of both the upholders and +the opponents of freedom in school to identify it with absence of social +direction, or, sometimes, with merely physical unconstraint of movement. +But the essence of the demand for freedom is the need of conditions +which will enable an individual to make his own special contribution +to a group interest, and to partake of its activities in such ways that +social guidance shall be a matter of his own mental attitude, and not a +mere authoritative dictation of his acts. Because what is often called +discipline and "government" has to do with the external side of conduct +alone, a similar meaning is attached, by reaction, to freedom. But when +it is perceived that each idea signifies the quality of mind expressed +in action, the supposed opposition between them falls away. Freedom +means essentially the part played by thinking--which is personal--in +learning:--it means intellectual initiative, independence in +observation, judicious invention, foresight of consequences, and +ingenuity of adaptation to them. + +But because these are the mental phase of behavior, the needed play of +individuality--or freedom--cannot be separated from opportunity for +free play of physical movements. Enforced physical quietude may be +unfavorable to realization of a problem, to undertaking the observations +needed to define it, and to performance of the experiments which +test the ideas suggested. Much has been said about the importance of +"self-activity" in education, but the conception has too frequently been +restricted to something merely internal--something excluding the free +use of sensory and motor organs. Those who are at the stage of learning +from symbols, or who are engaged in elaborating the implications of a +problem or idea preliminary to more carefully thought-out activity, +may need little perceptible overt activity. But the whole cycle +of self-activity demands an opportunity for investigation and +experimentation, for trying out one's ideas upon things, discovering +what can be done with materials and appliances. And this is incompatible +with closely restricted physical activity. Individual activity has +sometimes been taken as meaning leaving a pupil to work by himself or +alone. Relief from need of attending to what any one else is doing is +truly required to secure calm and concentration. Children, like grown +persons, require a judicious amount of being let alone. But the time, +place, and amount of such separate work is a matter of detail, not of +principle. There is no inherent opposition between working with others +and working as an individual. On the contrary, certain capacities of an +individual are not brought out except under the stimulus of associating +with others. That a child must work alone and not engage in group +activities in order to be free and let his individuality develop, is +a notion which measures individuality by spatial distance and makes a +physical thing of it. + +Individuality as a factor to be respected in education has a double +meaning. In the first place, one is mentally an individual only as he +has his own purpose and problem, and does his own thinking. The phrase +"think for one's self" is a pleonasm. Unless one does it for one's self, +it isn't thinking. Only by a pupil's own observations, reflections, +framing and testing of suggestions can what he already knows be +amplified and rectified. Thinking is as much an individual matter as +is the digestion of food. In the second place, there are variations of +point of view, of appeal of objects, and of mode of attack, from person +to person. When these variations are suppressed in the alleged interests +of uniformity, and an attempt is made to have a single mold of method +of study and recitation, mental confusion and artificiality inevitably +result. Originality is gradually destroyed, confidence in one's own +quality of mental operation is undermined, and a docile subjection to +the opinion of others is inculcated, or else ideas run wild. The harm +is greater now than when the whole community was governed by customary +beliefs, because the contrast between methods of learning in school and +those relied upon outside the school is greater. That systematic advance +in scientific discovery began when individuals were allowed, and then +encouraged, to utilize their own peculiarities of response to subject +matter, no one will deny. If it is said in objection, that pupils +in school are not capable of any such originality, and hence must be +confined to appropriating and reproducing things already known by +the better informed, the reply is twofold. (i) We are concerned with +originality of attitude which is equivalent to the unforced response of +one's own individuality, not with originality as measured by product. +No one expects the young to make original discoveries of just the same +facts and principles as are embodied in the sciences of nature and man. +But it is not unreasonable to expect that learning may take place under +such conditions that from the standpoint of the learner there is genuine +discovery. While immature students will not make discoveries from +the standpoint of advanced students, they make them from their own +standpoint, whenever there is genuine learning. (ii) In the normal +process of becoming acquainted with subject matter already known to +others, even young pupils react in unexpected ways. There is something +fresh, something not capable of being fully anticipated by even the +most experienced teacher, in the ways they go at the topic, and in +the particular ways in which things strike them. Too often all this is +brushed aside as irrelevant; pupils are deliberately held to rehearsing +material in the exact form in which the older person conceives it. The +result is that what is instinctively original in individuality, that +which marks off one from another, goes unused and undirected. Teaching +then ceases to be an educative process for the teacher. At most he +learns simply to improve his existing technique; he does not get new +points of view; he fails to experience any intellectual companionship. +Hence both teaching and learning tend to become conventional and +mechanical with all the nervous strain on both sides therein implied. + +As maturity increases and as the student has a greater background of +familiarity upon which a new topic is projected, the scope of more or +less random physical experimentation is reduced. Activity is defined or +specialized in certain channels. To the eyes of others, the student may +be in a position of complete physical quietude, because his energies are +confined to nerve channels and to the connected apparatus of the eyes +and vocal organs. But because this attitude is evidence of intense +mental concentration on the part of the trained person, it does not +follow that it should be set up as a model for students who still have +to find their intellectual way about. And even with the adult, it does +not cover the whole circuit of mental energy. It marks an intermediate +period, capable of being lengthened with increased mastery of a +subject, but always coming between an earlier period of more general and +conspicuous organic action and a later time of putting to use what has +been apprehended. + +When, however, education takes cognizance of the union of mind and body +in acquiring knowledge, we are not obliged to insist upon the need of +obvious, or external, freedom. It is enough to identify the freedom +which is involved in teaching and studying with the thinking by which +what a person already knows and believes is enlarged and refined. If +attention is centered upon the conditions which have to be met in order +to secure a situation favorable to effective thinking, freedom will take +care of itself. The individual who has a question which being really a +question to him instigates his curiosity, which feeds his eagerness for +information that will help him cope with it, and who has at command +an equipment which will permit these interests to take effect, is +intellectually free. Whatever initiative and imaginative vision he +possesses will be called into play and control his impulses and habits. +His own purposes will direct his actions. Otherwise, his seeming +attention, his docility, his memorizings and reproductions, will partake +of intellectual servility. Such a condition of intellectual subjection +is needed for fitting the masses into a society where the many are not +expected to have aims or ideas of their own, but to take orders from the +few set in authority. It is not adapted to a society which intends to be +democratic. + +Summary. True individualism is a product of the relaxation of the grip +of the authority of custom and traditions as standards of belief. Aside +from sporadic instances, like the height of Greek thought, it is a +comparatively modern manifestation. Not but that there have always been +individual diversities, but that a society dominated by conservative +custom represses them or at least does not utilize them and promote +them. For various reasons, however, the new individualism was +interpreted philosophically not as meaning development of agencies +for revising and transforming previously accepted beliefs, but as an +assertion that each individual's mind was complete in isolation from +everything else. In the theoretical phase of philosophy, this produced +the epistemological problem: the question as to the possibility of any +cognitive relationship of the individual to the world. In its practical +phase, it generated the problem of the possibility of a purely +individual consciousness acting on behalf of general or social +interests,--the problem of social direction. While the philosophies +which have been elaborated to deal with these questions have not +affected education directly, the assumptions underlying them have +found expression in the separation frequently made between study and +government and between freedom of individuality and control by others. +Regarding freedom, the important thing to bear in mind is that it +designates a mental attitude rather than external unconstraint of +movements, but that this quality of mind cannot develop without a fair +leeway of movements in exploration, experimentation, application, etc. A +society based on custom will utilize individual variations only up to +a limit of conformity with usage; uniformity is the chief ideal within +each class. A progressive society counts individual variations as +precious since it finds in them the means of its own growth. Hence +a democratic society must, in consistency with its ideal, allow for +intellectual freedom and the play of diverse gifts and interests in its +educational measures. + + + + +Chapter Twenty-Three: Vocational Aspects of Education + +1. The Meaning of Vocation. At the present time the conflict of +philosophic theories focuses in discussion of the proper place and +function of vocational factors in education. The bald statement that +significant differences in fundamental philosophical conceptions find +their chief issue in connection with this point may arouse incredulity: +there seems to be too great a gap between the remote and general terms +in which philosophic ideas are formulated and the practical and concrete +details of vocational education. But a mental review of the intellectual +presuppositions underlying the oppositions in education of labor and +leisure, theory and practice, body and mind, mental states and the +world, will show that they culminate in the antithesis of vocational and +cultural education. Traditionally, liberal culture has been linked to +the notions of leisure, purely contemplative knowledge and a spiritual +activity not involving the active use of bodily organs. Culture has also +tended, latterly, to be associated with a purely private refinement, a +cultivation of certain states and attitudes of consciousness, separate +from either social direction or service. It has been an escape from the +former, and a solace for the necessity of the latter. + +So deeply entangled are these philosophic dualisms with the whole +subject of vocational education, that it is necessary to define the +meaning of vocation with some fullness in order to avoid the impression +that an education which centers about it is narrowly practical, if not +merely pecuniary. A vocation means nothing but such a direction of life +activities as renders them perceptibly significant to a person, because +of the consequences they accomplish, and also useful to his associates. +The opposite of a career is neither leisure nor culture, but +aimlessness, capriciousness, the absence of cumulative achievement in +experience, on the personal side, and idle display, parasitic dependence +upon the others, on the social side. Occupation is a concrete term for +continuity. It includes the development of artistic capacity of any +kind, of special scientific ability, of effective citizenship, as well +as professional and business occupations, to say nothing of mechanical +labor or engagement in gainful pursuits. + +We must avoid not only limitation of conception of vocation to the +occupations where immediately tangible commodities are produced, but +also the notion that vocations are distributed in an exclusive way, one +and only one to each person. Such restricted specialism is impossible; +nothing could be more absurd than to try to educate individuals with an +eye to only one line of activity. In the first place, each individual +has of necessity a variety of callings, in each of which he should be +intelligently effective; and in the second place any one occupation +loses its meaning and becomes a routine keeping busy at something in the +degree in which it is isolated from other interests. (i) No one is +just an artist and nothing else, and in so far as one approximates that +condition, he is so much the less developed human being; he is a kind +of monstrosity. He must, at some period of his life, be a member of +a family; he must have friends and companions; he must either support +himself or be supported by others, and thus he has a business career. +He is a member of some organized political unit, and so on. We naturally +name his vocation from that one of the callings which distinguishes him, +rather than from those which he has in common with all others. But we +should not allow ourselves to be so subject to words as to ignore and +virtually deny his other callings when it comes to a consideration of +the vocational phases of education. + +(ii) As a man's vocation as artist is but the emphatically specialized +phase of his diverse and variegated vocational activities, so his +efficiency in it, in the humane sense of efficiency, is determined by +its association with other callings. A person must have experience, +he must live, if his artistry is to be more than a technical +accomplishment. He cannot find the subject matter of his artistic +activity within his art; this must be an expression of what he suffers +and enjoys in other relationships--a thing which depends in turn upon +the alertness and sympathy of his interests. What is true of an artist +is true of any other special calling. There is doubtless--in general +accord with the principle of habit--a tendency for every distinctive +vocation to become too dominant, too exclusive and absorbing in its +specialized aspect. This means emphasis upon skill or technical method +at the expense of meaning. Hence it is not the business of education to +foster this tendency, but rather to safeguard against it, so that the +scientific inquirer shall not be merely the scientist, the teacher +merely the pedagogue, the clergyman merely one who wears the cloth, and +so on. + +2. The Place of Vocational Aims in Education. Bearing in mind the varied +and connected content of the vocation, and the broad background upon +which a particular calling is projected, we shall now consider education +for the more distinctive activity of an individual. + +1. An occupation is the only thing which balances the distinctive +capacity of an individual with his social service. To find out what +one is fitted to do and to secure an opportunity to do it is the key to +happiness. Nothing is more tragic than failure to discover one's true +business in life, or to find that one has drifted or been forced by +circumstance into an uncongenial calling. A right occupation means +simply that the aptitudes of a person are in adequate play, working with +the minimum of friction and the maximum of satisfaction. With reference +to other members of a community, this adequacy of action signifies, of +course, that they are getting the best service the person can render. +It is generally believed, for example, that slave labor was ultimately +wasteful even from the purely economic point of view--that there was not +sufficient stimulus to direct the energies of slaves, and that there +was consequent wastage. Moreover, since slaves were confined to certain +prescribed callings, much talent must have remained unavailable to the +community, and hence there was a dead loss. Slavery only illustrates on +an obvious scale what happens in some degree whenever an individual does +not find himself in his work. And he cannot completely find himself when +vocations are looked upon with contempt, and a conventional ideal of +a culture which is essentially the same for all is maintained. Plato +(ante, p. 88) laid down the fundamental principle of a philosophy of +education when he asserted that it was the business of education to +discover what each person is good for, and to train him to mastery of +that mode of excellence, because such development would also secure the +fulfillment of social needs in the most harmonious way. His error was +not in qualitative principle, but in his limited conception of the scope +of vocations socially needed; a limitation of vision which reacted to +obscure his perception of the infinite variety of capacities found in +different individuals. + +2. An occupation is a continuous activity having a purpose. Education +through occupations consequently combines within itself more of the +factors conducive to learning than any other method. It calls instincts +and habits into play; it is a foe to passive receptivity. It has an end +in view; results are to be accomplished. Hence it appeals to thought; it +demands that an idea of an end be steadily maintained, so that activity +cannot be either routine or capricious. Since the movement of activity +must be progressive, leading from one stage to another, observation +and ingenuity are required at each stage to overcome obstacles and +to discover and readapt means of execution. In short, an occupation, +pursued under conditions where the realization of the activity rather +than merely the external product is the aim, fulfills the requirements +which were laid down earlier in connection with the discussion of aims, +interest, and thinking. (See Chapters VIII, X, XII.) + +A calling is also of necessity an organizing principle for information +and ideas; for knowledge and intellectual growth. It provides an axis +which runs through an immense diversity of detail; it causes different +experiences, facts, items of information to fall into order with one +another. The lawyer, the physician, the laboratory investigator in +some branch of chemistry, the parent, the citizen interested in his own +locality, has a constant working stimulus to note and relate whatever +has to do with his concern. He unconsciously, from the motivation of his +occupation, reaches out for all relevant information, and holds to it. +The vocation acts as both magnet to attract and as glue to hold. Such +organization of knowledge is vital, because it has reference to needs; +it is so expressed and readjusted in action that it never becomes +stagnant. No classification, no selection and arrangement of facts, +which is consciously worked out for purely abstract ends, can ever +compare in solidity or effectiveness with that knit under the stress of +an occupation; in comparison the former sort is formal, superficial, and +cold. + +3. The only adequate training for occupations is training through +occupations. The principle stated early in this book (see Chapter VI) +that the educative process is its own end, and that the only sufficient +preparation for later responsibilities comes by making the most of +immediately present life, applies in full force to the vocational phases +of education. The dominant vocation of all human beings at all times +is living--intellectual and moral growth. In childhood and youth, with +their relative freedom from economic stress, this fact is naked and +unconcealed. To predetermine some future occupation for which education +is to be a strict preparation is to injure the possibilities of present +development and thereby to reduce the adequacy of preparation for a +future right employment. To repeat the principle we have had occasion +to appeal to so often, such training may develop a machine-like skill in +routine lines (it is far from being sure to do so, since it may develop +distaste, aversion, and carelessness), but it will be at the expense of +those qualities of alert observation and coherent and ingenious planning +which make an occupation intellectually rewarding. In an autocratically +managed society, it is often a conscious object to prevent the +development of freedom and responsibility, a few do the planning and +ordering, the others follow directions and are deliberately confined to +narrow and prescribed channels of endeavor. However much such a scheme +may inure to the prestige and profit of a class, it is evident that it +limits the development of the subject class; hardens and confines the +opportunities for learning through experience of the master class, and +in both ways hampers the life of the society as a whole. (See ante, p. +260.) + +The only alternative is that all the earlier preparation for vocations +be indirect rather than direct; namely, through engaging in those active +occupations which are indicated by the needs and interests of the pupil +at the time. Only in this way can there be on the part of the educator +and of the one educated a genuine discovery of personal aptitudes so +that the proper choice of a specialized pursuit in later life may be +indicated. Moreover, the discovery of capacity and aptitude will be a +constant process as long as growth continues. It is a conventional and +arbitrary view which assumes that discovery of the work to be chosen +for adult life is made once for all at some particular date. One has +discovered in himself, say, an interest, intellectual and social, in the +things which have to do with engineering and has decided to make that +his calling. At most, this only blocks out in outline the field in which +further growth is to be directed. It is a sort of rough sketch for use +in direction of further activities. It is the discovery of a profession +in the sense in which Columbus discovered America when he touched +its shores. Future explorations of an indefinitely more detailed and +extensive sort remain to be made. When educators conceive vocational +guidance as something which leads up to a definitive, irretrievable, and +complete choice, both education and the chosen vocation are likely to be +rigid, hampering further growth. In so far, the calling chosen will +be such as to leave the person concerned in a permanently subordinate +position, executing the intelligence of others who have a calling which +permits more flexible play and readjustment. And while ordinary usages +of language may not justify terming a flexible attitude of readjustment +a choice of a new and further calling, it is such in effect. If even +adults have to be on the lookout to see that their calling does not shut +down on them and fossilize them, educators must certainly be careful +that the vocational preparation of youth is such as to engage them in a +continuous reorganization of aims and methods. + +3. Present Opportunities and Dangers. In the past, education has been +much more vocational in fact than in name. (i) The education of the +masses was distinctly utilitarian. It was called apprenticeship rather +than education, or else just learning from experience. The schools +devoted themselves to the three R's in the degree in which ability to go +through the forms of reading, writing, and figuring were common elements +in all kinds of labor. Taking part in some special line of work, under +the direction of others, was the out-of-school phase of this education. +The two supplemented each other; the school work in its narrow and +formal character was as much a part of apprenticeship to a calling as +that explicitly so termed. + +(ii) To a considerable extent, the education of the dominant classes was +essentially vocational--it only happened that their pursuits of ruling +and of enjoying were not called professions. For only those things were +named vocations or employments which involved manual labor, laboring for +a reward in keep, or its commuted money equivalent, or the rendering of +personal services to specific persons. For a long time, for example, the +profession of the surgeon and physician ranked almost with that of the +valet or barber--partly because it had so much to do with the body, +and partly because it involved rendering direct service for pay to some +definite person. But if we go behind words, the business of directing +social concerns, whether politically or economically, whether in war or +peace, is as much a calling as anything else; and where education has +not been completely under the thumb of tradition, higher schools in the +past have been upon the whole calculated to give preparation for this +business. Moreover, display, the adornment of person, the kind of social +companionship and entertainment which give prestige, and the spending +of money, have been made into definite callings. Unconsciously to +themselves the higher institutions of learning have been made to +contribute to preparation for these employments. Even at present, what +is called higher education is for a certain class (much smaller than it +once was) mainly preparation for engaging effectively in these pursuits. + +In other respects, it is largely, especially in the most advanced work, +training for the calling of teaching and special research. By a peculiar +superstition, education which has to do chiefly with preparation for +the pursuit of conspicuous idleness, for teaching, and for literary +callings, and for leadership, has been regarded as non-vocational and +even as peculiarly cultural. The literary training which indirectly +fits for authorship, whether of books, newspaper editorials, or magazine +articles, is especially subject to this superstition: many a teacher and +author writes and argues in behalf of a cultural and humane education +against the encroachments of a specialized practical education, without +recognizing that his own education, which he calls liberal, has been +mainly training for his own particular calling. He has simply got into +the habit of regarding his own business as essentially cultural and +of overlooking the cultural possibilities of other employments. At +the bottom of these distinctions is undoubtedly the tradition which +recognizes as employment only those pursuits where one is responsible +for his work to a specific employer, rather than to the ultimate +employer, the community. + +There are, however, obvious causes for the present conscious emphasis +upon vocational education--for the disposition to make explicit and +deliberate vocational implications previously tacit. (i) In the first +place, there is an increased esteem, in democratic communities, of +whatever has to do with manual labor, commercial occupations, and the +rendering of tangible services to society. In theory, men and women are +now expected to do something in return for their support--intellectual +and economic--by society. Labor is extolled; service is a much-lauded +moral ideal. While there is still much admiration and envy of those who +can pursue lives of idle conspicuous display, better moral sentiment +condemns such lives. Social responsibility for the use of time and +personal capacity is more generally recognized than it used to be. + +(ii) In the second place, those vocations which are specifically +industrial have gained tremendously in importance in the last century +and a half. Manufacturing and commerce are no longer domestic and local, +and consequently more or less incidental, but are world-wide. They +engage the best energies of an increasingly large number of persons. The +manufacturer, banker, and captain of industry have practically displaced +a hereditary landed gentry as the immediate directors of social affairs. +The problem of social readjustment is openly industrial, having to +do with the relations of capital and labor. The great increase in the +social importance of conspicuous industrial processes has inevitably +brought to the front questions having to do with the relationship of +schooling to industrial life. No such vast social readjustment could +occur without offering a challenge to an education inherited from +different social conditions, and without putting up to education new +problems. + +(iii) In the third place, there is the fact already repeatedly +mentioned: Industry has ceased to be essentially an empirical, +rule-of-thumb procedure, handed down by custom. Its technique is now +technological: that is to say, based upon machinery resulting from +discoveries in mathematics, physics, chemistry, bacteriology, etc. +The economic revolution has stimulated science by setting problems +for solution, by producing greater intellectual respect for mechanical +appliances. And industry received back payment from science with +compound interest. As a consequence, industrial occupations have +infinitely greater intellectual content and infinitely larger cultural +possibilities than they used to possess. The demand for such education +as will acquaint workers with the scientific and social bases and +bearings of their pursuits becomes imperative, since those who are +without it inevitably sink to the role of appendages to the machines +they operate. Under the old regime all workers in a craft were +approximately equals in their knowledge and outlook. Personal knowledge +and ingenuity were developed within at least a narrow range, because +work was done with tools under the direct command of the worker. Now the +operator has to adjust himself to his machine, instead of his tool to +his own purposes. While the intellectual possibilities of industry +have multiplied, industrial conditions tend to make industry, for great +masses, less of an educative resource than it was in the days of hand +production for local markets. The burden of realizing the intellectual +possibilities inhering in work is thus thrown back on the school. + +(iv) In the fourth place, the pursuit of knowledge has become, in +science, more experimental, less dependent upon literary tradition, and +less associated with dialectical methods of reasoning, and with symbols. +As a result, the subject matter of industrial occupation presents +not only more of the content of science than it used to, but greater +opportunity for familiarity with the method by which knowledge is made. +The ordinary worker in the factory is of course under too immediate +economic pressure to have a chance to produce a knowledge like that of +the worker in the laboratory. But in schools, association with machines +and industrial processes may be had under conditions where the chief +conscious concern of the students is insight. The separation of shop +and laboratory, where these conditions are fulfilled, is largely +conventional, the laboratory having the advantage of permitting the +following up of any intellectual interest a problem may suggest; the +shop the advantage of emphasizing the social bearings of the scientific +principle, as well as, with many pupils, of stimulating a livelier +interest. + +(v) Finally, the advances which have been made in the psychology of +learning in general and of childhood in particular fall into line with +the increased importance of industry in life. For modern psychology +emphasizes the radical importance of primitive unlearned instincts of +exploring, experimentation, and "trying on." It reveals that learning is +not the work of something ready-made called mind, but that mind itself +is an organization of original capacities into activities having +significance. As we have already seen (ante, p. 204), in older pupils +work is to educative development of raw native activities what play is +for younger pupils. Moreover, the passage from play to work should be +gradual, not involving a radical change of attitude but carrying into +work the elements of play, plus continuous reorganization in behalf +of greater control. The reader will remark that these five points +practically resume the main contentions of the previous part of the +work. Both practically and philosophically, the key to the present +educational situation lies in a gradual reconstruction of school +materials and methods so as to utilize various forms of occupation +typifying social callings, and to bring out their intellectual and +moral content. This reconstruction must relegate purely literary +methods--including textbooks--and dialectical methods to the position of +necessary auxiliary tools in the intelligent development of consecutive +and cumulative activities. + +But our discussion has emphasized the fact that this educational +reorganization cannot be accomplished by merely trying to give a +technical preparation for industries and professions as they now +operate, much less by merely reproducing existing industrial conditions +in the school. The problem is not that of making the schools an adjunct +to manufacture and commerce, but of utilizing the factors of industry +to make school life more active, more full of immediate meaning, more +connected with out-of-school experience. The problem is not easy of +solution. There is a standing danger that education will perpetuate +the older traditions for a select few, and effect its adjustment to the +newer economic conditions more or less on the basis of acquiescence +in the untransformed, unrationalized, and unsocialized phases of our +defective industrial regime. Put in concrete terms, there is danger that +vocational education will be interpreted in theory and practice as trade +education: as a means of securing technical efficiency in specialized +future pursuits. Education would then become an instrument of +perpetuating unchanged the existing industrial order of society, +instead of operating as a means of its transformation. The desired +transformation is not difficult to define in a formal way. It signifies +a society in which every person shall be occupied in something which +makes the lives of others better worth living, and which accordingly +makes the ties which bind persons together more perceptible--which +breaks down the barriers of distance between them. It denotes a state +of affairs in which the interest of each in his work is uncoerced and +intelligent: based upon its congeniality to his own aptitudes. It goes +without saying that we are far from such a social state; in a literal +and quantitative sense, we may never arrive at it. But in principle, the +quality of social changes already accomplished lies in this direction. +There are more ample resources for its achievement now than ever there +have been before. No insuperable obstacles, given the intelligent will +for its realization, stand in the way. + +Success or failure in its realization depends more upon the adoption of +educational methods calculated to effect the change than upon anything +else. For the change is essentially a change in the quality of mental +disposition--an educative change. This does not mean that we can change +character and mind by direct instruction and exhortation, apart from +a change in industrial and political conditions. Such a conception +contradicts our basic idea that character and mind are attitudes of +participative response in social affairs. But it does mean that we may +produce in schools a projection in type of the society we should like +to realize, and by forming minds in accord with it gradually modify the +larger and more recalcitrant features of adult society. Sentimentally, +it may seem harsh to say that the greatest evil of the present regime is +not found in poverty and in the suffering which it entails, but in the +fact that so many persons have callings which make no appeal to them, +which are pursued simply for the money reward that accrues. For such +callings constantly provoke one to aversion, ill will, and a desire +to slight and evade. Neither men's hearts nor their minds are in their +work. On the other hand, those who are not only much better off in +worldly goods, but who are in excessive, if not monopolistic, control of +the activities of the many are shut off from equality and generality of +social intercourse. They are stimulated to pursuits of indulgence and +display; they try to make up for the distance which separates them from +others by the impression of force and superior possession and enjoyment +which they can make upon others. + +It would be quite possible for a narrowly conceived scheme of vocational +education to perpetuate this division in a hardened form. Taking its +stand upon a dogma of social predestination, it would assume that some +are to continue to be wage earners under economic conditions like +the present, and would aim simply to give them what is termed a trade +education--that is, greater technical efficiency. Technical proficiency +is often sadly lacking, and is surely desirable on all accounts--not +merely for the sake of the production of better goods at less cost, but +for the greater happiness found in work. For no one cares for what one +cannot half do. But there is a great difference between a proficiency +limited to immediate work, and a competency extended to insight into its +social bearings; between efficiency in carrying out the plans of others +and in one forming one's own. At present, intellectual and emotional +limitation characterizes both the employing and the employed class. +While the latter often have no concern with their occupation beyond the +money return it brings, the former's outlook may be confined to +profit and power. The latter interest generally involves much greater +intellectual initiation and larger survey of conditions. For it involves +the direction and combination of a large number of diverse factors, +while the interest in wages is restricted to certain direct muscular +movements. But none the less there is a limitation of intelligence to +technical and non-humane, non-liberal channels, so far as the work does +not take in its social bearings. And when the animating motive is desire +for private profit or personal power, this limitation is inevitable. In +fact, the advantage in immediate social sympathy and humane disposition +often lies with the economically unfortunate, who have not experienced +the hardening effects of a one-sided control of the affairs of others. + +Any scheme for vocational education which takes its point of departure +from the industrial regime that now exists, is likely to assume and +to perpetuate its divisions and weaknesses, and thus to become an +instrument in accomplishing the feudal dogma of social predestination. +Those who are in a position to make their wishes good, will demand a +liberal, a cultural occupation, and one which fits for directive power +the youth in whom they are directly interested. To split the system, and +give to others, less fortunately situated, an education conceived mainly +as specific trade preparation, is to treat the schools as an agency +for transferring the older division of labor and leisure, culture and +service, mind and body, directed and directive class, into a society +nominally democratic. Such a vocational education inevitably discounts +the scientific and historic human connections of the materials and +processes dealt with. To include such things in narrow trade education +would be to waste time; concern for them would not be "practical." They +are reserved for those who have leisure at command--the leisure due to +superior economic resources. Such things might even be dangerous to the +interests of the controlling class, arousing discontent or ambitions +"beyond the station" of those working under the direction of others. But +an education which acknowledges the full intellectual and social meaning +of a vocation would include instruction in the historic background +of present conditions; training in science to give intelligence and +initiative in dealing with material and agencies of production; and +study of economics, civics, and politics, to bring the future worker +into touch with the problems of the day and the various methods proposed +for its improvement. Above all, it would train power of readaptation +to changing conditions so that future workers would not become blindly +subject to a fate imposed upon them. This ideal has to contend not only +with the inertia of existing educational traditions, but also with the +opposition of those who are entrenched in command of the industrial +machinery, and who realize that such an educational system if made +general would threaten their ability to use others for their own ends. +But this very fact is the presage of a more equitable and enlightened +social order, for it gives evidence of the dependence of social +reorganization upon educational reconstruction. It is accordingly an +encouragement to those believing in a better order to undertake the +promotion of a vocational education which does not subject youth to +the demands and standards of the present system, but which utilizes its +scientific and social factors to develop a courageous intelligence, and +to make intelligence practical and executive. + +Summary. A vocation signifies any form of continuous activity which +renders service to others and engages personal powers in behalf of the +accomplishment of results. The question of the relation of vocation to +education brings to a focus the various problems previously discussed +regarding the connection of thought with bodily activity; of individual +conscious development with associated life; of theoretical culture with +practical behavior having definite results; of making a livelihood +with the worthy enjoyment of leisure. In general, the opposition to +recognition of the vocational phases of life in education (except for +the utilitarian three R's in elementary schooling) accompanies the +conservation of aristocratic ideals of the past. But, at the present +juncture, there is a movement in behalf of something called vocational +training which, if carried into effect, would harden these ideas into +a form adapted to the existing industrial regime. This movement would +continue the traditional liberal or cultural education for the few +economically able to enjoy it, and would give to the masses a narrow +technical trade education for specialized callings, carried on under the +control of others. This scheme denotes, of course, simply a perpetuation +of the older social division, with its counterpart intellectual and +moral dualisms. But it means its continuation under conditions where it +has much less justification for existence. For industrial life is now +so dependent upon science and so intimately affects all forms of social +intercourse, that there is an opportunity to utilize it for development +of mind and character. Moreover, a right educational use of it would +react upon intelligence and interest so as to modify, in connection with +legislation and administration, the socially obnoxious features of the +present industrial and commercial order. It would turn the increasing +fund of social sympathy to constructive account, instead of leaving it a +somewhat blind philanthropic sentiment. + +It would give those who engage in industrial callings desire and ability +to share in social control, and ability to become masters of their +industrial fate. It would enable them to saturate with meaning the +technical and mechanical features which are so marked a feature of our +machine system of production and distribution. So much for those who now +have the poorer economic opportunities. With the representatives of the +more privileged portion of the community, it would increase sympathy +for labor, create a disposition of mind which can discover the +culturing elements in useful activity, and increase a sense of social +responsibility. The crucial position of the question of vocational +education at present is due, in other words, to the fact that it +concentrates in a specific issue two fundamental questions:--Whether +intelligence is best exercised apart from or within activity which puts +nature to human use, and whether individual culture is best secured +under egoistic or social conditions. No discussion of details is +undertaken in this chapter, because this conclusion but summarizes the +discussion of the previous chapters, XV to XXII, inclusive. + + + + +Chapter Twenty-four: Philosophy of Education + +1. A Critical Review. Although we are dealing with the philosophy of +education, DO definition of philosophy has yet been given; nor has +there been an explicit consideration of the nature of a philosophy of +education. This topic is now introduced by a summary account of the +logical order implied in the previous discussions, for the purpose +of bringing out the philosophic issues involved. Afterwards we shall +undertake a brief discussion, in more specifically philosophical +terms, of the theories of knowledge and of morals implied in different +educational ideals as they operate in practice. The prior chapters fall +logically into three parts. + +I. The first chapters deal with education as a social need and function. +Their purpose is to outline the general features of education as the +process by which social groups maintain their continuous existence. +Education was shown to be a process of renewal of the meanings of +experience through a process of transmission, partly incidental to +the ordinary companionship or intercourse of adults and youth, partly +deliberately instituted to effect social continuity. This process was +seen to involve control and growth of both the immature individual and +the group in which he lives. + +This consideration was formal in that it took no specific account of the +quality of the social group concerned--the kind of society aiming at +its own perpetuation through education. The general discussion was +then specified by application to social groups which are intentionally +progressive, and which aim at a greater variety of mutually shared +interests in distinction from those which aim simply at the preservation +of established customs. Such societies were found to be democratic in +quality, because of the greater freedom allowed the constituent +members, and the conscious need of securing in individuals a consciously +socialized interest, instead of trusting mainly to the force of customs +operating under the control of a superior class. The sort of education +appropriate to the development of a democratic community was then +explicitly taken as the criterion of the further, more detailed analysis +of education. + +II. This analysis, based upon the democratic criterion, was seen to +imply the ideal of a continuous reconstruction or reorganizing of +experience, of such a nature as to increase its recognized meaning or +social content, and as to increase the capacity of individuals to act as +directive guardians of this reorganization. (See Chapters VI-VII.) +This distinction was then used to outline the respective characters of +subject matter and method. It also defined their unity, since method +in study and learning upon this basis is just the consciously directed +movement of reorganization of the subject matter of experience. From +this point of view the main principles of method and subject matter of +learning were developed (Chapters XIII-XIV.) + +III. Save for incidental criticisms designed to illustrate principles +by force of contrast, this phase of the discussion took for granted the +democratic criterion and its application in present social life. In the +subsequent chapters (XVIII-XXII) we considered the present limitation of +its actual realization. They were found to spring from the notion that +experience consists of a variety of segregated domains, or interests, +each having its own independent value, material, and method, each +checking every other, and, when each is kept properly bounded by the +others, forming a kind of "balance of powers" in education. We then +proceeded to an analysis of the various assumptions underlying this +segregation. On the practical side, they were found to have their cause +in the divisions of society into more or less rigidly marked-off classes +and groups--in other words, in obstruction to full and flexible social +interaction and intercourse. These social ruptures of continuity were +seen to have their intellectual formulation in various dualisms +or antitheses--such as that of labor and leisure, practical and +intellectual activity, man and nature, individuality and association, +culture and vocation. In this discussion, we found that these different +issues have their counterparts in formulations which have been made in +classic philosophic systems; and that they involve the chief problems of +philosophy--such as mind (or spirit) and matter, body and mind, the +mind and the world, the individual and his relationships to others, etc. +Underlying these various separations we found the fundamental assumption +to be an isolation of mind from activity involving physical conditions, +bodily organs, material appliances, and natural objects. Consequently, +there was indicated a philosophy which recognizes the origin, place, and +function of mind in an activity which controls the environment. Thus we +have completed the circuit and returned to the conceptions of the +first portion of this book: such as the biological continuity of human +impulses and instincts with natural energies; the dependence of the +growth of mind upon participation in conjoint activities having a common +purpose; the influence of the physical environment through the uses made +of it in the social medium; the necessity of utilization of individual +variations in desire and thinking for a progressively developing +society; the essential unity of method and subject matter; the intrinsic +continuity of ends and means; the recognition of mind as thinking which +perceives and tests the meanings of behavior. These conceptions are +consistent with the philosophy which sees intelligence to be the +purposive reorganization, through action, of the material of experience; +and they are inconsistent with each of the dualistic philosophies +mentioned. + +2. The Nature of Philosophy. Our further task is to extract and make +explicit the idea of philosophy implicit in these considerations. We +have already virtually described, though not defined, philosophy in +terms of the problems with which it deals; and we have pointed out that +these problems originate in the conflicts and difficulties of social +life. The problems are such things as the relations of mind and matter; +body and soul; humanity and physical nature; the individual and the +social; theory--or knowing, and practice--or doing. The philosophical +systems which formulate these problems record the main lineaments and +difficulties of contemporary social practice. They bring to explicit +consciousness what men have come to think, in virtue of the quality of +their current experience, about nature, themselves, and the reality they +conceive to include or to govern both. + +As we might expect, then, philosophy has generally been defined in ways +which imply a certain totality, generality, and ultimateness of both +subject matter and method. With respect to subject matter, philosophy +is an attempt to _comprehend_--that is, to gather together the varied +details of the world and of life into a single inclusive whole, which +shall either be a unity, or, as in the dualistic systems, shall reduce +the plural details to a small number of ultimate principles. On the +side of the attitude of the philosopher and of those who accept his +conclusions, there is the endeavor to attain as unified, consistent, +and complete an outlook upon experience as is possible. This aspect is +expressed in the word 'philosophy'--love of wisdom. Whenever philosophy +has been taken seriously, it has always been assumed that it signified +achieving a wisdom which would influence the conduct of life. Witness +the fact that almost all ancient schools of philosophy were also +organized ways of living, those who accepted their tenets being +committed to certain distinctive modes of conduct; witness the intimate +connection of philosophy with the theology of the Roman church in the +middle ages, its frequent association with religious interests, and, at +national crises, its association with political struggles. + +This direct and intimate connection of philosophy with an outlook upon +life obviously differentiates philosophy from science. Particular facts +and laws of science evidently influence conduct. They suggest things to +do and not do, and provide means of execution. When science denotes not +simply a report of the particular facts discovered about the world but +a _general attitude_ toward it--as distinct from special things to do +--it merges into philosophy. For an underlying disposition represents an +attitude not to this and that thing nor even to the aggregate of known +things, but to the considerations which govern conduct. + +Hence philosophy cannot be defined simply from the side of subject +matter. For this reason, the definition of such conceptions as +generality, totality, and ultimateness is most readily reached from +the side of the disposition toward the world which they connote. In any +literal and quantitative sense, these terms do not apply to the subject +matter of knowledge, for completeness and finality are out of the +question. The very nature of experience as an ongoing, changing process +forbids. In a less rigid sense, they apply to science rather than to +philosophy. For obviously it is to mathematics, physics, chemistry, +biology, anthropology, history, etc. that we must go, not to philosophy, +to find out the facts of the world. It is for the sciences to say what +generalizations are tenable about the world and what they specifically +are. But when we ask what sort of permanent disposition of action +toward the world the scientific disclosures exact of us we are raising a +philosophic question. + + +From this point of view, "totality" does not mean the hopeless task of a +quantitative summation. It means rather consistency of mode of response +in reference to the plurality of events which occur. Consistency does +not mean literal identity; for since the same thing does not happen +twice, an exact repetition of a reaction involves some maladjustment. +Totality means continuity--the carrying on of a former habit of action +with the readaptation necessary to keep it alive and growing. Instead of +signifying a ready-made complete scheme of action, it means keeping +the balance in a multitude of diverse actions, so that each borrows and +gives significance to every other. Any person who is open-minded +and sensitive to new perceptions, and who has concentration and +responsibility in connecting them has, in so far, a philosophic +disposition. One of the popular senses of philosophy is calm and +endurance in the face of difficulty and loss; it is even supposed to be +a power to bear pain without complaint. This meaning is a tribute to the +influence of the Stoic philosophy rather than an attribute of +philosophy in general. But in so far as it suggests that the wholeness +characteristic of philosophy is a power to learn, or to extract meaning, +from even the unpleasant vicissitudes of experience and to embody what +is learned in an ability to go on learning, it is justified in any +scheme. An analogous interpretation applies to the generality +and ultimateness of philosophy. Taken literally, they are absurd +pretensions; they indicate insanity. Finality does not mean, however, +that experience is ended and exhausted, but means the disposition to +penetrate to deeper levels of meaning--to go below the surface and find +out the connections of any event or object, and to keep at it. In like +manner the philosophic attitude is general in the sense that it is +averse to taking anything as isolated; it tries to place an act in its +context--which constitutes its significance. It is of assistance to +connect philosophy with thinking in its distinction from knowledge. +Knowledge, grounded knowledge, is science; it represents objects which +have been settled, ordered, disposed of rationally. Thinking, on +the other hand, is prospective in reference. It is occasioned by an +unsettlement and it aims at overcoming a disturbance. Philosophy is +thinking what the known demands of us--what responsive attitude it +exacts. It is an idea of what is possible, not a record of accomplished +fact. Hence it is hypothetical, like all thinking. It presents an +assignment of something to be done--something to be tried. Its value +lies not in furnishing solutions (which can be achieved only in action) +but in defining difficulties and suggesting methods for dealing with +them. Philosophy might almost be described as thinking which has become +conscious of itself--which has generalized its place, function, and +value in experience. + +More specifically, the demand for a "total" attitude arises because +there is the need of integration in action of the conflicting various +interests in life. Where interests are so superficial that they glide +readily into one another, or where they are not sufficiently organized +to come into conflict with one another, the need for philosophy is not +perceptible. But when the scientific interest conflicts with, say, the +religious, or the economic with the scientific or aesthetic, or when the +conservative concern for order is at odds with the progressive interest +in freedom, or when institutionalism clashes with individuality, there +is a stimulus to discover some more comprehensive point of view from +which the divergencies may be brought together, and consistency or +continuity of experience recovered. Often these clashes may be settled +by an individual for himself; the area of the struggle of aims is +limited and a person works out his own rough accommodations. Such +homespun philosophies are genuine and often adequate. But they do not +result in systems of philosophy. These arise when the discrepant claims +of different ideals of conduct affect the community as a whole, and the +need for readjustment is general. These traits explain some things which +are often brought as objections against philosophies, such as the +part played in them by individual speculation, and their controversial +diversity, as well as the fact that philosophy seems to be repeatedly +occupied with much the same questions differently stated. Without doubt, +all these things characterize historic philosophies more or less. But +they are not objections to philosophy so much as they are to human +nature, and even to the world in which human nature is set. If there +are genuine uncertainties in life, philosophies must reflect that +uncertainty. If there are different diagnoses of the cause of a +difficulty, and different proposals for dealing with it; if, that is, +the conflict of interests is more or less embodied in different sets of +persons, there must be divergent competing philosophies. With respect +to what has happened, sufficient evidence is all that is needed to bring +agreement and certainty. The thing itself is sure. But with reference +to what it is wise to do in a complicated situation, discussion is +inevitable precisely because the thing itself is still indeterminate. +One would not expect a ruling class living at ease to have the same +philosophy of life as those who were having a hard struggle for +existence. If the possessing and the dispossessed had the same +fundamental disposition toward the world, it would argue either +insincerity or lack of seriousness. A community devoted to industrial +pursuits, active in business and commerce, is not likely to see the +needs and possibilities of life in the same way as a country with high +aesthetic culture and little enterprise in turning the energies of +nature to mechanical account. A social group with a fairly continuous +history will respond mentally to a crisis in a very different way from +one which has felt the shock of abrupt breaks. Even if the same data +were present, they would be evaluated differently. But the different +sorts of experience attending different types of life prevent just the +same data from presenting themselves, as well as lead to a different +scheme of values. As for the similarity of problems, this is often +more a matter of appearance than of fact, due to old discussions being +translated into the terms of contemporary perplexities. But in certain +fundamental respects the same predicaments of life recur from time to +time with only such changes as are due to change of social context, +including the growth of the sciences. + +The fact that philosophic problems arise because of widespread and +widely felt difficulties in social practice is disguised because +philosophers become a specialized class which uses a technical language, +unlike the vocabulary in which the direct difficulties are stated. But +where a system becomes influential, its connection with a conflict of +interests calling for some program of social adjustment may always be +discovered. At this point, the intimate connection between philosophy +and education appears. In fact, education offers a vantage ground +from which to penetrate to the human, as distinct from the technical, +significance of philosophic discussions. The student of philosophy "in +itself" is always in danger of taking it as so much nimble or severe +intellectual exercise--as something said by philosophers and concerning +them alone. But when philosophic issues are approached from the side +of the kind of mental disposition to which they correspond, or the +differences in educational practice they make when acted upon, the +life-situations which they formulate can never be far from view. If +a theory makes no difference in educational endeavor, it must be +artificial. The educational point of view enables one to envisage the +philosophic problems where they arise and thrive, where they are at +home, and where acceptance or rejection makes a difference in practice. +If we are willing to conceive education as the process of forming +fundamental dispositions, intellectual and emotional, toward nature +and fellow men, philosophy may even be defined as the general theory of +education. Unless a philosophy is to remain symbolic--or verbal--or +a sentimental indulgence for a few, or else mere arbitrary dogma, its +auditing of past experience and its program of values must take effect +in conduct. Public agitation, propaganda, legislative and administrative +action are effective in producing the change of disposition which a +philosophy indicates as desirable, but only in the degree in which they +are educative--that is to say, in the degree in which they modify mental +and moral attitudes. And at the best, such methods are compromised by +the fact they are used with those whose habits are already largely set, +while education of youth has a fairer and freer field of operation. +On the other side, the business of schooling tends to become a routine +empirical affair unless its aims and methods are animated by such a +broad and sympathetic survey of its place in contemporary life as it is +the business of philosophy to provide. Positive science always implies +practically the ends which the community is concerned to achieve. +Isolated from such ends, it is matter of indifference whether its +disclosures are used to cure disease or to spread it; to increase the +means of sustenance of life or to manufacture war material to wipe +life out. If society is interested in one of these things rather than +another, science shows the way of attainment. Philosophy thus has a +double task: that of criticizing existing aims with respect to the +existing state of science, pointing out values which have become +obsolete with the command of new resources, showing what values are +merely sentimental because there are no means for their realization; and +also that of interpreting the results of specialized science in their +bearing on future social endeavor. It is impossible that it should have +any success in these tasks without educational equivalents as to what to +do and what not to do. For philosophic theory has no Aladdin's lamp +to summon into immediate existence the values which it intellectually +constructs. In the mechanical arts, the sciences become methods of +managing things so as to utilize their energies for recognized aims. +By the educative arts philosophy may generate methods of utilizing +the energies of human beings in accord with serious and thoughtful +conceptions of life. Education is the laboratory in which philosophic +distinctions become concrete and are tested. + +It is suggestive that European philosophy originated (among the +Athenians) under the direct pressure of educational questions. The +earlier history of philosophy, developed by the Greeks in Asia Minor and +Italy, so far as its range of topics is concerned, is mainly a chapter +in the history of science rather than of philosophy as that word is +understood to-day. It had nature for its subject, and speculated as to +how things are made and changed. Later the traveling teachers, known as +the Sophists, began to apply the results and the methods of the natural +philosophers to human conduct. + +When the Sophists, the first body of professional educators in Europe, +instructed the youth in virtue, the political arts, and the management +of city and household, philosophy began to deal with the relation of +the individual to the universal, to some comprehensive class, or to some +group; the relation of man and nature, of tradition and reflection, of +knowledge and action. Can virtue, approved excellence in any line, be +learned, they asked? What is learning? It has to do with knowledge. +What, then, is knowledge? How is it achieved? Through the senses, or by +apprenticeship in some form of doing, or by reason that has undergone +a preliminary logical discipline? Since learning is coming to know, it +involves a passage from ignorance to wisdom, from privation to fullness +from defect to perfection, from non-being to being, in the Greek way +of putting it. How is such a transition possible? Is change, becoming, +development really possible and if so, how? And supposing such questions +answered, what is the relation of instruction, of knowledge, to virtue? +This last question led to opening the problem of the relation of reason +to action, of theory to practice, since virtue clearly dwelt in action. +Was not knowing, the activity of reason, the noblest attribute of man? +And consequently was not purely intellectual activity itself the highest +of all excellences, compared with which the virtues of neighborliness +and the citizen's life were secondary? Or, on the other hand, was +the vaunted intellectual knowledge more than empty and vain pretense, +demoralizing to character and destructive of the social ties that bound +men together in their community life? Was not the only true, because the +only moral, life gained through obedient habituation to the customary +practices of the community? And was not the new education an enemy to +good citizenship, because it set up a rival standard to the established +traditions of the community? + +In the course of two or three generations such questions were cut loose +from their original practical bearing upon education and were +discussed on their own account; that is, as matters of philosophy as an +independent branch of inquiry. But the fact that the stream of European +philosophical thought arose as a theory of educational procedure +remains an eloquent witness to the intimate connection of philosophy and +education. "Philosophy of education" is not an external application of +ready-made ideas to a system of practice having a radically different +origin and purpose: it is only an explicit formulation of the problems +of the formation of right mental and moral habitudes in respect to +the difficulties of contemporary social life. The most penetrating +definition of philosophy which can be given is, then, that it is the +theory of education in its most general phases. + +The reconstruction of philosophy, of education, and of social ideals and +methods thus go hand in hand. If there is especial need of educational +reconstruction at the present time, if this need makes urgent a +reconsideration of the basic ideas of traditional philosophic systems, +it is because of the thoroughgoing change in social life accompanying +the advance of science, the industrial revolution, and the development +of democracy. Such practical changes cannot take place without demanding +an educational reformation to meet them, and without leading men to ask +what ideas and ideals are implicit in these social changes, and what +revisions they require of the ideas and ideals which are inherited +from older and unlike cultures. Incidentally throughout the whole book, +explicitly in the last few chapters, we have been dealing with just +these questions as they affect the relationship of mind and body, theory +and practice, man and nature, the individual and social, etc. In our +concluding chapters we shall sum up the prior discussions with respect +first to the philosophy of knowledge, and then to the philosophy of +morals. + +Summary. After a review designed to bring out the philosophic issues +implicit in the previous discussions, philosophy was defined as the +generalized theory of education. Philosophy was stated to be a form +of thinking, which, like all thinking, finds its origin in what is +uncertain in the subject matter of experience, which aims to locate the +nature of the perplexity and to frame hypotheses for its clearing up to +be tested in action. Philosophic thinking has for its differentia the +fact that the uncertainties with which it deals are found in widespread +social conditions and aims, consisting in a conflict of organized +interests and institutional claims. Since the only way of bringing +about a harmonious readjustment of the opposed tendencies is through a +modification of emotional and intellectual disposition, philosophy is +at once an explicit formulation of the various interests of life and a +propounding of points of view and methods through which a better balance +of interests may be effected. Since education is the process through +which the needed transformation may be accomplished and not remain a +mere hypothesis as to what is desirable, we reach a justification of the +statement that philosophy is the theory of education as a deliberately +conducted practice. + + + + +Chapter Twenty-five: Theories of Knowledge + +1. Continuity versus Dualism. A number of theories of knowing have been +criticized in the previous pages. In spite of their differences from one +another, they all agree in one fundamental respect which contrasts +with the theory which has been positively advanced. The latter +assumes continuity; the former state or imply certain basic divisions, +separations, or antitheses, technically called dualisms. The origin of +these divisions we have found in the hard and fast walls which mark off +social groups and classes within a group: like those between rich and +poor, men and women, noble and baseborn, ruler and ruled. These barriers +mean absence of fluent and free intercourse. This absence is equivalent +to the setting up of different types of life-experience, each with +isolated subject matter, aim, and standard of values. Every such social +condition must be formulated in a dualistic philosophy, if philosophy is +to be a sincere account of experience. When it gets beyond dualism--as +many philosophies do in form--it can only be by appeal to something +higher than anything found in experience, by a flight to some +transcendental realm. And in denying duality in name such theories +restore it in fact, for they end in a division between things of this +world as mere appearances and an inaccessible essence of reality. + +So far as these divisions persist and others are added to them, each +leaves its mark upon the educational system, until the scheme of +education, taken as a whole, is a deposit of various purposes and +procedures. The outcome is that kind of check and balance of segregated +factors and values which has been described. (See Chapter XVIII.) +The present discussion is simply a formulation, in the terminology of +philosophy, of various antithetical conceptions involved in the theory +of knowing. In the first place, there is the opposition of empirical and +higher rational knowing. The first is connected with everyday affairs, +serves the purposes of the ordinary individual who has no specialized +intellectual + +pursuit, and brings his wants into some kind of working connection with +the immediate environment. Such knowing is depreciated, if not despised, +as purely utilitarian, lacking in cultural significance. Rational +knowledge is supposed to be something which touches reality in ultimate, +intellectual fashion; to be pursued for its own sake and properly to +terminate in purely theoretical insight, not debased by application +in behavior. Socially, the distinction corresponds to that of the +intelligence used by the working classes and that used by a learned +class remote from concern with the means of living. Philosophically, the +difference turns about the distinction of the particular and universal. +Experience is an aggregate of more or less isolated particulars, +acquaintance with each of which must be separately made. Reason deals +with universals, with general principles, with laws, which lie above the +welter of concrete details. In the educational precipitate, the pupil +is supposed to have to learn, on one hand, a lot of items of specific +information, each standing by itself, and upon the other hand, to +become familiar with a certain number of laws and general relationships. +Geography, as often taught, illustrates the former; mathematics, beyond +the rudiments of figuring, the latter. For all practical purposes, they +represent two independent worlds. + +Another antithesis is suggested by the two senses of the word +"learning." On the one hand, learning is the sum total of what is +known, as that is handed down by books and learned men. It is something +external, an accumulation of cognitions as one might store material +commodities in a warehouse. Truth exists ready-made somewhere. Study is +then the process by which an individual draws on what is in storage. On +the other hand, learning means something which the individual does when +he studies. It is an active, personally conducted affair. The dualism +here is between knowledge as something external, or, as it is often +called, objective, and knowing as something purely internal, subjective, +psychical. There is, on one side, a body of truth, ready-made, and, on +the other, a ready-made mind equipped with a faculty of knowing--if it +only wills to exercise it, which it is often strangely loath to do. The +separation, often touched upon, between subject matter and method is the +educational equivalent of this dualism. Socially the distinction has +to do with the part of life which is dependent upon authority and +that where individuals are free to advance. Another dualism is that of +activity and passivity in knowing. Purely empirical and physical things +are often supposed to be known by receiving impressions. Physical +things somehow stamp themselves upon the mind or convey themselves +into consciousness by means of the sense organs. Rational knowledge and +knowledge of spiritual things is supposed, on the contrary, to spring +from activity initiated within the mind, an activity carried on better +if it is kept remote from all sullying touch of the senses and external +objects. The distinction between sense training and object lessons +and laboratory exercises, and pure ideas contained in books, and +appropriated--so it is thought--by some miraculous output of mental +energy, is a fair expression in education of this distinction. Socially, +it reflects a division between those who are controlled by direct +concern with things and those who are free to cultivate themselves. + +Another current opposition is that said to exist between the intellect +and the emotions. The emotions are conceived to be purely private and +personal, having nothing to do with the work of pure intelligence in +apprehending facts and truths,--except perhaps the single emotion of +intellectual curiosity. The intellect is a pure light; the emotions are +a disturbing heat. The mind turns outward to truth; the emotions +turn inward to considerations of personal advantage and loss. Thus in +education we have that systematic depreciation of interest which +has been noted, plus the necessity in practice, with most pupils, of +recourse to extraneous and irrelevant rewards and penalties in order to +induce the person who has a mind (much as his clothes have a pocket) to +apply that mind to the truths to be known. Thus we have the spectacle +of professional educators decrying appeal to interest while they uphold +with great dignity the need of reliance upon examinations, marks, +promotions and emotions, prizes, and the time-honored paraphernalia of +rewards and punishments. The effect of this situation in crippling +the teacher's sense of humor has not received the attention which it +deserves. + +All of these separations culminate in one between knowing and doing, +theory and practice, between mind as the end and spirit of action and +the body as its organ and means. We shall not repeat what has been said +about the source of this dualism in the division of society into a class +laboring with their muscles for material sustenance and a class +which, relieved from economic pressure, devotes itself to the arts of +expression and social direction. Nor is it necessary to speak again +of the educational evils which spring from the separation. We shall be +content to summarize the forces which tend to make the untenability of +this conception obvious and to replace it by the idea of continuity. +(i) The advance of physiology and the psychology associated with it have +shown the connection of mental activity with that of the nervous system. +Too often recognition of connection has stopped short at this point; the +older dualism of soul and body has been replaced by that of the brain +and the rest of the body. But in fact the nervous system is only +a specialized mechanism for keeping all bodily activities working +together. Instead of being isolated from them, as an organ of knowing +from organs of motor response, it is the organ by which they interact +responsively with one another. The brain is essentially an organ +for effecting the reciprocal adjustment to each other of the stimuli +received from the environment and responses directed upon it. Note that +the adjusting is reciprocal; the brain not only enables organic activity +to be brought to bear upon any object of the environment in response to +a sensory stimulation, but this response also determines what the next +stimulus will be. See what happens, for example, when a carpenter is +at work upon a board, or an etcher upon his plate--or in any case of a +consecutive activity. While each motor response is adjusted to the +state of affairs indicated through the sense organs, that motor response +shapes the next sensory stimulus. Generalizing this illustration, the +brain is the machinery for a constant reorganizing of activity so as to +maintain its continuity; that is to say, to make such modifications in +future action as are required because of what has already been done. The +continuity of the work of the carpenter distinguishes it from a routine +repetition of identically the same motion, and from a random +activity where there is nothing cumulative. What makes it continuous, +consecutive, or concentrated is that each earlier act prepares the way +for later acts, while these take account of or reckon with the results +already attained--the basis of all responsibility. No one who has +realized the full force of the facts of the connection of knowing with +the nervous system and of the nervous system with the readjusting of +activity continuously to meet new conditions, will doubt that knowing +has to do with reorganizing activity, instead of being something +isolated from all activity, complete on its own account. + +(ii) The development of biology clinches this lesson, with its discovery +of evolution. For the philosophic significance of the doctrine of +evolution lies precisely in its emphasis upon continuity of simpler +and more complex organic forms until we reach man. The development of +organic forms begins with structures where the adjustment of environment +and organism is obvious, and where anything which can be called mind is +at a minimum. As activity becomes more complex, coordinating a greater +number of factors in space and time, intelligence plays a more and more +marked role, for it has a larger span of the future to forecast and plan +for. The effect upon the theory of knowing is to displace the notion +that it is the activity of a mere onlooker or spectator of the world, +the notion which goes with the idea of knowing as something complete in +itself. For the doctrine of organic development means that the living +creature is a part of the world, sharing its vicissitudes and fortunes, +and making itself secure in its precarious dependence only as it +intellectually identifies itself with the things about it, and, +forecasting the future consequences of what is going on, shapes its own +activities accordingly. If the living, experiencing being is an intimate +participant in the activities of the world to which it belongs, then +knowledge is a mode of participation, valuable in the degree in which it +is effective. It cannot be the idle view of an unconcerned spectator. + +(iii) The development of the experimental method as the method of +getting knowledge and of making sure it is knowledge, and not mere +opinion--the method of both discovery and proof--is the remaining great +force in bringing about a transformation in the theory of knowledge. +The experimental method has two sides. (i) On one hand, it means that we +have no right to call anything knowledge except where our activity has +actually produced certain physical changes in things, which agree with +and confirm the conception entertained. Short of such specific changes, +our beliefs are only hypotheses, theories, suggestions, guesses, and +are to be entertained tentatively and to be utilized as indications of +experiments to be tried. (ii) On the other hand, the experimental method +of thinking signifies that thinking is of avail; that it is of avail in +just the degree in which the anticipation of future consequences is +made on the basis of thorough observation of present conditions. +Experimentation, in other words, is not equivalent to blind reacting. +Such surplus activity--a surplus with reference to what has been +observed and is now anticipated--is indeed an unescapable factor in all +our behavior, but it is not experiment save as consequences are noted +and are used to make predictions and plans in similar situations in the +future. The more the meaning of the experimental method is perceived, +the more our trying out of a certain way of treating the material +resources and obstacles which confront us embodies a prior use of +intelligence. What we call magic was with respect to many things the +experimental method of the savage; but for him to try was to try his +luck, not his ideas. The scientific experimental method is, on +the contrary, a trial of ideas; hence even when practically--or +immediately--unsuccessful, it is intellectual, fruitful; for we learn +from our failures when our endeavors are seriously thoughtful. + +The experimental method is new as a scientific resource--as a +systematized means of making knowledge, though as old as life as +a practical device. Hence it is not surprising that men have not +recognized its full scope. For the most part, its significance is +regarded as belonging to certain technical and merely physical matters. +It will doubtless take a long time to secure the perception that it +holds equally as to the forming and testing of ideas in social and +moral matters. Men still want the crutch of dogma, of beliefs fixed +by authority, to relieve them of the trouble of thinking and the +responsibility of directing their activity by thought. They tend to +confine their own thinking to a consideration of which one among the +rival systems of dogma they will accept. Hence the schools are better +adapted, as John Stuart Mill said, to make disciples than inquirers. But +every advance in the influence of the experimental method is sure to +aid in outlawing the literary, dialectic, and authoritative methods +of forming beliefs which have governed the schools of the past, and to +transfer their prestige to methods which will procure an active concern +with things and persons, directed by aims of increasing temporal reach +and deploying greater range of things in space. In time the theory of +knowing must be derived from the practice which is most successful in +making knowledge; and then that theory will be employed to improve the +methods which are less successful. + +2. Schools of Method. There are various systems of philosophy with +characteristically different conceptions of the method of knowing. Some +of them are named scholasticism, sensationalism, rationalism, idealism, +realism, empiricism, transcendentalism, pragmatism, etc. Many of +them have been criticized in connection with the discussion of some +educational problem. We are here concerned with them as involving +deviations from that method which has proved most effective in achieving +knowledge, for a consideration of the deviations may render clearer +the true place of knowledge in experience. In brief, the function +of knowledge is to make one experience freely available in other +experiences. The word "freely" marks the difference between the +principle of knowledge and that of habit. Habit means that an individual +undergoes a modification through an experience, which modification forms +a predisposition to easier and more effective action in a like direction +in the future. Thus it also has the function of making one experience +available in subsequent experiences. Within certain limits, it performs +this function successfully. But habit, apart from knowledge, does not +make allowance for change of conditions, for novelty. Prevision of +change is not part of its scope, for habit assumes the essential +likeness of the new situation with the old. Consequently it often leads +astray, or comes between a person and the successful performance of +his task, just as the skill, based on habit alone, of the mechanic +will desert him when something unexpected occurs in the running of the +machine. But a man who understands the machine is the man who knows what +he is about. He knows the conditions under which a given habit works, +and is in a position to introduce the changes which will readapt it to +new conditions. + +In other words, knowledge is a perception of those connections of an +object which determine its applicability in a given situation. To +take an extreme example; savages react to a flaming comet as they are +accustomed to react to other events which threaten the security of +their life. Since they try to frighten wild animals or their enemies by +shrieks, beating of gongs, brandishing of weapons, etc., they use the +same methods to scare away the comet. To us, the method is plainly +absurd--so absurd that we fail to note that savages are simply falling +back upon habit in a way which exhibits its limitations. The only reason +we do not act in some analogous fashion is because we do not take +the comet as an isolated, disconnected event, but apprehend it in +its connections with other events. We place it, as we say, in the +astronomical system. We respond to its connections and not simply to +the immediate occurrence. Thus our attitude to it is much freer. We may +approach it, so to speak, from any one of the angles provided by its +connections. We can bring into play, as we deem wise, any one of the +habits appropriate to any one of the connected objects. Thus we get at +a new event indirectly instead of immediately--by invention, ingenuity, +resourcefulness. An ideally perfect knowledge would represent such a +network of interconnections that any past experience would offer a +point of advantage from which to get at the problem presented in a new +experience. In fine, while a habit apart from knowledge supplies us with +a single fixed method of attack, knowledge means that selection may be +made from a much wider range of habits. + +Two aspects of this more general and freer availability of former +experiences for subsequent ones may be distinguished. (See ante, p. 77.) +(i) One, the more tangible, is increased power of control. What cannot +be managed directly may be handled indirectly; or we can interpose +barriers between us and undesirable consequences; or we may evade them +if we cannot overcome them. Genuine knowledge has all the practical +value attaching to efficient habits in any case. (ii) But it also +increases the meaning, the experienced significance, attaching to an +experience. A situation to which we respond capriciously or by routine +has only a minimum of conscious significance; we get nothing mentally +from it. But wherever knowledge comes into play in determining a new +experience there is mental reward; even if we fail practically in +getting the needed control we have the satisfaction of experiencing a +meaning instead of merely reacting physically. + +While the content of knowledge is what has happened, what is taken +as finished and hence settled and sure, the reference of knowledge +is future or prospective. For knowledge furnishes the means of +understanding or giving meaning to what is still going on and what is +to be done. The knowledge of a physician is what he has found out by +personal acquaintance and by study of what others have ascertained and +recorded. But it is knowledge to him because it supplies the resources +by which he interprets the unknown things which confront him, fills out +the partial obvious facts with connected suggested phenomena, foresees +their probable future, and makes plans accordingly. When knowledge is +cut off from use in giving meaning to what is blind and baffling, +it drops out of consciousness entirely or else becomes an object of +aesthetic contemplation. There is much emotional satisfaction to be had +from a survey of the symmetry and order of possessed knowledge, and the +satisfaction is a legitimate one. But this contemplative attitude is +aesthetic, not intellectual. It is the same sort of joy that comes from +viewing a finished picture or a well composed landscape. It would make +no difference if the subject matter were totally different, provided +it had the same harmonious organization. Indeed, it would make no +difference if it were wholly invented, a play of fancy. Applicability to +the world means not applicability to what is past and gone--that is out +of the question by the nature of the case; it means applicability to +what is still going on, what is still unsettled, in the moving scene in +which we are implicated. The very fact that we so easily overlook +this trait, and regard statements of what is past and out of reach as +knowledge is because we assume the continuity of past and future. We +cannot entertain the conception of a world in which knowledge of its +past would not be helpful in forecasting and giving meaning to its +future. We ignore the prospective reference just because it is so +irretrievably implied. + +Yet many of the philosophic schools of method which have been mentioned +transform the ignoring into a virtual denial. They regard knowledge as +something complete in itself irrespective of its availability in dealing +with what is yet to be. And it is this omission which vitiates them +and which makes them stand as sponsors for educational methods which an +adequate conception of knowledge condemns. For one has only to call to +mind what is sometimes treated in schools as acquisition of knowledge +to realize how lacking it is in any fruitful connection with the ongoing +experience of the students--how largely it seems to be believed that the +mere appropriation of subject matter which happens to be stored in books +constitutes knowledge. No matter how true what is learned to those who +found it out and in whose experience it functioned, there is nothing +which makes it knowledge to the pupils. It might as well be something +about Mars or about some fanciful country unless it fructifies in the +individual's own life. + +At the time when scholastic method developed, it had relevancy to social +conditions. It was a method for systematizing and lending rational +sanction to material accepted on authority. This subject matter meant +so much that it vitalized the defining and systematizing brought to +bear upon it. Under present conditions the scholastic method, for most +persons, means a form of knowing which has no especial connection +with any particular subject matter. It includes making distinctions, +definitions, divisions, and classifications for the mere sake of making +them--with no objective in experience. The view of thought as a purely +physical activity having its own forms, which are applied to any +material as a seal may be stamped on any plastic stuff, the view which +underlies what is termed formal logic is essentially the scholastic +method generalized. The doctrine of formal discipline in education is +the natural counterpart of the scholastic method. + +The contrasting theories of the method of knowledge which go by the name +of sensationalism and rationalism correspond to an exclusive emphasis +upon the particular and the general respectively--or upon bare facts on +one side and bare relations on the other. In real knowledge, there is a +particularizing and a generalizing function working together. So far as +a situation is confused, it has to be cleared up; it has to be resolved +into details, as sharply defined as possible. Specified facts and +qualities constitute the elements of the problem to be dealt with, and +it is through our sense organs that they are specified. As setting +forth the problem, they may well be termed particulars, for they are +fragmentary. Since our task is to discover their connections and to +recombine them, for us at the time they are partial. They are to be +given meaning; hence, just as they stand, they lack it. Anything which +is to be known, whose meaning has still to be made out, offers itself as +particular. But what is already known, if it has been worked over with +a view to making it applicable to intellectually mastering new +particulars, is general in function. Its function of introducing +connection into what is otherwise unconnected constitutes its +generality. Any fact is general if we use it to give meaning to the +elements of a new experience. "Reason" is just the ability to bring the +subject matter of prior experience to bear to perceive the significance +of the subject matter of a new experience. A person is reasonable in +the degree in which he is habitually open to seeing an event which +immediately strikes his senses not as an isolated thing but in its +connection with the common experience of mankind. + +Without the particulars as they are discriminated by the active +responses of sense organs, there is no material for knowing and no +intellectual growth. Without placing these particulars in the context of +the meanings wrought out in the larger experience of the past--without +the use of reason or thought--particulars are mere excitations or +irritations. The mistake alike of the sensational and the rationalistic +schools is that each fails to see that the function of sensory +stimulation and thought is relative to reorganizing experience in +applying the old to the new, thereby maintaining the continuity or +consistency of life. The theory of the method of knowing which is +advanced in these pages may be termed pragmatic. Its essential feature +is to maintain the continuity of knowing with an activity which +purposely modifies the environment. It holds that knowledge in its +strict sense of something possessed consists of our intellectual +resources--of all the habits that render our action intelligent. Only +that which has been organized into our disposition so as to enable us to +adapt the environment to our needs and to adapt our aims and desires +to the situation in which we live is really knowledge. Knowledge is +not just something which we are now conscious of, but consists of the +dispositions we consciously use in understanding what now happens. +Knowledge as an act is bringing some of our dispositions to +consciousness with a view to straightening out a perplexity, by +conceiving the connection between ourselves and the world in which we +live. + +Summary. Such social divisions as interfere with free and full +intercourse react to make the intelligence and knowing of members of +the separated classes one-sided. Those whose experience has to do +with utilities cut off from the larger end they subserve are practical +empiricists; those who enjoy the contemplation of a realm of meanings +in whose active production they have had no share are practical +rationalists. Those who come in direct contact with things and have to +adapt their activities to them immediately are, in effect, realists; +those who isolate the meanings of these things and put them in a +religious or so-called spiritual world aloof from things are, in effect, +idealists. Those concerned with progress, who are striving to change +received beliefs, emphasize the individual factor in knowing; those +whose chief business it is to withstand change and conserve received +truth emphasize the universal and the fixed--and so on. Philosophic +systems in their opposed theories of knowledge present an explicit +formulation of the traits characteristic of these cut-off and one-sided +segments of experience--one-sided because barriers to intercourse +prevent the experience of one from being enriched and supplemented by +that of others who are differently situated. + +In an analogous way, since democracy stands in principle for free +interchange, for social continuity, it must develop a theory of +knowledge which sees in knowledge the method by which one experience is +made available in giving direction and meaning to another. The recent +advances in physiology, biology, and the logic of the experimental +sciences supply the specific intellectual instrumentalities demanded to +work out and formulate such a theory. Their educational equivalent +is the connection of the acquisition of knowledge in the schools with +activities, or occupations, carried on in a medium of associated life. + + + + +Chapter Twenty-six: Theories of Morals + +1. The Inner and the Outer. + +Since morality is concerned with conduct, any dualisms which are set +up between mind and activity must reflect themselves in the theory of +morals. Since the formulations of the separation in the philosophic +theory of morals are used to justify and idealize the practices employed +in moral training, a brief critical discussion is in place. It is a +commonplace of educational theory that the establishing of character is +a comprehensive aim of school instruction and discipline. Hence it is +important that we should be on our guard against a conception of the +relations of intelligence to character which hampers the realization +of the aim, and on the look-out for the conditions which have to be +provided in order that the aim may be successfully acted upon. The first +obstruction which meets us is the currency of moral ideas which +split the course of activity into two opposed factors, often named +respectively the inner and outer, or the spiritual and the physical. +This division is a culmination of the dualism of mind and the world, +soul and body, end and means, which we have so frequently noted. In +morals it takes the form of a sharp demarcation of the motive of +action from its consequences, and of character from conduct. Motive and +character are regarded as something purely "inner," existing exclusively +in consciousness, while consequences and conduct are regarded as outside +of mind, conduct having to do simply with the movements which carry out +motives; consequences with what happens as a result. Different schools +identify morality with either the inner state of mind or the outer act +and results, each in separation from the other. Action with a purpose is +deliberate; it involves a consciously foreseen end and a mental weighing +of considerations pro and eon. It also involves a conscious state of +longing or desire for the end. The deliberate choice of an aim and of +a settled disposition of desire takes time. During this time complete +overt action is suspended. A person who does not have his mind made up, +does not know what to do. Consequently he postpones definite action +so far as possible. His position may be compared to that of a man +considering jumping across a ditch. If he were sure he could or could +not make it, definite activity in some direction would occur. But if +he considers, he is in doubt; he hesitates. During the time in which a +single overt line of action is in suspense, his activities are confined +to such redistributions of energy within the organism as will prepare +a determinate course of action. He measures the ditch with his eyes; +he brings himself taut to get a feel of the energy at his disposal; he +looks about for other ways across, he reflects upon the importance of +getting across. All this means an accentuation of consciousness; it +means a turning in upon the individual's own attitudes, powers, wishes, +etc. + +Obviously, however, this surging up of personal factors into conscious +recognition is a part of the whole activity in its temporal development. +There is not first a purely psychical process, followed abruptly by +a radically different physical one. There is one continuous behavior, +proceeding from a more uncertain, divided, hesitating state to a more +overt, determinate, or complete state. The activity at first consists +mainly of certain tensions and adjustments within the organism; as +these are coordinated into a unified attitude, the organism as a whole +acts--some definite act is undertaken. We may distinguish, of course, +the more explicitly conscious phase of the continuous activity as mental +or psychical. But that only identifies the mental or psychical to mean +the indeterminate, formative state of an activity which in its fullness +involves putting forth of overt energy to modify the environment. + +Our conscious thoughts, observations, wishes, aversions are important, +because they represent inchoate, nascent activities. They fulfill their +destiny in issuing, later on, into specific and perceptible acts. And +these inchoate, budding organic readjustments are important because +they are our sole escape from the dominion of routine habits and +blind impulse. They are activities having a new meaning in process +of development. Hence, normally, there is an accentuation of personal +consciousness whenever our instincts and ready formed habits find +themselves blocked by novel conditions. Then we are thrown back upon +ourselves to reorganize our own attitude before proceeding to a definite +and irretrievable course of action. Unless we try to drive our way +through by sheer brute force, we must modify our organic resources to +adapt them to the specific features of the situation in which we find +ourselves. The conscious deliberating and desiring which precede overt +action are, then, the methodic personal readjustment implied in activity +in uncertain situations. This role of mind in continuous activity is not +always maintained, however. Desires for something different, aversion to +the given state of things caused by the blocking of successful activity, +stimulates the imagination. The picture of a different state of things +does not always function to aid ingenious observation and recollection +to find a way out and on. Except where there is a disciplined +disposition, the tendency is for the imagination to run loose. Instead +of its objects being checked up by conditions with reference to their +practicability in execution, they are allowed to develop because of +the immediate emotional satisfaction which they yield. When we find the +successful display of our energies checked by uncongenial surroundings, +natural and social, the easiest way out is to build castles in the air +and let them be a substitute for an actual achievement which involves +the pains of thought. So in overt action we acquiesce, and build up +an imaginary world in, mind. This break between thought and conduct is +reflected in those theories which make a sharp separation between mind +as inner and conduct and consequences as merely outer. + +For the split may be more than an incident of a particular individual's +experience. The social situation may be such as to throw the class +given to articulate reflection back into their own thoughts and desires +without providing the means by which these ideas and aspirations can +be used to reorganize the environment. Under such conditions, men +take revenge, as it were, upon the alien and hostile environment by +cultivating contempt for it, by giving it a bad name. They seek refuge +and consolation within their own states of mind, their own imaginings +and wishes, which they compliment by calling both more real and more +ideal than the despised outer world. Such periods have recurred in +history. In the early centuries of the Christian era, the influential +moral systems of Stoicism, of monastic and popular Christianity and +other religious movements of the day, took shape under the influence of +such conditions. The more action which might express prevailing ideals +was checked, the more the inner possession and cultivation of ideals was +regarded as self-sufficient--as the essence of morality. The external +world in which activity belongs was thought of as morally indifferent. +Everything lay in having the right motive, even though that motive +was not a moving force in the world. Much the same sort of situation +recurred in Germany in the later eighteenth and early nineteenth +centuries; it led to the Kantian insistence upon the good will as +the sole moral good, the will being regarded as something complete in +itself, apart from action and from the changes or consequences effected +in the world. Later it led to any idealization of existing institutions +as themselves the embodiment of reason. + +The purely internal morality of "meaning well," of having a good +disposition regardless of what comes of it, naturally led to a reaction. +This is generally known as either hedonism or utilitarianism. It was +said in effect that the important thing morally is not what a man is +inside of his own consciousness, but what he does--the consequences +which issue, the charges he actually effects. Inner morality was +attacked as sentimental, arbitrary, dogmatic, subjective--as giving men +leave to dignify and shield any dogma congenial to their self-interest +or any caprice occurring to imagination by calling it an intuition or an +ideal of conscience. Results, conduct, are what counts; they afford +the sole measure of morality. Ordinary morality, and hence that of the +schoolroom, is likely to be an inconsistent compromise of both views. +On one hand, certain states of feeling are made much of; the individual +must "mean well," and if his intentions are good, if he had the right +sort of emotional consciousness, he may be relieved of responsibility +for full results in conduct. But since, on the other hand, certain +things have to be done to meet the convenience and the requirements of +others, and of social order in general, there is great insistence upon +the doing of certain things, irrespective of whether the individual has +any concern or intelligence in their doing. He must toe the mark; he +must have his nose held to the grindstone; he must obey; he must form +useful habits; he must learn self-control,--all of these precepts being +understood in a way which emphasizes simply the immediate thing tangibly +done, irrespective of the spirit of thought and desire in which it is +done, and irrespective therefore of its effect upon other less obvious +doings. + +It is hoped that the prior discussion has sufficiently elaborated the +method by which both of these evils are avoided. One or both of these +evils must result wherever individuals, whether young or old, cannot +engage in a progressively cumulative undertaking under conditions which +engage their interest and require their reflection. For only in such +cases is it possible that the disposition of desire and thinking should +be an organic factor in overt and obvious conduct. Given a consecutive +activity embodying the student's own interest, where a definite result +is to be obtained, and where neither routine habit nor the following of +dictated directions nor capricious improvising will suffice, and +there the rise of conscious purpose, conscious desire, and deliberate +reflection are inevitable. They are inevitable as the spirit and quality +of an activity having specific consequences, not as forming an isolated +realm of inner consciousness. + +2. The Opposition of Duty and Interest. Probably there is no antithesis +more often set up in moral discussion than that between acting +from "principle" and from "interest." To act on principle is to act +disinterestedly, according to a general law, which is above all personal +considerations. To act according to interest is, so the allegation runs, +to act selfishly, with one's own personal profit in view. It substitutes +the changing expediency of the moment for devotion to unswerving moral +law. The false idea of interest underlying this opposition has already +been criticized (See Chapter X), but some moral aspects of the question +will now be considered. A clew to the matter may be found in the fact +that the supporters of the "interest" side of the controversy habitually +use the term "self-interest." Starting from the premises that unless +there is interest in an object or idea, there is no motive force, they +end with the conclusion that even when a person claims to be acting from +principle or from a sense of duty, he really acts as he does because +there "is something in it" for himself. The premise is sound; the +conclusion false. In reply the other school argues that since man is +capable of generous self-forgetting and even self-sacrificing action, he +is capable of acting without interest. Again the premise is sound, and +the conclusion false. The error on both sides lies in a false notion of +the relation of interest and the self. + +Both sides assume that the self is a fixed and hence isolated quantity. +As a consequence, there is a rigid dilemma between acting for an +interest of the self and without interest. If the self is something +fixed antecedent to action, then acting from interest means trying to +get more in the way of possessions for the self--whether in the way +of fame, approval of others, power over others, pecuniary profit, or +pleasure. Then the reaction from this view as a cynical depreciation +of human nature leads to the view that men who act nobly act with no +interest at all. Yet to an unbiased judgment it would appear plain that +a man must be interested in what he is doing or he would not do it. A +physician who continues to serve the sick in a plague at almost certain +danger to his own life must be interested in the efficient performance +of his profession--more interested in that than in the safety of his +own bodily life. But it is distorting facts to say that this interest +is merely a mask for an interest in something else which he gets by +continuing his customary services--such as money or good repute or +virtue; that it is only a means to an ulterior selfish end. The moment +we recognize that the self is not something ready-made, but something +in continuous formation through choice of action, the whole situation +clears up. A man's interest in keeping at his work in spite of danger to +life means that his self is found in that work; if he finally gave up, +and preferred his personal safety or comfort, it would mean that he +preferred to be that kind of a self. The mistake lies in making a +separation between interest and self, and supposing that the latter +is the end to which interest in objects and acts and others is a mere +means. In fact, self and interest are two names for the same fact; +the kind and amount of interest actively taken in a thing reveals +and measures the quality of selfhood which exists. Bear in mind that +interest means the active or moving identity of the self with a certain +object, and the whole alleged dilemma falls to the ground. + +Unselfishness, for example, signifies neither lack of interest in +what is done (that would mean only machine-like indifference) nor +selflessness--which would mean absence of virility and character. As +employed everywhere outside of this particular theoretical controversy, +the term "unselfishness" refers to the kind of aims and objects which +habitually interest a man. And if we make a mental survey of the kind +of interests which evoke the use of this epithet, we shall see that +they have two intimately associated features. (i) The generous self +consciously identifies itself with the full range of relationships +implied in its activity, instead of drawing a sharp line between itself +and considerations which are excluded as alien or indifferent; (ii) +it readjusts and expands its past ideas of itself to take in new +consequences as they become perceptible. When the physician began +his career he may not have thought of a pestilence; he may not have +consciously identified himself with service under such conditions. But, +if he has a normally growing or active self, when he finds that his +vocation involves such risks, he willingly adopts them as integral +portions of his activity. The wider or larger self which means inclusion +instead of denial of relationships is identical with a self which +enlarges in order to assume previously unforeseen ties. + +In such crises of readjustment--and the crisis may be slight as well +as great--there may be a transitional conflict of "principle" with +"interest." It is the nature of a habit to involve ease in the +accustomed line of activity. It is the nature of a readjusting of habit +to involve an effort which is disagreeable--something to which a man +has deliberately to hold himself. In other words, there is a tendency to +identify the self--or take interest--in what one has got used to, and to +turn away the mind with aversion or irritation when an unexpected thing +which involves an unpleasant modification of habit comes up. Since +in the past one has done one's duty without having to face such a +disagreeable circumstance, why not go on as one has been? To yield to +this temptation means to narrow and isolate the thought of the self--to +treat it as complete. Any habit, no matter how efficient in the past, +which has become set, may at any time bring this temptation with it. To +act from principle in such an emergency is not to act on some abstract +principle, or duty at large; it is to act upon the principle of a course +of action, instead of upon the circumstances which have attended it. The +principle of a physician's conduct is its animating aim and spirit--the +care for the diseased. The principle is not what justifies an activity, +for the principle is but another name for the continuity of the +activity. If the activity as manifested in its consequences is +undesirable, to act upon principle is to accentuate its evil. And a man +who prides himself upon acting upon principle is likely to be a man who +insists upon having his own way without learning from experience what +is the better way. He fancies that some abstract principle justifies +his course of action without recognizing that his principle needs +justification. + +Assuming, however, that school conditions are such as to provide +desirable occupations, it is interest in the occupation as a whole--that +is, in its continuous development--which keeps a pupil at his work in +spite of temporary diversions and unpleasant obstacles. Where there is +no activity having a growing significance, appeal to principle is either +purely verbal, or a form of obstinate pride or an appeal to extraneous +considerations clothed with a dignified title. Undoubtedly there are +junctures where momentary interest ceases and attention flags, and +where reinforcement is needed. But what carries a person over these hard +stretches is not loyalty to duty in the abstract, but interest in his +occupation. Duties are "offices"--they are the specific acts needed for +the fulfilling of a function--or, in homely language--doing one's job. +And the man who is genuinely interested in his job is the man who +is able to stand temporary discouragement, to persist in the face of +obstacles, to take the lean with the fat: he makes an interest out of +meeting and overcoming difficulties and distraction. + +3. Intelligence and Character. A noteworthy paradox often accompanies +discussions of morals. On the one hand, there is an identification of +the moral with the rational. Reason is set up as a faculty from which +proceed ultimate moral intuitions, and sometimes, as in the Kantian +theory, it is said to supply the only proper moral motive. On the +other hand, the value of concrete, everyday intelligence is constantly +underestimated, and even deliberately depreciated. Morals is often +thought to be an affair with which ordinary knowledge has nothing to +do. Moral knowledge is thought to be a thing apart, and conscience is +thought of as something radically different from consciousness. This +separation, if valid, is of especial significance for education. +Moral education in school is practically hopeless when we set up the +development of character as a supreme end, and at the same time treat +the acquiring of knowledge and the development of understanding, which +of necessity occupy the chief part of school time, as having nothing +to do with character. On such a basis, moral education is inevitably +reduced to some kind of catechetical instruction, or lessons about +morals. Lessons "about morals" signify as matter of course lessons +in what other people think about virtues and duties. It amounts to +something only in the degree in which pupils happen to be already +animated by a sympathetic and dignified regard for the sentiments of +others. Without such a regard, it has no more influence on character +than information about the mountains of Asia; with a servile regard, it +increases dependence upon others, and throws upon those in authority the +responsibility for conduct. As a matter of fact, direct instruction in +morals has been effective only in social groups where it was a part of +the authoritative control of the many by the few. Not the teaching as +such but the reinforcement of it by the whole regime of which it was +an incident made it effective. To attempt to get similar results from +lessons about morals in a democratic society is to rely upon sentimental +magic. + +At the other end of the scale stands the Socratic-Platonic teaching +which identifies knowledge and virtue--which holds that no man does evil +knowingly but only because of ignorance of the good. This doctrine is +commonly attacked on the ground that nothing is more common than for a +man to know the good and yet do the bad: not knowledge, but habituation +or practice, and motive are what is required. Aristotle, in fact, at +once attacked the Platonic teaching on the ground that moral virtue is +like an art, such as medicine; the experienced practitioner is better +than a man who has theoretical knowledge but no practical experience of +disease and remedies. The issue turns, however, upon what is meant by +knowledge. Aristotle's objection ignored the gist of Plato's teaching to +the effect that man could not attain a theoretical insight into the +good except as he had passed through years of practical habituation and +strenuous discipline. Knowledge of the good was not a thing to be got +either from books or from others, but was achieved through a prolonged +education. It was the final and culminating grace of a mature experience +of life. Irrespective of Plato's position, it is easy to perceive that +the term knowledge is used to denote things as far apart as intimate +and vital personal realization,--a conviction gained and tested in +experience,--and a second-handed, largely symbolic, recognition that +persons in general believe so and so--a devitalized remote information. +That the latter does not guarantee conduct, that it does not profoundly +affect character, goes without saying. But if knowledge means something +of the same sort as our conviction gained by trying and testing that +sugar is sweet and quinine bitter, the case stands otherwise. Every time +a man sits on a chair rather than on a stove, carries an umbrella when +it rains, consults a doctor when ill--or in short performs any of the +thousand acts which make up his daily life, he proves that knowledge of +a certain kind finds direct issue in conduct. There is every reason to +suppose that the same sort of knowledge of good has a like expression; +in fact "good" is an empty term unless it includes the satisfactions +experienced in such situations as those mentioned. Knowledge that other +persons are supposed to know something might lead one to act so as to +win the approbation others attach to certain actions, or at least so +as to give others the impression that one agrees with them; there is no +reason why it should lead to personal initiative and loyalty in behalf +of the beliefs attributed to them. + +It is not necessary, accordingly, to dispute about the proper meaning +of the term knowledge. It is enough for educational purposes to note +the different qualities covered by the one name, to realize that it +is knowledge gained at first hand through the exigencies of experience +which affects conduct in significant ways. If a pupil learns things +from books simply in connection with school lessons and for the sake of +reciting what he has learned when called upon, then knowledge will have +effect upon some conduct--namely upon that of reproducing statements at +the demand of others. There is nothing surprising that such "knowledge" +should not have much influence in the life out of school. But this is +not a reason for making a divorce between knowledge and conduct, but for +holding in low esteem this kind of knowledge. The same thing may be +said of knowledge which relates merely to an isolated and technical +specialty; it modifies action but only in its own narrow line. In truth, +the problem of moral education in the schools is one with the problem of +securing knowledge--the knowledge connected with the system of impulses +and habits. For the use to which any known fact is put depends upon its +connections. The knowledge of dynamite of a safecracker may be identical +in verbal form with that of a chemist; in fact, it is different, for it +is knit into connection with different aims and habits, and thus has a +different import. + +Our prior discussion of subject-matter as proceeding from direct +activity having an immediate aim, to the enlargement of meaning found in +geography and history, and then to scientifically organized knowledge, +was based upon the idea of maintaining a vital connection between +knowledge and activity. What is learned and employed in an occupation +having an aim and involving cooperation with others is moral knowledge, +whether consciously so regarded or not. For it builds up a social +interest and confers the intelligence needed to make that interest +effective in practice. Just because the studies of the curriculum +represent standard factors in social life, they are organs of initiation +into social values. As mere school studies, their acquisition has only +a technical worth. Acquired under conditions where their social +significance is realized, they feed moral interest and develop moral +insight. Moreover, the qualities of mind discussed under the topic +of method of learning are all of them intrinsically moral qualities. +Open-mindedness, single-mindedness, sincerity, breadth of outlook, +thoroughness, assumption of responsibility for developing the +consequences of ideas which are accepted, are moral traits. The habit +of identifying moral characteristics with external conformity to +authoritative prescriptions may lead us to ignore the ethical value of +these intellectual attitudes, but the same habit tends to reduce morals +to a dead and machinelike routine. Consequently while such an attitude +has moral results, the results are morally undesirable--above all in a +democratic society where so much depends upon personal disposition. + +4. The Social and the Moral. All of the separations which we have been +criticizing--and which the idea of education set forth in the +previous chapters is designed to avoid--spring from taking morals too +narrowly,--giving them, on one side, a sentimental goody-goody turn +without reference to effective ability to do what is socially needed, +and, on the other side, overemphasizing convention and tradition so +as to limit morals to a list of definitely stated acts. As a matter of +fact, morals are as broad as acts which concern our relationships with +others. And potentially this includes all our acts, even though their +social bearing may not be thought of at the time of performance. For +every act, by the principle of habit, modifies disposition--it sets up +a certain kind of inclination and desire. And it is impossible to tell +when the habit thus strengthened may have a direct and perceptible +influence on our association with others. Certain traits of character +have such an obvious connection with our social relationships that we +call them "moral" in an emphatic sense--truthfulness, honesty, chastity, +amiability, etc. But this only means that they are, as compared with +some other attitudes, central:--that they carry other attitudes with +them. They are moral in an emphatic sense not because they are isolated +and exclusive, but because they are so intimately connected with +thousands of other attitudes which we do not explicitly recognize--which +perhaps we have not even names for. To call them virtues in their +isolation is like taking the skeleton for the living body. The bones +are certainly important, but their importance lies in the fact that they +support other organs of the body in such a way as to make them capable +of integrated effective activity. And the same is true of the qualities +of character which we specifically designate virtues. Morals concern +nothing less than the whole character, and the whole character is +identical with the man in all his concrete make-up and manifestations. +To possess virtue does not signify to have cultivated a few namable +and exclusive traits; it means to be fully and adequately what one is +capable of becoming through association with others in all the offices +of life. + +The moral and the social quality of conduct are, in the last analysis, +identical with each other. It is then but to restate explicitly +the import of our earlier chapters regarding the social function of +education to say that the measure of the worth of the administration, +curriculum, and methods of instruction of the school is the extent to +which they are animated by a social spirit. And the great danger which +threatens school work is the absence of conditions which make possible +a permeating social spirit; this is the great enemy of effective moral +training. For this spirit can be actively present only when certain +conditions are met. + +(i) In the first place, the school must itself be a community life +in all which that implies. Social perceptions and interests can be +developed only in a genuinely social medium--one where there is give and +take in the building up of a common experience. Informational statements +about things can be acquired in relative isolation by any one who +previously has had enough intercourse with others to have learned +language. But realization of the meaning of the linguistic signs is +quite another matter. That involves a context of work and play in +association with others. The plea which has been made for education +through continued constructive activities in this book rests upon the +fact they afford an opportunity for a social atmosphere. In place of a +school set apart from life as a place for learning lessons, we have +a miniature social group in which study and growth are incidents of +present shared experience. Playgrounds, shops, workrooms, laboratories +not only direct the natural active tendencies of youth, but they +involve intercourse, communication, and cooperation,--all extending the +perception of connections. + +(ii) The learning in school should be continuous with that out of +school. There should be a free interplay between the two. This is +possible only when there are numerous points of contact between the +social interests of the one and of the other. A school is conceivable in +which there should be a spirit of companionship and shared activity, +but where its social life would no more represent or typify that of the +world beyond the school walls than that of a monastery. Social concern +and understanding would be developed, but they would not be available +outside; they would not carry over. The proverbial separation of +town and gown, the cultivation of academic seclusion, operate in +this direction. So does such adherence to the culture of the past as +generates a reminiscent social spirit, for this makes an individual feel +more at home in the life of other days than in his own. A professedly +cultural education is peculiarly exposed to this danger. An idealized +past becomes the refuge and solace of the spirit; present-day concerns +are found sordid, and unworthy of attention. But as a rule, the absence +of a social environment in connection with which learning is a need and +a reward is the chief reason for the isolation of the school; and this +isolation renders school knowledge inapplicable to life and so infertile +in character. + + +A narrow and moralistic view of morals is responsible for the failure to +recognize that all the aims and values which are desirable in education +are themselves moral. Discipline, natural development, culture, social +efficiency, are moral traits--marks of a person who is a worthy member +of that society which it is the business of education to further. There +is an old saying to the effect that it is not enough for a man to be +good; he must be good for something. The something for which a man must +be good is capacity to live as a social member so that what he gets from +living with others balances with what he contributes. What he gets and +gives as a human being, a being with desires, emotions, and ideas, is +not external possessions, but a widening and deepening of conscious +life--a more intense, disciplined, and expanding realization of +meanings. What he materially receives and gives is at most opportunities +and means for the evolution of conscious life. Otherwise, it is neither +giving nor taking, but a shifting about of the position of things in +space, like the stirring of water and sand with a stick. Discipline, +culture, social efficiency, personal refinement, improvement of +character are but phases of the growth of capacity nobly to share in +such a balanced experience. And education is not a mere means to such a +life. Education is such a life. To maintain capacity for such education +is the essence of morals. For conscious life is a continual beginning +afresh. + +Summary. The most important problem of moral education in the school +concerns the relationship of knowledge and conduct. For unless the +learning which accrues in the regular course of study affects character, +it is futile to conceive the moral end as the unifying and culminating +end of education. When there is no intimate organic connection between +the methods and materials of knowledge and moral growth, particular +lessons and modes of discipline have to be resorted to: knowledge is +not integrated into the usual springs of action and the outlook on life, +while morals become moralistic--a scheme of separate virtues. + +The two theories chiefly associated with the separation of learning +from activity, and hence from morals, are those which cut off inner +disposition and motive--the conscious personal factor--and deeds +as purely physical and outer; and which set action from interest +in opposition to that from principle. Both of these separations are +overcome in an educational scheme where learning is the accompaniment of +continuous activities or occupations which have a social aim and utilize +the materials of typical social situations. For under such conditions, +the school becomes itself a form of social life, a miniature community +and one in close interaction with other modes of associated experience +beyond school walls. All education which develops power to share +effectively in social life is moral. It forms a character which not only +does the particular deed socially necessary but one which is interested +in that continuous readjustment which is essential to growth. Interest +in learning from all the contacts of life is the essential moral +interest. + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 852 *** |
